R51(DLN) DLN
User Manual: DLN
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 468
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE
SECTION
DLN
DRIVELINE
A
B
C
DLN
E
CONTENTS
TRANSFER: ATX14B
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 8
Description ...............................................................31
DTC Logic ................................................................31
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................31
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 8
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS) ....... 32
Work Flow ................................................................. 8
Preliminary Check ..................................................... 9
Description ...............................................................32
DTC Logic ................................................................32
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................32
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS .............................. 12
4WD SYSTEM ....................................................12
System Diagram ...................................................... 12
System Description ................................................. 13
Component Parts Location ...................................... 18
CAN Communication ............................................... 19
Cross-Sectional View .............................................. 19
Power Transfer ........................................................ 19
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT) ........................................................22
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD) .... 22
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................26
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................... 26
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 27
P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ............................27
Description .............................................................. 27
DTC Logic ............................................................... 27
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 27
Component Inspection ............................................ 28
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT .........................................................29
Description .............................................................. 29
DTC Logic ............................................................... 29
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 29
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T) ..........31
Revision: October 2008
F
G
H
P1810 NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH ....................... 33
Description ...............................................................33
DTC Logic ................................................................33
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................33
Component Inspection .............................................35
I
J
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH ............................. 36
Description ...............................................................36
DTC Logic ................................................................36
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................36
Component Inspection .............................................38
K
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH ................. 40
L
Description ...............................................................40
DTC Logic ................................................................40
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40
Component Inspection .............................................42
P1816 PNP SWITCH ......................................... 43
Description ...............................................................43
DTC Logic ................................................................43
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................43
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR ............................. 44
Description ...............................................................44
DTC Logic ................................................................44
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................44
Component Inspection .............................................48
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH .......... 50
Description ...............................................................50
DTC Logic ................................................................50
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................50
DLN-1
2009 Pathfinder
M
N
O
P
Component Inspection ............................................ 52
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE ........... 53
Description .............................................................. 53
DTC Logic ............................................................... 53
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ...................... 57
Description .............................................................. 57
DTC Logic ............................................................... 57
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 57
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID ......... 58
DTC Logic ............................................................... 83
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83
P1832 TCS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS) ......... 84
Description .............................................................. 84
DTC Logic ............................................................... 84
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84
ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 85
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ........................... 85
Reference Value ..................................................... 85
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 93
DTC Index ............................................................. 102
Description .............................................................. 58
DTC Logic ............................................................... 58
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58
Component Inspection ............................................ 60
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 107
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID ....................................... 62
Symptom Table ..................................................... 107
Description .............................................................. 62
DTC Logic ............................................................... 62
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62
Component Inspection ............................................ 65
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON .............. 108
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR .............................. 66
Description .............................................................. 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 66
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 66
Component Inspection ............................................ 70
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE ... 72
Description .............................................................. 72
DTC Logic ............................................................... 72
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72
Component Inspection ............................................ 73
P1827 CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH ............. 75
Description .............................................................. 75
DTC Logic ............................................................... 75
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 75
Component Inspection ............................................ 76
P1828 LINE PRESSURE SWITCH .................... 78
Description .............................................................. 78
DTC Logic ............................................................... 78
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 78
Component Inspection ............................................ 80
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ............................. 107
Description ............................................................ 108
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.. 111
Description ............................................................ 111
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE ................... 114
Description ............................................................ 114
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.. 116
Description ............................................................ 116
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS
FLASHING ........................................................ 118
Description ............................................................ 118
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES RAPIDLY .. 119
Description ............................................................ 119
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY .. 120
P1829 THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL (ECM)
... 81
Description ............................................................ 120
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120
Description .............................................................. 81
DTC Logic ............................................................... 81
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 81
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS .................................................. 121
P1830 ABS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS) ........ 82
Description .............................................................. 82
DTC Logic ............................................................... 82
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 82
P1831 VDC OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS) ........ 83
Description .............................................................. 83
Revision: October 2008
Description ............................................................ 121
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121
ATP SWITCH .................................................... 123
Description ............................................................ 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123
4WD SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE ............ 125
Description ............................................................ 125
DLN-2
2009 Pathfinder
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125
PRECAUTION ............................................ 126
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 126
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 126
Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer
Control Unit Replacement ..................................... 126
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ................................. 126
Precaution ............................................................. 127
Service Notice ....................................................... 127
PREPARATION ......................................... 129
PREPARATION ................................................ 129
Special Service Tool ............................................. 129
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 132
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 133
TRANSFER FLUID ........................................... 133
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 187
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ............................................................... 187
B
General Specification ............................................ 187
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 187
TRANSFER: TX15B
C
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 189
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 189 DLN
Work Flow .............................................................. 189
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 191
4WD SYSTEM ................................................. 191
System Diagram .................................................... 191
System Description ................................................ 192
Component Parts Location .................................... 194
CAN Communication ............................................. 195
Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 195
Power Transfer ...................................................... 196
Replacement ......................................................... 133
Inspection .............................................................. 133
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT) .................................................... 198
TRANSFER OIL FILTER .................................. 134
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD) .. 198
Removal and Installation ....................................... 134
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 136
E
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 201
F
G
H
I
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 201
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT .......................... 136
Removal and Installation ....................................... 136
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 202
J
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 137
P1801, P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ................ 202
K
Removal and Installation ....................................... 137
REAR OIL SEAL .............................................. 139
Removal and Installation ....................................... 139
SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................ 141
Removal and Installation ....................................... 141
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE ..................... 142
Removal and Installation ....................................... 142
AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 143
Removal and Installation ....................................... 143
TRANSFER MOTOR ........................................ 148
Removal and Installation ....................................... 148
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 149
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY ................................. 149
Removal and Installation ....................................... 149
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 150
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY ................................. 150
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 150
Revision: October 2008
Description ............................................................. 202
DTC Logic .............................................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202
Component Inspection ........................................... 204
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 205
Description ............................................................. 205
DTC Logic .............................................................. 205
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
L
M
N
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T) ....... 207
Description ............................................................. 207
DTC Logic .............................................................. 207
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 207
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS) ..... 208
Description ............................................................. 208
DTC Logic .............................................................. 208
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208
P1810 4 LO SWITCH ...................................... 209
Description ............................................................. 209
DTC Logic .............................................................. 209
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209
DLN-3
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
Component Inspection ...........................................211
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH ........................... 212
Description .............................................................212
DTC Logic ..............................................................212
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................212
Component Inspection ...........................................214
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH ................ 215
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE ................... 253
Description ............................................................ 253
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON.. 255
Description ............................................................ 255
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 255
Description .............................................................215
DTC Logic ..............................................................215
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................215
Component Inspection ...........................................217
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS
FLASHING ........................................................ 257
P1816 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 218
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY .. 258
Description .............................................................218
DTC Logic ..............................................................218
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................218
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR ........................... 219
Description ............................................................ 257
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 257
Description ............................................................ 258
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 258
ATP SWITCH .................................................... 259
Description ............................................................ 259
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 259
Component Inspection .......................................... 260
Description .............................................................219
DTC Logic ..............................................................219
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................219
Component Inspection ...........................................224
PRECAUTION ........................................... 262
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH ........ 226
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 262
Description .............................................................226
DTC Logic ..............................................................226
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................226
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 262
Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer
Control Unit Replacement ..................................... 262
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ................................ 263
Precaution ............................................................. 264
Service Notice ....................................................... 265
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE ......... 229
Description .............................................................229
DTC Logic ..............................................................229
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................229
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL .................... 232
Description .............................................................232
DTC Logic ..............................................................232
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................232
PREPARATION ......................................... 266
PREPARATION ................................................ 266
ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 233
Special Service Tool ............................................. 266
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 268
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT .......................... 233
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ................. 270
Reference Value ....................................................233
Wiring Diagram ......................................................238
DTC Index .............................................................245
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 248
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ............................ 248
Symptom Table .....................................................248
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON. 249
TRANSFER FLUID ........................................... 270
Replacement ......................................................... 270
Inspection .............................................................. 270
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR .............................. 271
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT .......................... 271
Removal and Installation ....................................... 271
Description .............................................................249
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 272
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON ............. 251
REAR OIL SEAL .............................................. 274
Description .............................................................251
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE ..................... 276
Removal and Installation ....................................... 272
Removal and Installation ....................................... 274
Removal and Installation ....................................... 276
Revision: October 2008
DLN-4
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 278
Removal and Installation ....................................... 278
General Specification ............................................ 313
Snap Ring .............................................................. 313
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 280
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY ................................. 280
Removal and Installation ....................................... 280
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 281
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY ................................. 281
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 281
PLANETARY CARRIER ................................... 297
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 297
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ..................................... 301
PREPARATION ......................................... 314
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 314
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 315
C
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 315 DLN
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 315
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 316
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 316
SHIFT CONTROL ............................................. 303
On-Vehicle Service ................................................ 316
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 303
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 317
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 305
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 317
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 305
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 319
PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310
B
PREPARATION ............................................... 314
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 301
General Specification ............................................ 305
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 305
A
PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330
Removal and Installation ....................................... 317
E
F
G
H
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 319
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 319
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 321
I
J
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 306
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ............................................................... 321
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 307
General Specification ............................................ 321
Snap Ring .............................................................. 322
PREPARATION ......................................... 306
PREPARATION ................................................ 306
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 307
PREPARATION ......................................... 323
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 307
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 308
PROPELLER SHAFT ....................................... 308
K
PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350
L
PREPARATION ............................................... 323
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 323
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 324
M
On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 308
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 309
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 324
PROPELLER SHAFT ....................................... 309
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 324
Removal and Installation ....................................... 309
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 325
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 311
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 325
PROPELLER SHAFT ....................................... 311
On-Vehicle Service ................................................ 325
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 311
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 326
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 313
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 326
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 313
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 328
Revision: October 2008
Removal and Installation ....................................... 326
PROPELLER SHAFT ...................................... 328
DLN-5
2009 Pathfinder
N
O
P
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................328
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 330
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 330
General Specification ............................................330
Snap Ring ..............................................................330
FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 364
General Specification ............................................ 364
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 364
FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205
PRECAUTION ........................................... 366
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 366
Precaution for Servicing Front Final Drive ............ 366
PRECAUTION ............................................ 331
PREPARATION ......................................... 367
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 331
PREPARATION ................................................ 367
Precaution for Servicing Front Final Drive .............331
Special Service Tool ............................................. 367
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 369
PREPARATION .......................................... 332
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ........................... 370
PREPARATION ............................................... 332
Special Service Tool ..............................................332
Commercial Service Tool ......................................334
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 336
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 336
NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................336
DESCRIPTION ................................................. 337
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 370
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 370
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ................. 371
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL .............................. 371
Changing Differential Gear Oil .............................. 371
Checking Differential Gear Oil .............................. 371
Cross-Sectional View ............................................337
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR .............................. 372
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 338
SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................ 372
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL ............................. 338
Removal and Installation ....................................... 372
Changing Differential Gear Oil ...............................338
Checking Differential Gear Oil ...............................338
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 373
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 339
CARRIER COVER ............................................ 375
Removal and Installation ....................................... 373
Removal and Installation ....................................... 375
FRONT OIL SEAL ........................................... 339
Removal and Installation .......................................339
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 376
SIDE OIL SEAL ............................................... 341
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ...................................... 376
Removal and Installation .......................................341
Removal and Installation ....................................... 376
CARRIER COVER ........................................... 342
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ........... 378
Removal and Installation .......................................342
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ...................................... 378
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 343
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 378
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY ................ 343
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ......................................................... 395
Removal and Installation .......................................343
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 345
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ..................................... 345
Disassembly and Assembly ...................................345
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 364
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 395
General Specification ............................................ 395
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 395
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200
PRECAUTION ........................................... 397
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 397
Revision: October 2008
DLN-6
2009 Pathfinder
Precaution for Servicing Rear Final Drive ............. 397
PRECAUTION ............................................ 434
PREPARATION ......................................... 398
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 434
PREPARATION ................................................ 398
Special Service Tool ............................................. 398
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 401
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 402
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 402
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 402
Precaution for Servicing Rear Final Drive ............. 434
PREPARATION ......................................... 435
Special Service Tool .............................................. 435
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 438
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 439
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ......................... 439
Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 403
NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 439
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 404
DESCRIPTION ................................................ 440
Changing Differential Gear Oil .............................. 404
Checking Differential Gear Oil ............................... 404
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 405
FRONT OIL SEAL ............................................ 405
Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 440
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL ............................ 441
Changing Differential Gear Oil ............................... 441
Checking Differential Gear Oil ............................... 441
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 442
SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................ 407
FRONT OIL SEAL ........................................... 442
Removal and Installation ....................................... 407
Removal and Installation ....................................... 442
CARRIER COVER ............................................ 409
SIDE OIL SEAL ............................................... 444
Removal and Installation ....................................... 409
Removal and Installation ....................................... 444
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 410
CARRIER COVER ........................................... 446
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 447
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 413
REAR FINAL DRIVE ....................................... 447
Removal and Installation ....................................... 447
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 413
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ............ 450
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 432
REAR FINAL DRIVE ....................................... 450
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 432
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) .......................................................... 467
General Specification ............................................ 432
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 432
REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 446
Removal and Installation ....................................... 410
REAR FINAL DRIVE ........................................ 413
C
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE .................. 441
Removal and Installation ....................................... 405
REAR FINAL DRIVE ........................................ 410
B
PREPARATION ............................................... 435
DESCRIPTION ................................................. 403
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL .............................. 404
A
K
L
M
Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 450
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ............................................................... 467
N
O
General Specification ............................................ 467
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 467
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-7
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow
INFOID:0000000003937184
WORK FLOW
AWNIA1592GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.CUSTOMER INFORMATION
Interview the customer to obtain detailed information about the symptom.
>> GO TO 2
2.PRELIMINARY CHECK
Perform preliminary check. Refer to DLN-9, "Preliminary Check".
>> GO TO 3
3.SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-8
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< BASIC INSPECTION >
A
>> GO TO 4
4.SYMPTOM
Check for symptoms. Refer to DLN-107, "Symptom Table".
B
>> GO TO 5
5.MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
C
Repair or replace the applicable parts.
DLN
>> GO TO 6
6.SYSTEM OPERATION
E
Check system operation.
>> GO TO 7
F
7.SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Are any DTC's displayed?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> Inspection End
G
H
Preliminary Check
INFOID:0000000003937185
TRANSFER FLUID CHECK
I
Check for leaks and fluid level. Refer to DLN-133, "Inspection".
PREPARATION FOR ROAD TEST
The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of transfer case and analyze causes of malfunctions.
When a malfunction is found in any part of transfer, perform the road
test to locate the malfunction area and repair the malfunction parts.
The road test consists of the following three parts.
1. CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
2. CHECK AT IDLE
3. CRUISE TEST
J
K
L
SMT089D
M
CHECK BEFORE ENGINE IS STARTED
1.CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP
N
1. Park vehicle on flat surface.
2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
3. Move A/T selector lever to P position.
4. Set 4WD shift switch to 2WD position.
5. Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Does 4WD shift indicator lamp turn ON for approximately 1 second?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO DLN-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
O
P
2.CHECK 4WD WARNING LAMP
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
Move A/T selector lever to P position.
Set 4WD shift switch to 2WD position.
Turn ignition switch to ON position. (Do not start engine.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-9
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Does 4WD warning lamp turn ON?
YES >> GO TO CHECK AT IDLE.
NO
>> GO TO DLN-111, "Diagnosis Procedure".
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
CHECK AT IDLE
1.CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP
1. Park vehicle on flat surface and engage the parking brake.
2. Turn ignition switch to OFF position.
3. Move A/T selector lever to P position.
4. Set 4WD shift switch to 2WD position.
5. Start engine.
Does 4WD shift indicator lamp turn ON?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK 4WD WARNING LAMP
Check 4WD warning lamp state.
Is 4WD warning lamp turned ON?
YES >> Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
NO
>> Refer to DLN-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR AND 4LO INDICATOR OPERATION
1.
2.
3.
Brake pedal depressed.
Move A/T selector lever to N position.
Set 4WD shift switch to 2WD, AUTO, 4H, 4LO, 4H, AUTO and
2WD in order. (Stay at each switch position for at least 1 second.)
Do 4WD shift indicator and 4LO indicator lamps change properly?
Does buzzer sound?
YES >> GO TO CRUISE TEST.
NO
>> GO TO DLN-114, "Diagnosis Procedure".
WDIA0136E
CRUISE TEST
1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL
1. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
2. Park vehicle on flat surface.
3. Move A/T selector lever to P position.
4. Set 4WD shift switch to AUTO position.
5. Start engine.
6. Drive vehicle for at least 30 seconds at a speed higher than 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Is 4WD warning lamp turned ON?
On steady>>Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-10
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION >
Flash rapidly>>Refer to DLN-119, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Flash slowly>>Refer to DLN-120, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
2.CHECK TIGHT CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM (1)
B
1. Set 4WD shift switch to AUTO position.
2. Drive vehicle at speed lower than 20 km/h (12 MPH) with steering wheel fully turned.
Does tight corner braking symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO DLN-121, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 3.
C
3.CHECK TIGHT CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM (2)
DLN
1. Set 4WD shift switch to 4HI position.
2. Drive vehicle at speed lower than 20 km/h (12 MPH) with steering wheel fully turned.
Does tight corner braking symptom occur?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO DLN-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-11
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
4WD SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000003937186
WDIA0164E
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Components
Function
Transfer control unit
Controls transfer control device, control valves and shifts between 2WD/4WD and 4H/4LO.
Transfer control device
Integrates actuator motor and actuator position switch.
2-4WD shift solenoid valve
Controls oil pressure and allows shifting between 2WD and 4WD.
Clutch pressure solenoid valve
Controls oil pressure and distributes torque between front and rear tires.
Line pressure switch
Detects line pressure.
Clutch pressure switch
Detects clutch pressure.
Transfer fluid temperature sensor
Detects transfer fluid temperature.
Actuator motor
Moves shift rods when signaled by transfer control unit.
Actuator position switch
Detects actuator motor position.
Wait detection switch
Detects whether or not 4WD lock gear is locked.
4LO switch
Detects if transfer case is in 4LO.
ATP switch
Detects if transfer case is in neutral.
4WD shift switch
Allows driver to select from 2WD/4WD, 4H/4LO and AUTO.
4WD warning lamp
• Illuminates if malfunction is detected in 4WD system.
• Flashes (1 flash / 2 seconds) if large difference in diameter of front and rear tires.
• Flashes (2 flashes / 1 second) if high transfer fluid temperature is detected.
ATP warning lamp
Indicates that A/T parking mechanism does not operate when A/T selector lever is in P position
because transfer case is in neutral.
4WD shift indicator lamp
Displays driving range selected by 4WD shift switch.
4LO indicator lamp
Displays 4LO range.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-12
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Components
Function
A
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Transmits vehicle speed signal via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
TCM
Transmits the following signal via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
• Output shaft revolution signal
• A/T position indicator signal (PNP switch signal)
B
ECM
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
• Engine speed signal
• Accelerator pedal position signal
C
System Description
INFOID:0000000003937187
DLN
CONTROL SYSTEM
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-13
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
SDIA3396E
ALL-MODE 4WD Transfer Basic Control
Revision: October 2008
DLN-14
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
LDIA0055E
F
Hydraulic Control Circuits
G
H
I
J
K
WDIA0163E
L
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
• Transfer control unit controls transfer control device and it directs shifts from 4H-4LO and 2WD-4WD.
• Self-diagnosis can be done.
M
TRANSFER SHIFT HIGH AND LOW RELAYS
Transfer shift high and low relays apply power supply to transfer control device (actuator motor).
N
TRANSFER SHUT OFF RELAY
Transfer shut off relay applies power supply to transfer motor relay.
O
4WD SHIFT SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMPS
4WD Shift Switch
Able to select from 2WD, AUTO, 4H or 4LO.
P
4WD Shift Indicator Lamp
• Displays driving conditions selected by 4WD shift switch with 2WD, AUTO and 4H indicators while engine is
running. (When 4WD warning lamp is turned on, all 4WD shift indicator lamps are turned off.)
• Turns ON for approximately 1 second when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check.
4LO Indicator Lamp
Revision: October 2008
DLN-15
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
• Displays 4LO condition while engine is running. 4LO indicator lamp flashes if transfer gear does not shift
completely under 2WD, AUTO, 4H⇔4LO. (When 4WD warning lamp is turned on, 4LO indicator lamp is
turned off.)
• Turns ON for approximately 1 second when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check.
4WD WARNING LAMP
Turns on or flashes when there is a malfunction in 4WD system.
Also turns on when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF approximately 1 second after the engine starts if system is normal.
4WD Warning Lamp Indication
Condition
4WD warning lamp
System normal
Lamp check
OFF
Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON.
Turns OFF after engine start.
4WD system malfunction
ON
During self-diagnosis
Large difference in diameter of front/
rear tires
High fluid temperature in transfer case
Flashes malfunction mode.
Flashes slow (1 flash / 2 seconds)
(Continues to flash until the ignition switch is turned OFF)
Flashes rapidly (2 flashes / 1 second)
(Continues to flash until fluid temperature returns to normal)
ATP WARNING LAMP
When the A/T selector lever is in P position, the vehicle may move if the transfer case is in neutral. ATP warning lamp is turned on to indicate this condition to the driver.
LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
• With the transfer system design, control of the oil pressure provides the transmission of drive torque to the
front wheels. The main pressure to control the oil pressure is referred to as the line pressure.
• The line pressure switch determines whether or not adequate line pressure has built up under different operating conditions.
• The line pressure switch closes when line pressure is produced.
• The line pressure switch senses line pressure abnormalities and turns the 4WD warning lamp ON.
CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
• The clutch pressure switch determines whether or not adequate clutch pressure has built up under different
operating conditions.
• The clutch pressure switch closes when clutch pressure is produced.
• The clutch pressure switch senses clutch pressure abnormalities and turns the 4WD warning lamp ON.
WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
• The wait detection switch operates when there is circulating torque produced in the propeller shaft (L→H) or
when there is a phase difference between 2-4 sleeve and clutch drum (H→L). After the release of the circulating torque, the wait detection switch helps provide the 4WD lock gear (clutch drum) shifts. A difference
may occur between the operation of the 4WD shift switch and actual drive mode. At this point, the wait
detection switch senses an actual drive mode.
• The wait detection switch operates as follows.
- 4WD lock gear (clutch drum) locked: ON
- 4WD lock gear (clutch drum) released: OFF
• The wait detection switch senses an actual drive mode and the 4WD shift indicator lamp indicates the vehicle drive mode.
ATP SWITCH
ATP switch detects if transfer case is in neutral by the position of the L-H shift fork.
NOTE:
Transfer case may be in neutral when shifting between 4H-4LO.
NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
The neutral-4LO switch detects that transfer gear is in neutral or 4LO (or shifting from neutral to 4LO) condition by L-H shift fork position.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-16
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The transfer fluid temperature sensor detects the transfer fluid temperature and sends a signal to the transfer
control unit.
A
TRANSFER MOTOR
• The transfer motor drives the sub-oil pump to provide proper lubrication and oil pressure control when the B
vehicle is at standstill, during low-speed operations or is being driven in reverse.
• The main oil pump is operated by the driving force of the mainshaft. In other words, sufficient oil pressure
buildup does not occur when the vehicle is at standstill or during low-speed operations. While the vehicle is C
being driven in reverse, the main oil pump rotates in the reverse direction. Therefore the main oil pump does
not discharge oil pressure. During any of the above vehicle operations, the transfer motor drives the sub-oil
pump to compensate for insufficient oil pressure.
DLN
• The transfer motor operates as follows:
- The motor relay turns OFF in the 2WD mode.
- The motor relay operates as described in the table below in modes other than the 2WD mode.
• 4WD shift switch, PNP switch, Neutral-4LO switch, vehicle speed sensor and throttle position sensor are E
used in conjunction with the transfer motor.
Transfer Motor Relay Operation
4WD shift switch
A/T selector lever position
Vehicle speed
(VSS)
Accelerator pedal position
Motor relay drive
command
—
—
—
OFF
0
—
ON
0 - 0.07/8
OFF*
0.07/8 - 1/8
HOLD
1/8 - MAX
ON
2WD
N position
P position
4H (LOCK) and 4LO
0
0 < VSS ≤ 50 km/h (31 MPH)
Other than R position
50 km/h (31 MPH) < VSS < 55
km/h (34 MPH)
—
HOLD
—
—
ON
R position
—
—
ON
0 - 0.07/8
OFF*
0.07/8 - 1/8
HOLD
1/8 - MAX
ON
0 < VSS ≤ 50 km/h (31 MPH)
50 km/h (31 MPH) < VSS < 55
km/h (34 MPH)
AUTO
Other than R, P and N position
ON
—
I
OFF
0 < VSS ≤ 50 km/h (31 MPH)
ON
—
55 km/h (34 MPH) ≤ VSS
J
K
L
HOLD
55 km/h (34 MPH) ≤ VSS
50 km/h (31 MPH) < VSS < 55
km/h (34 MPH)
H
OFF
R position
P or N position
G
ON
55 km/h (34 MPH) ≤ VSS
0
F
HOLD
M
N
OFF
*: After 2.5 seconds have elapsed.
O
CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE
The clutch pressure solenoid valve distributes front and rear torque in AUTO mode.
P
2-4WD SHIFT SOLENOID VALVE
The 2-4WD shift solenoid valve operates to apply oil pressure to the wet-multiplate clutch, depending on the
drive mode. The driving force is transmitted to the front wheels through the clutch so the vehicle is set in the
4WD mode. Setting the vehicle in the 2WD mode requires no pressure buildup. In other words, pressure force
applied to the wet-multiplate clutch becomes zero.
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
Integrates actuator motor and actuator position switch.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-17
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Actuator Motor
Moves shift rods when signaled by transfer control unit.
Actuator Position Switch
Detects actuator motor position and then sends signal to transfer control unit.
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000003937188
WDIA0124E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-18
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
CAN Communication
INFOID:0000000003937189
A
Refer to LAN-57, "CAN System Specification Chart".
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000004404656
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WDIA0202E
M
1.
Center case
2.
Front case
3.
Internal gear
4.
Planetary carrier assembly
5.
Sun gear assembly
6.
Main shaft
7.
L-H sleeve
8.
L-H fork
9.
Shift rod
10. 2-4 sleeve
N
11. 2-4 fork
12. Drive chain
13. Front drive shaft
14. Control valve assembly
15. Transfer motor
16. Rear case
17. Clutch piston
18. Press flange
19. Multiple disc clutch
20. Clutch hub assembly
21. Clutch drum assembly
Power Transfer
O
INFOID:0000000004404657
POWER TRANSFER DIAGRAM
Revision: October 2008
DLN-19
2009 Pathfinder
P
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
LDIA0053E
1.
Center case
2.
Chain
3.
Multiple disc clutch
4.
Rear case
5.
Mainshaft
6.
Clutch hub assembly
7.
Sub oil pump
8.
Transfer motor
9.
Control valve
10. Front drive shaft
11. Drain plug
12. 2-4 sleeve
13. Sun gear assembly
14. L-H sleeve
15. Planetary carrier assembly
16. Internal gear
17. Front case
POWER TRANSFER FLOW
Revision: October 2008
DLN-20
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
SDIA3327E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-21
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)
INFOID:0000000003937190
FUNCTION
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
ALL MODE AWD/4WD diagnostic mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
WORK SUPPORT
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
Description
Displays transfer control unit self-diagnosis results.
Displays transfer control unit input/output data in real time.
Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the transfer control
unit for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received
from the transfer control unit and received data is displayed.
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Transfer control unit part number can be read.
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
Connect CONSULT-III.
With engine at idle, touch SELF-DIAG RESULTS.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation.
NOTE:
The details for TIME are as follows:
• 0: Error currently detected with transfer control unit.
• Except for 0: Error detected in the past and memorized with transfer control unit.
Detects frequency of driving after DTC occurs (frequency of turning ignition switch ON/OFF).
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
1.
2.
3.
Perform applicable inspection of malfunctioning item and then repair or replace.
Start engine and select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Touch ERASE on CONSULT-III screen to erase DTC memory.
CAUTION:
If memory cannot be erased, perform applicable diagnosis.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
Description
If the engine starts when there is a malfunction in the 4WD system, the 4WD warning lamp turns ON or flickers
in the combination meter. When the system functions properly, the warning lamp turns ON when the ignition
switch is turned to ON, and it turns OFF after engine starts. To locate the cause of a malfunction, start the selfdiagnosis function. The 4WD warning lamp in the combination meter will indicate the malfunction area by
flashing according to the self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-102, "DTC Index".
Diagnostic Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Warn up engine.
Move A/T selector lever to P position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to 2WD position.
Turn ignition switch ON and OFF at least twice, and then turn ignition switch OFF.
Turn 4WD shift switch to AUTO position.
Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
4WD warning lamp ON.
Move A/T selector lever to R position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to 2WD, AUTO and 2WD in order.
Move A/T selector lever to D position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to 4H, AUTO and 4H in order.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-22
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
12. Move A/T selector lever to N position.
13. Turn 4WD shift switch to AUTO position.
14. Move A/T selector lever to P position.
15. Read the flickering of 4WD warning lamp.
A
B
Self-diagnosis example
C
DLN
E
PDIA0227E
ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
F
• In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is
stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how
many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF.
• However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch OFF after performing self-diagnostics or by
erasing the memory using the CONSULT-III.
DATA MONITOR MODE
G
H
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Connect CONSULT-III.
Touch DATA MONITOR.
Select from SELECT MONITOR ITEM, screen of data monitor mode is displayed.
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-III performs REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
I
J
Display Item List
×: Standard
–: Not applicable
K
Monitor item selection
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
VHCL/S SEN·FR [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
VHCL/S SEN·RR [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
Monitored item (Unit)
Remarks
L
×
Wheel speed calculated by ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).
Signal input with CAN communication line.
M
×
Wheel speed calculated by TCM.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
N
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
×
–
×
Engine speed calculated by ECM.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
×
–
×
Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor signal voltage is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
O
THRTL POS SEN [V]
FLUID TEMP SE [V]
×
–
×
Transfer fluid temperature sensor signal voltage is displayed.
P
BATTERY VOLT [V]
×
–
×
Power supply voltage for transfer control unit.
2WD SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4WD shift switch status is displayed.
AUTO SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4WD shift switch status is displayed.
LOCK SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4WD shift switch status is displayed.
(LOCK means 4H of 4WD shift switch.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-23
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Monitor item selection
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
4L SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4WD shift switch status is displayed.
(4L means 4LO of 4WD shift switch.)
N POSI SW TF [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Neutral-4LO switch signal status is displayed.
ATP SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
ATP switch signal status is displayed.
WAIT DETCT SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Wait detection switch status is displayed.
LINE PRES SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Line pressure switch status is displayed.
CL PRES SW [ON / OFF]
×
–
×
Clutch pressure switch status is displayed.
N POSI SW AT [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
N position signal of A/T PNP switch status is
displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
R POSI SW AT [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
R position signal of A/T PNP switch status is
displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
P POSI SW AT [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
P position signal of A/T PNP switch status is
displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
ABS OPER SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
ABS operation signal status is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
VDC OPER SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
VDC operation signal status is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
TCS OPER SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
TCS operation signal status is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
THROTTLE POSI [0.0/8]
–
×
×
Thottle position status is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
4WD MODE [AUTO/LOCK/2WD/4L]
–
×
×
Control status of 4WD recognized by transfer
control unit. (AUTO, 4H, 2WD or 4LO)
VHCL/S COMP [km/h] or [mph]
–
×
×
Vehicle speed recognized by transfer control
unit.
COMP CL TORQ [kgm]
–
×
×
Calculated torque recognized by transfer control unit.
DUTY SOLENOID [%]
–
×
×
Control value of clutch pressure solenoid.
2-4WD SOL [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Output condition to 2-4WD solenoid.
2-4WD SOL MON [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output.
MOTOR RELAY [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Transfer motor relay signal status is displayed.
MOTOR RELAY MON [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output.
4WD FAIL LAMP [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Control status of 4WD warning lamp is displayed.
2WD IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4WD shift indicator lamp
(2WD indicator lamp) is displayed.
AUTO IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4WD shift indicator lamp
(2WD and AUTO indicator lamp) is displayed.
LOCK IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4WD shift indicator lamp
(2WD, AUTO and Lock indicator) is displayed.
4L IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4LO indicator lamp is displayed.
Monitored item (Unit)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-24
Remarks
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Monitor item selection
A
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION FROM
MENU
ATP IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of ATP warning lamp is displayed.
SHIFT POS SW1 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Actuator position switch 1 (Low) signal status
is displayed.
SHIFT POS SW2 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Actuator position switch 2 (high) signal status
is displayed.
SHIFT ACT1 [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Output condition to actuator motor (clockwise)
SHIFT AC MON1 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output
SHIFT ACT2 [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Output condition to actuator motor (counterclockwise)
SHIFT AC MON2 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output
T/F F SPEED [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
×
Displayed, but do not use.
A/T R SPEED [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
×
Output shaft revolution signal (Revolution
sensor) calculated by TCM.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
AT GEAR POSI [1/2/3/4/5]
×
–
×
A/T actual gear position is displayed.
Monitored item (Unit)
Remarks
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
WORK SUPPORT
When there is no malfunction with transfer and 4WD system, the following symptoms in AUTO mode may be
claimed by a customer: vibration when accelerating on a low µ road (snow-covered or icy road) or a slight
shock is felt at a few hertz as if it were being pushed lightly from behind.
It is possible to deal with these symptoms by changing the CLUTCH FORCE RELEASE LIMIT VALUE. However, be careful when changing the value because it may adversely affect driving performance.
I
Operation Procedure
J
1.
2.
3.
Connect CONSULT-III.
Touch WORK SUPPORT.
Select from CLUTCH/F RLS LIM ADJ, screen of data monitor mode is displayed.
K
Clutch Force Release Limit Adjustment
1.
Initial CLUTCH FORCE RELEASE LIMIT value 0.3 kgm appears under CONDITION SETTING on CONSULT-III display.
1.2 kg-m
0.3 kg-m
0.2 kg-m
: Tight corner braking symptom is alleviated.
However, vibration may occur when accelerating on a low µ road (icy road, etc.).
: Initial set value.
: Do not set to this value because the tight
corner braking symptom will get worse.
L
M
N
O
2.
Touch 1.2 on the display.
3.
Display changes to NOW ADJUSTING in a short time.
4.
When clutch force release limit value is set to 1.2 kgm, current value 0.3 kgm shown on display will be
replaced by 1.2 kgm and ADJUSTMENT COMPLETE will appear at the same time. Clutch force release
limit value setting is now complete.
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-25
2009 Pathfinder
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000003937191
Symptom
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
Revision: October 2008
DLN-26
2
2
DLN-150
DLN-150
DLN-150
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
DLN-150
Transfer fluid leakage
O-RING (Worn or damaged)
2
LIQUID GASKET (Damaged)
1
SHIFT FORK (Worn or damaged)
Noise
TRANSFER FLUID (Wrong)
SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)
TRANSFER FLUID (Level low)
Reference page
TRANSFER FLUID (Level too high)
DLN-133
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
3
3
2
2
2009 Pathfinder
P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
A
P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Description
INFOID:0000000003937192
B
INFOID:0000000003937193
C
Power supply to transfer control unit is abnormally low while driving.
DTC Logic
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DLN
DTC
[P1811]
CONSULT-III
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Power supply voltage for transfer control
unit is abnormally low while driving.
Reference
Refer to DLN-27.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1811 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
G
H
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937194
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
I
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
J
Voltage (Approx.)
K
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
0V
L
29 - Ground
M153
30 - Ground
47 - Ground
4.
5.
Battery voltage
WDIA0165E
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
N
Voltage (Approx.)
O
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
Battery voltage
29 - Ground
M153
P
30 - Ground
0V
47 - Ground
Battery voltage
WDIA0166E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 40A fusible link (No. j, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
Revision: October 2008
M
DLN-27
2009 Pathfinder
P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
• 10A fuses [No. 21 located in fuse block (J/B)] and No. 59 (located in the fuse and relay box).
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer control unit harness connector M153
terminals 47.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer control unit harness connector
M153 terminal 29.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay harness connector E155
terminal 1 and 3.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 30.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 16 and 22.
• Battery and ignition switch.
• Transfer shut off relay. Refer to DLN-28, "Component Inspection".
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 3, 6, M153 terminal 45 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2691E
3.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
INFOID:0000000003937195
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shut off relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shut off relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
5.
If inspection results are abnormal replace the transfer shut off
relay.
SCIA1245E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-28
2009 Pathfinder
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937196
The transfer control unit controls the transfer control device which controls shifts between AUTO, 4H and 4LO
and between 2WD and 4WD. A DTC may set when any of the following occur:
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (RAM) system of transfer control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (ROM) system of transfer control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (EEPROM) system of transfer control unit.
• AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937197
B
C
DLN
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
[P1802]
CONTROL UNIT 1
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(RAM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1803]
CONTROL UNIT 2
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(ROM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1804]
CONTROL UNIT 3
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(EEPROM) system of transfer control
unit.
[P1809]
CONTROL UNIT 4
AD converter system of transfer control
unit is malfunctioning.
Reference
E
F
Refer to DLN-29.
G
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Are DTC's P1802 - P1804 or P1809 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-29, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
INFOID:0000000003937198
1.INSPECTION START
L
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITH CONSULT-III)
N
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select SELF-DIAG RESULTS mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch ERASE.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the CONTROL UNIT 1 [P1802], CONTROL UNIT 2 [P1803], CONTROL UNIT 3 [P1804] or CONTROL
UNIT 4 [P1809] displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-29
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Perform the self-diagnosis and then erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
2. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate AD converter?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-30
2009 Pathfinder
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T)
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937199
The transmission control module (TCM) transmits the output shaft revolution signal via CAN communication to
Transfer control unit. DTC P1807 will set when a malfunction is detected in the output shaft revolution signal
or an improper signal is input while driving.
B
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937200
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DLN
DTC
[P1807]
CONSULT-III
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft
revolution signal that is output from
TCM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
E
Refer to DLN-31.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1807 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-31, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000003937201
I
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to TM-36, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
3.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with TCM again.
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-31
2009 Pathfinder
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS)
Description
INFOID:0000000003937202
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits a vehicle speed signal via CAN communication to
the transfer control unit. DTC P1808 sets when a malfunction is detected in the vehicle speed signal that is
output from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or an improper signal is input while driving.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937203
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1808]
CONSULT-III
VHCL SPEED SEN·ABS
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle
speed signal that is output from ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
Refer to DLN-32.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1808 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-32, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937204
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-153, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) again.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-32
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1810 NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937205
The neutral-4LO switch detects that the transfer case is in neutral or 4LO range. DTC P1810 will set when an
improper signal from the neutral-4LO switch is input due to an open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937206
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1810]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Improper signal from neutral-4LO switch
is input due to open or short circuit.
4L POSI SW TF
DLN
Reference
Refer to DLN-33.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1810 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-33, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
INFOID:0000000003937207
H
1.CHECK 4LO POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of N POSI SW TF.
Condition
•
•
•
•
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever N position
Brake pedal depressed
J
Display value
K
4WD shift switch: 2WD,
AUTO or 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (While actuator motor is operating.)
OFF → ON
L
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H (While actuator motor
is operating.)
ON → OFF
M
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
N
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
O
P
SDIA2693E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-33
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Connector
M153
Terminal
(Wire color)
25 Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
2WD, AUTO or 4H
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (While actuator
motor is operating.)
Battery
voltage
→ 0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
to 4H (While actuator
motor is operating.)
0V →
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the neutral-4LO switch harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 25 and neutral-4LO switch harness connector
F60 terminal 13.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2694E
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect neutral-4LO switch harness connector.
Check continuity between neutral-4LO switch harness connector F60 terminal 12 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SDIA2695E
4.CHECK 4LO SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Disconnect neutral-4LO switch harness connector.
Remove neutral-4LO switch.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-34
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Push and release neutral-4LO switch and check continuity
between neutral-4LO switch terminals 12 and 13.
Terminal
12 - 13
Condition
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
Continuity
Push neutral-4LO switch
Yes
Release neutral-4LO switch
No
B
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace neutral-4LO switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
C
SDIA2696E
DLN
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
E
F
6.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
H
INFOID:0000000003937208
I
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect neutral-4LO switch harness connector.
Remove neutral-4LO switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release neutral-4LO switch and check continuity
between neutral-4LO switch terminals 12 and 13.
Terminal
12 - 13
5.
G
Condition
J
K
Continuity
Push neutral-4LO switch
Yes
Release neutral-4LO switch
No
L
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the neutral-4LO
switch.
M
SDIA2696E
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-35
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937209
The 4WD shift switch allows the driver to select AUTO, 2WD or 4WD and 4H or 4LO. DTC P1813 will set if
more than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected by the transfer control unit due to a short circuit in the
4WD shift switch.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937210
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1813]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected due to short circuit of
Refer to DLN-36.
4WD shift switch.
4WD MODE SW
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1813 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937211
1.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “2WD SWITCH”, “AUTO SWITCH”, “LOCK SWITCH” and “4L
SWITCH” while operating 4WD shift switch.
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
9 - ground
18 - ground
M152
23 - ground
24 - ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Condition
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or
4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H or 4LO
0V
WDIA0167E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-36
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
A
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Check voltage between 4WD shift switch harness connector terminal 1 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M141
1 - Ground
0V
B
C
DLN
WDIA0183E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between 4WD shift switch harness connector terminal 1 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M141
1 - Ground
Battery voltage
F
G
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off
relay harness connector E155 terminal 5.
• Power suppy circuit for transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
WDIA0184E
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 4WD SHIFT SWITCH AND TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
1.
2.
3.
-
I
J
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 9 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M141 terminal 2.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 18 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M141 terminal 5.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 23 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M141 terminal 6.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 24 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M141 terminal 3.
Continuity should exist.
E
K
L
M
WDIA0185E
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
O
4.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-37
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Operate 4WD shift switch and check continuity between 4WD
shift switch terminals.
Connector
Terminal
1-2
1-3
M141
1-4
1-5
1-6
Condition
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Yes
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H and
4LO
No
4WD shift switch: AUTO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H and
4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 2WD
No
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H and
4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 4H
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO,
and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO and
4H
No
WDIA0168E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace 4WD shift switch.
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937212
4WD SHIFT SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Operate 4WD shift switch and check continuity between 4WD
shift switch terminals.
WDIA0168E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-38
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Connector
Terminal
1-2
1-3
M141
1-4
1-5
1-6
4.
Condition
A
Continuity
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Yes
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H and
4LO
No
4WD shift switch: AUTO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H and
4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 2WD
No
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H and
4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 4H
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO,
and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO and
4H
No
B
C
DLN
E
F
If NG, replace the 4WD shift switch.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-39
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937213
The wait detection switch detects if the transfer case is in 4WD. DTC P1814 will set if an improper signal from
the wait detection switch is input due to open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937214
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1814]
CONSULT-III
4WD DETECT SWITCH
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Improper signal from wait detection
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
Reference
Refer to DLN-40.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1814 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937215
1.CHECK WAIT DETECTION SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “WAIT DETCT SW”.
Condition
•
•
•
•
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever “N” position
Brake pedal depressed
Display value
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO
or 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO
(While actuator motor is operating.)
OFF → ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
ON → OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
SDIA2701E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-40
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Connector
M153
Terminal
43 Ground
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
4WD shift switch:
2WD, AUTO or 4H
Battery
voltage
B
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (While actuator
motor is operating.)
Battery
voltage
→ 0V
C
4WD shift switch: 4LO
to 4H (While actuator
motor is operating.)
0V →
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
DLN
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the wait detection switch harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 43 and wait detection switch harness connector F59 terminal 10.
Continuity should exist.
F
G
H
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
SDIA2702E
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
J
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Check continuity between wait detection switch harness connector F59 terminal 11 and ground.
L
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
M
N
SDIA2703E
4.CHECK WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
O
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Remove wait detection switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-41
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Push and release wait detection switch and check continuity
between wait detection switch terminals 10 and 11.
Terminal
10 - 11
Condition
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity
Push wait detection switch
Yes
Release wait detection switch
No
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace wait detection switch.
WDIA0186E
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Remove wait detection switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release wait detection switch and check continuity
between wait detection switch terminals 10 and 11.
Terminal
10 - 11
5.
INFOID:0000000003937216
Condition
Continuity
Push wait detection switch
Yes
Release wait detection switch
No
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the wait detection
switch.
SDIA2704E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-42
2009 Pathfinder
P1816 PNP SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1816 PNP SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937217
The A/T PNP switch transmits the A/T position indicator signal (PNP switch signal) via CAN communication to
the transfer control unit. DTC P1816 will set when the A/T PNP switch signal is malfunctioning or there is a
communication error.
B
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937218
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DLN
DTC
[P1816]
CONSULT-III
PNP SW/CIRC
Diagnostic item is detected when...
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or communication error between the
control units.
Reference
Refer to DLN-43.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1816 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-43, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000003937219
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
I
Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to TM-36, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
J
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
K
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
3.CHECK DTC
M
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with TCM again.
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-43
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
Description
INFOID:0000000003937220
The actuator motor receives signals from the transfer control unit and controls shift rods which shift the transfer case. DTC P1817 will set when any of the following occur:
• Motor does not operate properly due to open or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor. (When 4WD shift switch is operated and actuator motor does
not operate)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high relay or transfer shift low relay.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937221
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1817]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
• Motor does not operate properly due
to open or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator
motor. (When 4WD shift switch is op- Refer to DLN-44.
erated and actuator motor is not operated)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift
high relay and transfer shift low relay.
SHIFT ACTUATOR
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1817 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937222
1.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “SHIFT ACT1”, “SHIFT AC MON1”, “SHIFT ACT2” and “SHIFT AC MON2”.
Monitored
item
SHIFT ACT1
SHIFT AC
MON1
Display
value
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H
to 4LO (“Wait” function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H
to 4LO (“Wait” function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
Revision: October 2008
DLN-44
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored
item
SHIFT ACT2
SHIFT AC
MON2
Display
value
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
4LO to 4H (“Wait”
function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
4LO to 4H (“Wait”
function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
A
B
C
DLN
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
4Ground
M152
13 Ground
33 Ground
M153
42 Ground
E
F
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (“Wait” function is
operating.)
Battery
voltage
Except the above
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
to 4H (“Wait” function
is operating.)
Battery
voltage
Except the above
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (“Wait” function is
operating.)
Battery
voltage
Except the above
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
to 4H (“Wait” function
is operating.)
Battery
voltage
L
Except the above
0V
M
G
SDIA2705E
H
I
J
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
O
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-45
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check voltage between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 5, transfer shift low relay harness connector
E47 terminal 5 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
E46
5 - Ground
E47
5 - Ground
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
SDIA2707E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 5, transfer shift low relay harness connector
E47 terminal 5 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
E46
5 - Ground
E47
5 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
OK or NG
SDIA2706E
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 20A fuse (No. 58, located in the fuse and relay box).
• Harness for short or open between battery, transfer shift high harness connector terminal 5 and
transfer shift low harness connector terminal 5.
3.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Check continuity between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminals 1 and 4, and transfer shift low relay harness connector E47 terminals 1 and 4 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2708E
4.CHECK TRANSFER SHIFT RELAYS
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shift relay terminals 1
and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 4, 3 and 5.
Terminal
3-4
3-5
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
LDIA0099E
OK or NG
Revision: October 2008
DLN-46
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Replace the transfer shift relay.
A
5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer control device (actuator motor) har- B
ness connector.
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
C
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 4 and
transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 2.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 13 and
DLN
transfer shift low relay harness connector E47 terminal 2.
E
SDIA2711E
-
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 33 and
transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 3.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 42 and
transfer shift low relay harness connector E47 terminal 3.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
SDIA2712E
J
6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND ACTUATOR MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
-
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 33 and
transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F58
terminal 21.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 42 and
transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F58
terminal 24.
Continuity should exist.
K
L
M
N
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2710E
O
7.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR
1.
P
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-142, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-47
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 21 and 24.
CAUTION:
• Do not operate actuator motor for more than 1 second.
• Change the actuator motor position to “HIGH” when
installing.
• Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Actuator motor
21 (Battery voltage) - 24 (Ground)
Clockwise rotate
24 (Battery voltage) - 21 (Ground)
Counterclockwise rotate
WDIA0224E
3.
Check resistance between transfer control device (actuator
motor) terminals 21 and 24.
21 - 24
: Approx. 0.2 Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Replace transfer control device (actuator motor).
SDIA3252E
8.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937223
TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shift relay terminals 1
and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 4, 3 and 5.
Terminal
3-4
3-5
5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
LDIA0099E
If NG, replace transfer shift relay.
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
1.
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-142, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-48
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 21 and 24.
CAUTION:
• Do not operate actuator motor for more than 1 second.
• Change the actuator motor position to “HIGH” when
installing.
• Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
Actuator motor
21 (Battery voltage) - 24 (Ground)
Clockwise rotate
24 (Battery voltage) - 21 (Ground)
Counterclockwise rotate
WDIA0224E
3.
DLN
Check resistance between transfer control device (actuator
motor) terminals 21 and 24.
E
21 - 24
4.
: Approx. 0.2 Ω
If NG, replace transfer control device (actuator motor).
F
G
SDIA3252E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-49
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937224
The actuator position switch detects the current actuator motor range. DTC P1818 will set if either of the following occur:
• Improper signal from actuator position switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in actuator position switch.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937225
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1818]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Improper signal from actuator position
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator
position switch.
SHIFT ACT POSI SW
Reference
Refer to DLN-50.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1818 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937226
1.CHECK ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “SHIFT POS SW1” and “SHIFT POS SW2”.
Monitored item
Condition
Display value
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
SHIFT POS SW1
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
2WD, AUTO or 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H,
AUTO or 2WD
ON
SHIFT POS SW2
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Start engine.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-50
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
4WD shift switch: 4H,
AUTO or 2WD
0V
27 Ground
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
44 Ground
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
2WD, AUTO or 4H
Battery
voltage
M153
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
B
C
SDIA2715E
DLN
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
F
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer control device (actuator position
switch) harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 27 and
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F58 terminal 23.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 44 and
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F58 terminal 20.
G
H
I
J
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
K
SDIA2716E
L
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F58 terminal 22 and ground.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
P
SDIA2717E
4.CHECK ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
1.
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-142, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-51
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 21 and 24.
CAUTION:
• Do not operate actuator motor for more than 1 second.
• Change the actuator motor position to “HIGH” when
installing.
• Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
Continuity
Continuity
24 (Battery voltage) - 21
(Ground)
20 - 22
YES
22 - 23
NO
21 (Battery voltage) - 24
(Ground)
22 - 23
YES
20 - 22
NO
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
LDIA0101E
OK or NG
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace transfer control device.
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control device.
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000003937227
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-142, "Removal and Installation".
Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 21 and 24.
CAUTION:
• Do not operate actuator motor for more than 1 second.
• Change the actuator motor position to HIGH when installing.
• Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
Continuity
Continuity
24 (Battery voltage) - 21
(Ground)
20 - 22
Yes
22 - 23
No
21 (Battery voltage) - 24
(Ground)
22 - 23
Yes
20 - 22
No
LDIA0101E
If the inspection results are abnormal replace transfer control device (actuator motor).
Revision: October 2008
DLN-52
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937228
The transfer control device integrates the actuator motor and actuator position switch. DTC P1819 will set if
either of the following conditions exist:
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device actuator circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in the transfer shut off relay.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937229
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1819]
B
CONSULT-III
SHIFT ACT CIR
DLN
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Transfer control device actuator circuit
is shorted or open. (Malfunctions are
detected when transfer shift relay circuit is open/shorted or relay monitor
circuit is open/shorted.)
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control
device drive circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in transfer
shut off relay.
Reference
E
F
Refer to DLN-53.
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1819 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
I
J
INFOID:0000000003937230
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
M152
M153
Terminal
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
30 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
M
0V
N
Battery voltage
SDIA2834E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-53
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
5. Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
M153
Terminal
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
30 - Ground
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
0V
OK or NG
SDIA2835E
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse (No. 59, located in the fuse and relay box).
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay harness connector E155
terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector terminal 30.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay harness connector E155
terminal 3.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector 22.
• Transfer shut off relay. Refer to DLN-28, "Component Inspection".
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 3, 6 and M153 terminal 45 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2691E
3.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Check voltage between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 5, transfer shift low relay harness connector
E47 terminal 5 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
E46
5 - Ground
E47
5 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
SDIA2707E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-54
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
5. Check voltage between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 5, transfer shift low relay harness connector
E47 terminal 5 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
Connector
Terminal
E46
5 - Ground
E47
5 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Battery voltage
C
OK or NG
SDIA2706E
OK
>> GO TO 4.
DLN
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 20A fuse [No. 58, located in the fuse and relay box].
• Harness for short or open between battery, transfer shift high harness connector E46 terminal 5
and transfer shift low harness connector E47 terminal 5.
E
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and transfer control device (actuator motor) harness
connector.
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 33 and
transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 terminal 3.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 42 and
transfer shift low relay harness connector E47 terminal 3.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
J
SDIA2712E
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Check continuity between transfer shift high relay harness connector E46 (A) terminals 1 and 4 and transfer shift low relay harness connector E47 (B) terminals 1 and 4 and ground.
L
Continuity should exist.
M
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
N
AWDIA0619ZZ
6.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
OK-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
7.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITH CONSULT-III)
Revision: October 2008
G
I
5.CHECK TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
F
DLN-55
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819]” displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Perform the self-diagnosis and then erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
2. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate transfer control device?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-56
2009 Pathfinder
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937231
The ECM transmits the engine speed signal via CAN communication to the transfer control unit. DTC P1820
will set when either of the following occur:
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from the ECM.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937232
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1820]
B
CONSULT-III
ENGINE SPEED SIG
DLN
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in engine
speed signal that is output from ECM
through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
E
Refer to DLN-57.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1820 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
H
INFOID:0000000003937233
I
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
J
Perform self-diagnosis with ECM. Refer to EC-546, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
3.CHECK DTC
N
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ECM again.
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-57
2009 Pathfinder
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
Description
INFOID:0000000003937234
Proper voltage is not applied to the clutch pressure solenoid valve due to open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937235
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1822]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Proper voltage is not applied to clutch
pressure solenoid valve due to open or
short circuit.
DUTY SOLENOID
Reference
Refer to DLN-58.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1822 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937236
1.CHECK CLUTCH PRESSURE SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of DUTY SOLENOID.
Condition
•
•
•
•
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever N position
Brake pedal depressed
Display value
4WD shift switch: 2WD
4%
4WD shift switch: AUTO
96 - 4%
4WD shift switch: 4H or
4LO
4%
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
4WD shift switch:
AUTO
4 - 14V
10 Ground
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
2WD, 4H or 4LO
Less than
1V
4WD shift switch:
AUTO
1.5 - 3V
19 Ground
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch:
2WD, 4H or 4LO
Less than
1V
M152
Revision: October 2008
SDIA2719E
DLN-58
2009 Pathfinder
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
A
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
B
VALVE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector, transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector
C
and transfer dropping resistor.
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 19 and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal 6.
DLN
Continuity should exist.
E
F
SDIA2720E
4.
G
Check continuity between transfer dropping resistor harness
connector E135 terminal 2 and transfer terminal cord assembly
harness connector F56 terminal 6.
H
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
SDIA2721E
J
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER DROPPING RESISTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and transfer dropping resistor harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 10 and transfer dropping resistor harness
connector E135 terminal 1.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
M
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
SDIA2722E
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
O
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-59
2009 Pathfinder
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal 19 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SDIA2723E
5.CHECK CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminals 6 and 19.
6 - 19
: Approx. 3.0 - 3.4 Ω
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace clutch pressure solenoid.
"Component Parts Location".
Refer to DLN-18,
WDIA0225E
6.CHECK TRANSFER DROPPING RESISTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer dropping resistor harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer dropping resistor terminals 1
and 2.
1-2
: Approx. 11.2 - 12.8 Ω
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Replace transfer dropping resistor.
SDIA2725E
7.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937237
CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
1.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-60
2009 Pathfinder
P1822 CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
3. Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly terminals 6 and 19.
6 - 19
4.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
: Approx. 3.0 - 3.4 Ω
B
If the inspection results are abnormal replace clutch pressure
solenoid. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
C
WDIA0225E
DLN
TRANSFER DROPPING RESISTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer dropping resistor harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer dropping resistor terminals 1
and 2.
1-2
4.
E
F
: Approx. 11.2 - 12.8 Ω
G
If the inspection results are abnormal replace transfer dropping
resistor. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
H
SDIA2725E
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-61
2009 Pathfinder
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID
Description
INFOID:0000000003937238
Proper voltage is not applied to the 2-4WD solenoid valve due to an open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937239
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1823]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Proper voltage is not applied to 2-4WD
solenoid valve due to open or short circuit.
2-4WD SOLENOID
Reference
Refer to DLN-62.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1823 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937240
1.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH SYSTEM
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Is the "4WD MOD SW [P1814]" (with CONSULT-III) or "Flickering pattern:16" (without CONSULT-III)
detected?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> GO TO 2
2.CHECK 2-4WD SHIFT SOLENOID SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “2-4WD SOL” and “2-4WD SOL MON”.
Monitored
item
Display
value
Condition
4WD shift switch: 2WD
2-4WD SOL
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
Revision: October 2008
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO
4WD shift switch: 4H
ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4WD shift switch: AUTO
(“Wait” function is operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H (“Wait”
function is operating.)
OFF
DLN-62
2009 Pathfinder
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored
item
Display
value
Condition
4WD shift switch: 2WD
2-4WD SOL
MON
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
A
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO
4WD shift switch: 4H
B
ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4WD shift switch: AUTO
(“Wait” function is operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H (“Wait”
function is operating.)
OFF
C
DLN
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
1Ground
F
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
E
4WD shift switch: 2WD
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
Battery
voltage
G
H
SDIA2728E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> GO TO 3.
I
3.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL
J
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
M141
4 - ground
Condition
Voltage (Approx.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD
0V
K
L
M
SDIA2729E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check 4WD shift switch. Refer to DLN-38, "Component Inspection".
N
O
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 4WD SHIFT SWITCH AND TRANSFER TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4WD shift switch harness connector and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-63
2009 Pathfinder
P
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between 4WD shift switch harness connector
M141 terminal 4 and transfer terminal cord assembly harness
connector F56 terminal 5.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2731E
5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 1 and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal 4.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2732E
6.CHECK 2-4WD SOLENOID
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly terminals 4 and 5.
4-5
: Approx. 22.8 - 25.2 Ω
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> 2-4WD solenoid is malfunctioning. Refer to DLN-18,
"Component Parts Location".
SDIA3253E
7.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-64
2009 Pathfinder
P1823 2-4 SOLENOID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937241
A
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly terminals 4 and 5.
4-5
4.
B
C
: Approx. 22.8 - 25.2 Ω
If NG, replace the 2-4WD solenoid. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
DLN
E
SDIA3253E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-65
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
Description
INFOID:0000000003937242
Motor does not operate properly due to open or short circuit in transfer motor or transfer motor relay.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937243
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1824]
CONSULT-III
MOTOR RELAY
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Motor does not operate properly due to
open or short circuit in transfer motor or
transfer motor relay.
Reference
Refer to DLN-66.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1824 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-66, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937244
1.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR RELAY SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “MOTOR RELAY” and “MOTOR RELAY MON”.
Monitored
item
MOTOR
RELAY
Display value
(Approx.)
Condition
• Accelerator pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
Revision: October 2008
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO or
4LO (A/T selector lever “P” or
“N” position)
OFF
("ON" for approx. 2 sec. after shifting to
“P” and “N”.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO or
4LO (Except for A/T selector
lever “P” or “N” position)
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T selector lever “P” position)
OFF
("ON" for approx. 2 sec. after shifting to
“P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except
for A/T selector lever “P” position)
ON
DLN-66
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored
item
MOTOR
RELAY
MON
Display value
(Approx.)
Condition
• Accelerator pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO or
4LO (A/T selector lever “P” or
“N” position)
OFF
("ON" for approx. 2 sec. after shifting to
“P” and “N”.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO or
4LO (Except for A/T selector
lever “P” or “N” position)
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T selector lever “P” position)
OFF
("ON" for approx. 2 sec. after shifting to
“P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except
for A/T selector lever “P” position)
ON
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
G
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
H
Connector
M152
Terminal
14 Ground
Condition
• Accelerator pedal
depressed
• Vehicle
stopped
• Engine
running
• Brake
pedal depressed
Voltage (Approx.)
4WD shift switch:
2WD
Battery voltage
I
4WD shift switch:
AUTO or 4LO (A/T
selector lever “P” or
“N” position)
Battery voltage
(0V for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to “P” and “N”.)
J
SDIA2735E
4WD shift switch:
AUTO or 4LO (Except for A/T selector
lever “P” or “N” position)
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H
(A/T selector lever
“P” position)
Battery voltage
(0V for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to “P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H
(Except for A/T selector lever “P” position)
K
L
M
0V
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-67
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Connector
M153
Terminal
41 Ground
Condition
• Accelerator pedal
depressed
• Vehicle
stopped
• Engine
running
• Brake
pedal depressed
Voltage (Approx.)
4WD shift switch:
2WD
0V
4WD shift switch:
AUTO or 4LO (A/T
selector lever “P” or
“N” position)
0V
(Battery voltage
for approx. 2 sec.
after shifting to “P”
and “N”.)
4WD shift switch:
AUTO or 4LO (Except for A/T selector
lever “P” or “N” position)
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H
(A/T selector lever
“P” position)
0V
(Battery voltage
for approx. 2 sec.
after shifting to
“P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H
(Except for A/T selector lever “P” position)
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 8.
NG
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Disconnect transfer motor relay.
Check voltage between transfer motor relay harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
E153
2 - Ground
0V
E154
5 - Ground
Battery voltage
WDIA0169E
5.
6.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer motor relay harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
E153
2 - Ground
Battery voltage
E154
5 - Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
WDIA0170E
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
or replace damaged parts.
• 20A fuse (No. 57, located in the fuse and relay box).
• 10A fuse (No. 59, located in the fuse and relay box).
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer motor relay harness connector E154 terminals 5.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-68
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 5
and transfer motor relay harness connector E153 terminal 2.
• Battery and ignition switch.
A
3.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer motor relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer motor relay terminals
1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
C
DLN
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Replace the transfer motor relay.
LDIA0098E
F
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Remove transfer motor relay.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 14 and
transfer motor relay harness connector E154 terminal 1.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
I
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
SDIA2738E
5.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
K
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
L
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and transfer motor harness connector.
Remove transfer motor relay.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 41 and
transfer motor relay harness connector E154 terminal 3.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 41 and
transfer motor harness connector F57 terminal 14.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
O
SDIA3254E
6.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
P
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer motor harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-69
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between transfer motor harness connector F57
terminal 15 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2740E
7.CHECK TRANSFER MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer motor harness connector.
Apply 12V direct current between transfer motor terminals 14
and 15.
Does transfer motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Replace transfer motor. Refer to DLN-148, "Removal
and Installation".
LDIA0097E
8.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937245
TRANSFER MOTOR RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer motor relay. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer motor relay terminals
1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
5.
If inspection results are abnormal replace transfer motor relay.
LDIA0098E
TRANSFER MOTOR
Revision: October 2008
DLN-70
2009 Pathfinder
P1824 TRANSFER MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Remove transfer motor. Refer to DLN-148, "Removal and Installation".
3. Apply 12V direct current between transfer motor terminals 14
and 15.
4. If transfer motor does not operate, replace transfer motor.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
DLN
LDIA0097E
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-71
2009 Pathfinder
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
Description
INFOID:0000000003937246
Signal voltage from the transfer fluid temperature sensor is abnormally high (Transfer fluid temperature is
abnormally low) while driving.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937247
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1826]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Signal voltage from transfer fluid temperature sensor is abnormally high (Transfer fluid temperature is abnormally low)
while driving.
OIL TEMP SEN
Reference
Refer to DLN-72.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1826 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937248
1.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of FLUID TEMP SE.
Display value
(Approx.)
Condition
Transfer fluid temperature approx. 20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)
1.1 - 0.3V
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M153
Terminal
Condition
Data
(Approx.)
28 Ground
Always
0V
31 Ground
Ignition switch:
ON
Transfer fluid temperature
approx. 20°C (68°F)
1.1V
Transfer fluid temperature
approx. 80°C (176°F)
0.3V
SDIA2742E
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER TERMINAL CORD ASRevision: October 2008
DLN-72
2009 Pathfinder
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
SEMBLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
3. Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 28 and
transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal
3.
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 31 and
transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal
2.
A
B
C
DLN
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2743E
E
3.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
F
1.
2.
3.
G
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly terminals 2 and 3.
H
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (Approx.)
20 (68)
2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.3 kΩ
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Replace transfer fluid temperature sensor. Refer to
DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
I
J
WDIA0188E
4.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
K
L
5.CHECK DTC
M
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
N
Component Inspection
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000003937249
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-73
O
P
2009 Pathfinder
P1826 TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check resistance between transfer terminal cord assembly terminals 2 and 3.
4.
Temperature °C (°F)
Resistance (Approx.)
20 (68)
2.5 kΩ
80 (176)
0.3 kΩ
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the transfer fluid
temperature sensor. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
WDIA0188E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-74
2009 Pathfinder
P1827 CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1827 CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937250
Improper signal from the clutch pressure switch is input due to open or short circuit. Also, a malfunction may
have occured in clutch pressure switch or hydraulic circuit.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937251
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1827]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Improper signal from clutch pressure
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction occurs in clutch pressure
switch or hydraulic circuit.
CLUTCH PRES SW
DLN
Reference
Refer to DLN-75.
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1827 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000003937252
I
1.CHECK CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
J
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the CL PRES SW while operating 4WD shift switch.
Condition
K
Display value
• Ignition switch: ON
• A/T selector lever D position
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4H (Wait
function is not operating.)
ON
Ignition switch: ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD (Wait function
is not operating.)
OFF
L
M
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M153
Terminal
34 Ground
Condition
N
Voltage
(Approx.)
O
P
• Ignition switch: ON
• A/T selector lever D
position
4WD shift switch:
AUTO or 4H (Wait
function is not operating.)
0V
Ignition switch: ON
4WD shift switch:
2WD (Wait function
is not operating.)
Battery
voltage
SDIA2746E
Are inspection results normal?
Revision: October 2008
DLN-75
2009 Pathfinder
P1827 CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 34 and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal 7
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2747E
3.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with the harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove clutch pressure switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release clutch pressure switch and check continuity
between terminal 7 and ground.
Terminal
7Ground
Condition
Continuity
Push clutch pressure switch
Yes
Release clutch pressure switch
No
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace clutch pressure switch.
WDIA0171E
5.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
6.CRUISE TEST
Perform cruise test. Refer to DLN-9, "Preliminary Check".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform the applicable trouble diagnosis.
Component Inspection
1.
2.
INFOID:0000000003937253
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove clutch pressure switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-76
2009 Pathfinder
P1827 CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Push and release clutch pressure switch and check continuity
between terminal 7 and ground.
Terminal
7 - Ground
4.
Condition
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
Continuity
Push clutch pressure switch
Yes
Release clutch pressure switch
No
B
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the clutch pressure switch.
C
WDIA0171E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-77
2009 Pathfinder
P1828 LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1828 LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937254
Improper signal from line pressure switch is input due to open or short circuit. Also, a malfunction may have
occured in the line pressure switch or hydraulic circuit.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937255
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1828]
CONSULT-III
LINE PRES SW
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
• Improper signal from line pressure
switch is input due to open or short cirRefer to DLN-78.
cuit.
• Malfunction occurs in line pressure
switch or hydraulic circuit.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1828 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937256
1.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of LINE PRES SW while operating 4WD shift switch.
Condition
Display value
• A/T selector lever D position
• 4WD shift switch: AUTO
ON
• Except the above
• The vehicle has been left • Ignition switch: ON
at room temperature for 5 • A/T selector lever: P or N position
minutes and more with ig- • 4WD shift switch: other than
AUTO
nition switch in OFF position.
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
SDIA2751E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-78
2009 Pathfinder
P1828 LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Connector
M153
Terminal
35 Ground
A
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• A/T selector lever D
position
4WD shift switch:
AUTO
0V
• Except the above
• The vehicle has
been left at room
temperature for 5
minutes and more
with ignition switch
in OFF position.
• Ignition switch:
ON
• A/T selector lever: P or N position
• 4WD shift
switch: other
than AUTO
Battery
voltage
B
C
DLN
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 35 and transfer terminal cord assembly harness connector F56 terminal 1.
G
H
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
J
SDIA2752E
3.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• Transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
• Transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-136, "Removal and Installation".
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove line pressure switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release line pressure switch and check continuity
between terminal 1 and ground.
Terminal
1Ground
Condition
N
O
Continuity
Push line pressure switch
Yes
Release line pressure switch
No
P
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace line pressure switch.
WDIA0172E
5.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Revision: October 2008
L
M
4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
K
DLN-79
2009 Pathfinder
P1828 LINE PRESSURE SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Replace transfer control unit.
6.CRUISE TEST
Perform cruise test. Refer to DLN-9, "Preliminary Check".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform the applicable trouble diagnosis.
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove line pressure switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release line pressure switch and check continuity
between terminal 1 and ground.
Terminal
1 - Ground
4.
INFOID:0000000003937257
Condition
Continuity
Push line pressure switch
Yes
Release line pressure switch
No
If the inspection results are abnormal, replace the line pressure
switch.
WDIA0172E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-80
2009 Pathfinder
P1829 THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL (ECM)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1829 THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL (ECM)
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937258
Malfunction is detected in accelerator pedal position signal that is output from ECM through CAN communication. Also, the signal voltage from accelerator pedal position sensor may be abnormally high or low.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937259
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1829]
CONSULT-III
THROTTLE POSI SEN
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in accelerator
pedal position signal that is output
from ECM through CAN communication.
• Signal voltage from accelerator pedal
position sensor is abnormally high or
low.
Reference
DLN
E
Refer to DLN-81.
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1829 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
H
I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937260
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
J
Perform self-diagnosis with ECM. Refer to EC-546, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
K
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
L
M
N
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ECM again.
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-81
2009 Pathfinder
P1830 ABS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1830 ABS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
Description
INFOID:0000000003937261
Malfunction is detected in ABS operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937262
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1830]
CONSULT-III
ABS OP SIG
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Malfunction is detected in ABS operation
signal that is output from ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) through
CAN communication.
Reference
Refer to DLN-82.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1830 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937263
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-153, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) again.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-82
2009 Pathfinder
P1831 VDC OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1831 VDC OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937264
Malfunction is detected in the VDC operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) through CAN communication.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937265
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1831]
CONSULT-III
VDC OP SIG
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Malfunction is detected in VDC operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
Reference
Refer to DLN-83.
DLN
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1831 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-83, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000003937266
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
I
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-153, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
J
K
L
M
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator electric unit (control unit) again.
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-83
2009 Pathfinder
P1832 TCS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1832 TCS OPERATION SIGNAL (ABS)
Description
INFOID:0000000003937267
Malfunction is detected in TCS operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937268
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1832]
CONSULT-III
TCS OP SIG
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Malfunction is detected in TCS operation
signal that is output from ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit) through
CAN communication.
Reference
Refer to DLN-84.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1832 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-84, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937269
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-153, "CONSULT-III
Function (ABS)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator electric unit (control unit) again.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-84
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ECU DIAGNOSIS
A
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value
INFOID:0000000003937270
B
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
C
CONSULT-III data monitor item
Monitored item [Unit]
Content
Condition
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S SEN·FR [km/h]
or [mph]
Wheel speed (Front
wheel)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S SEN·RR [km/h]
or [mph]
Wheel speed (Rear
wheel)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
Engine stopped
(Engine speed: Less than 400 rpm)
Display value
0 km/h (0 mph)
DLN
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of
±10%)
E
0 km/h (0 mph)
F
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of
±10%)
0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
Engine speed
THRTL POS SEN [V]
Accelertor pedal position
(APP) sensor signal voltage
FLUID TEMP SE [V]
Transfer fluid temperature signal voltage
Transfer fluid temperature approx. 20 - 80°C (68 - 176°F)
BATTERY VOLT [V]
Power supply voltage for
transfer control unit
Ignition switch: ON
2WD SWITCH [ON/OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 2WD
ON
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
OFF
AUTO SWITCH [ON/
OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: AUTO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H or 4LO
OFF
LOCK SWITCH [ON/
OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 4H
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4LO
OFF
4L SWITCH [ON/OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
OFF
N POSI SW TF [ON/
OFF]
Condition of neutral-4LO
switch
Engine running
(Engine speed: 400 rpm or more)
Accelerator pedal: Released
Approx. 0.5V
Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
Approx. 4.0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
DLN-85
H
I
J
Approx. 1.1 - 0.3V
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD,
AUTO or 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (While actuator motor is operating.)
OFF→ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H (While actuator motor
is operating.)
ON→OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Revision: October 2008
Approximately
equal to the indication on tachometer
G
K
L
M
N
O
P
ON
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item [Unit]
ATP SWITCH [ON/OFF]
WAIT DETCT SW [ON/
OFF]
Content
Condition of ATP switch
Condition of wait detection switch
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is
operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD,
AUTO or 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (While actuator motor is operating.)
OFF→ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H (While actuator motor
is operating.)
ON→OFF
• A/T selector lever D position
• 4WD shift switch: AUTO
CL PRES SW [ON / OFF]
N POSI SW AT [ON/
OFF]
Condition of line pressure switch
Condition of clutch pressure switch
Input condition from A/T
PNP switch
• Except the above
• The vehicle has been left at
room temperature for 5
minutes and more with ignition switch in OFF position.
ON
Except the above
4WD shift switch: 4LO
LINE PRES SW [ON/
OFF]
Display value
ON
ON
• Ignition switch: ON
• A/T selector lever: P or
N position
• 4WD shift switch: other
than AUTO
OFF
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever D position
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4H (Wait function is not operating.)
ON
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• 4WD shift switch: 2WD (Wait function is not operating.)
OFF
•
•
•
•
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
A/T selector lever position: N
ON
Except the above
OFF
ON
R POSI SW AT [ON/
OFF]
Input condition from A/T
PNP switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
A/T selector lever position: R
Except the above
OFF
P POSI SW AT [ON/OFF]
Input condition from A/T
PNP switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
A/T selector lever position: P
ON
Except the above
OFF
ABS OPER SW [ON/
OFF]
Condition of ABS operating
ABS is operating.
ON
ABS is not operating.
OFF
VDC OPER SW [ON/
OFF]
Condition of VDC operating
VDC is operating.
ON
VDC is not operating.
OFF
TCS OPER SW [ON/
OFF]
Condition of TCS operating
TCS is operating.
ON
TCS is not operating.
OFF
THROTTLE POSI [0.0/8]
Condition of throttle
opening
When depressing accelerator pedal
(Value rises gradually in response to throttle position.)
4WD MODE [AUTO/
LOCK/2WD/4L]
Control status of 4WD
(Output condition of 4WD
shift indicator lamp and
4LO indicator lamp)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
Revision: October 2008
DLN-86
0.0/8 - 8.0/8
4WD shift switch: 2WD
2WD
4WD shift switch: AUTO
AUTO
4WD shift switch: 4H
LOCK
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4L
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item [Unit]
Content
Condition
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S COMP [km/h] or
[mph]
COMP CL TORQ [kgm]
DUTY SOLENOID [%]
Vehicle speed
Condition of control
torque
Condition of clutch pressure solenoid
0 km/h (0 mph)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
B
4WD shift switch: 2WD
0 kg-m
C
4WD shift switch: AUTO
39 - 1,353 N·m
(4 - 138 kg-m, 29 998 ft-lb)
4WD shift switch: 4H or
4LO
1,353 N·m
(138 kg-m, 998 ftlb)
4WD shift switch: 2WD
4%
4WD shift switch: AUTO
96 - 4%
4WD shift switch: 4H or
4LO
4%
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
2-4WD SOL [ON/OFF]
Condition of 2-4WD shift
solenoid valve
4WD shift switch: 4H
E
F
ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4WD shift switch: AUTO
(Wait function is operating.)
DLN
G
4WD shift switch: AUTO
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
A
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of
±10%)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
Display value
H
OFF
I
4WD shift switch: 4H
(Wait function is operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
J
4WD shift switch: AUTO
2-4WD SOL MON [ON/
OFF]
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H
MOTOR RELAY [ON/
OFF]
Revision: October 2008
Condition of transfer motor relay
DLN-87
K
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4WD shift switch: AUTO
(Wait function is operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H
(Wait function is operating.)
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO
or 4LO (A/T selector lever
P or N position)
• Accelerator pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
ON
OFF
(ON for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to P and N.)
L
M
N
O
4WD shift switch: AUTO
or 4LO (Except for A/T selector lever P or N position)
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T
selector lever P position)
OFF
(ON for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to P.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except for A/T selector lever
P position)
ON
2009 Pathfinder
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item [Unit]
Content
Condition
4WD shift switch: 2WD
MOTOR RELAY MON
[ON/OFF]
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
• Accelerator pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
Display value
OFF
4WD shift switch: AUTO
or 4LO (A/T selector lever
P or N position)
OFF
(ON for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to P and N.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO
or 4LO (Except for A/T selector lever P or N position)
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T
selector lever P position)
OFF
(ON for approx. 2
sec. after shifting
to P.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except for A/T selector lever
P position)
ON
4WD warning lamp: ON
ON
4WD warning lamp: OFF
OFF
Condition of 4WD shift in- 2WD indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
dicator lamp (2WD indi2WD indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
cator lamp)
OFF
2WD IND [ON/OFF]
Condition of 4WD shift in- AUTO indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
dicator lamp (AUTO indiAUTO indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
cator lamp)
OFF
AUTO IND [ON/OFF]
Condition of 4WD shift in- Lock indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
dicator lamp (Lock indiLock indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
cator lamp)
OFF
LOCK IND [ON/OFF]
4L IND [ON/OFF]
Condition of 4LO indicator lamp condition
4LO indicator lamp: OFF
OFF
4LO indicator lamp: ON
ON
ATP IND [ON/OFF]
Condition of ATP indicator lamp
ATP indicator lamp: ON
ON
ATP indicator lamp: OFF
OFF
ON
SHIFT POS SW1 [ON/
OFF]
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Condition of actuator position switch 1
(Low)
4WD shift switch: 2WD,
AUTO or 4H
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H,
AUTO or 2WD
ON
SHIFT POS SW2 [ON/
OFF]
Condition of actuator position switch 2
(High)
4WD shift switch: 4LO
OFF
Output condition to actuator motor (High)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (Wait function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H to
4LO (Wait function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H (Wait function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
4WD FAIL LAMP [ON/
OFF]
Condition of 4WD warning lamp
SHIFT ACT1 [ON/OFF]
SHIFT AC MON1 [ON/
OFF]
SHIFT ACT2 [ON/OFF]
Revision: October 2008
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
Output condition to actuator motor (Low)
DLN-88
ON
ON
ON
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item [Unit]
SHIFT AC MON2 [ON/
OFF]
Content
Condition
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
T/F F SPEED [km/h] or
[mph]
A/T R SPEED [km/h] or
[mph]
AT GEAR POSI [1/2/3/4/
5]
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever N position
• Brake pedal depressed
Display value
A
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H (Wait function is operating.)
ON
Except the above
OFF
B
Displayed, but do not use.
C
Condition of vehicle
speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor)
Condition of A/T selector
lever position
Approximately
matches the output shaft speed.
During driving
1
2
3
4
5
Displays actual A/T gear position.
DLN
E
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal Layout
G
H
I
WDIA0384E
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
1
GR
2
V
4WD shift indicator lamp
(2WD indicator lamp)
3
B
Ground
4
SB
2-4WD shift solenoid valve
Transfer shift high relay
4WD warning lamp
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
Data (Approx.)
4WD shift switch: 2WD
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
Battery voltage
K
2WD indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
2WD indicator lamp: ON
0V
Always
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO (“Wait” function is operating.)
Battery voltage
Except the above
0V
4WD warning lamp: ON
0V
4WD warning lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
GR
6
B
Ground
Always
0V
7
L
CAN-H
—
—
8
P
CAN-L
—
—
9
G
4WD shift switch
(2WD)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-89
L
M
N
5
Ignition switch: ON
J
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: AUTO, 4H or 4LO
0V
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal
Wire
color
Item
10
P
Transfer dropping resistor
11
BR
4WD shift indicator lamp
(Lock indicator lamp)
12
O
13
14
G
V
4LO indicator lamp
Transfer shift low relay
Transfer motor relay
ATP warning lamp
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4LO indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
4LO indicator lamp: ON
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
• Accelerator pedal
depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4LO (A/T selector lever “P” or “N” position)
Battery voltage
(0V for approx.
2 sec. after
shifting to “P”
and “N”.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4LO (Except for
A/T selector lever “P” or “N” position)
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T selector lever
“P” position)
Battery voltage
(0V for approx.
2 sec. after
shifting to “P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except for A/T selector lever “P” position)
0V
ATP indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
(5 seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF)
0V
O
4WD shift switch
(4H)
Ignition switch: ON
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO
1.5 - 3V
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H or 4LO
Less than 1V
AUTO indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
AUTO indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
0V
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
(5 seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF)
0V
22
GR
Power supply
23
W
4WD shift switch
(4LO)
Ignition switch: ON
24
LG
4WD shift switch
(AUTO)
Ignition switch: ON
Revision: October 2008
Battery voltage
0V
18
4WD shift indicator lamp
(AUTO indicator lamp)
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H (“Wait” function is operating.)
ATP indicator lamp: ON
Power supply
B
Less than 1V
0V
Y
21
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H or 4LO
Battery voltage
16
Clutch pressure solenoid
valve
4 - 14V
Lock indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
LG
R
4WD shift switch: AUTO
Lock indicator lamp of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
15
19
Data (Approx.)
DLN-90
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD, 4H or 4LO
0V
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal
25
Wire
color
Y
Item
Neutral-4LO switch
27
W
Actuator position switch 2
(High)
28
P
Sensor ground
29
W/G
30
31
33
34
35
40
V
G
GR
BR
L
R
Ignition switch monitor
Shut off relay
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H (While actuator motor is operating.)
0V → Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H, AUTO or 2WD
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
C
E
0V
Ignition switch: ON
0V
Ignition switch: OFF
(5 seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF)
Battery voltage
Transfer fluid temperature approx. 20°C
(68°F)
1.1V
Transfer fluid temperature approx. 80°C
(176°F)
0.3V
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO (“Wait” function is operating.)
Battery voltage
Except the above
0V
F
G
H
I
J
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“D” position
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4H (“Wait” function is not operating.)
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
4WD shift switch: 2WD (“Wait” function is
not operating.)
Battery voltage
K
L
• Ignition switch: ON
• A/T selector lever “D” position
• 4WD shift switch: AUTO
0V
• After the vehicle
has been left at
room temperature
for 5 minutes and
more with ignition
switch in “OFF” position.
• Ignition switch: ON
• A/T selector lever: “P” or "N" position
• 4WD shift switch: other than AUTO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
0V
Except the above
Battery voltage
DLN-91
B
Battery voltage
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N”
• Brake pedal depressed
A
DLN
Ignition switch: OFF
Transfer shift high relay
monitor
Revision: October 2008
Battery voltage
→ 0V
Battery voltage
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
ATP switch
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO (While actuator motor is operating.)
Ignition switch: ON
Ignition switch: ON
Line pressure switch
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
Always
Transfer fluid temperature
sensor
Clutch pressure switch
Data (Approx.)
M
N
O
2009 Pathfinder
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal
41
42
43
Wire
color
SB
Y
O
Item
Transfer motor relay monitor
Condition
• Accelerator pedal
depressed
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• Brake pedal depressed
Transfer shift low relay
monitor
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
Wait detection switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
Actuator position switch 1
(Low)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
44
LG
45
B
Ground
47
B
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
Data (Approx.)
4WD shift switch: 2WD
0V
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4LO (A/T selector lever “P” or “N” position)
0V
(Battery voltage for approx.
2 sec. after
shifting to “P”
and “N”.)
4WD shift switch: AUTO or 4LO (Except for
A/T selector lever “P” or “N” position)
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H (A/T selector lever
“P” position)
0V
(Battery voltage for approx.
2 sec. after
shifting to “P”.)
4WD shift switch: 4H (Except for A/T selector lever “P” position)
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H (“Wait” function is operating.)
Battery voltage
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO (While actuator motor is operating.)
Battery voltage
→ 0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H (While actuator motor is operating.)
0V → Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD, AUTO or 4H
Battery voltage
Always
0V
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
Battery voltage
CAUTION:
When using a circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to extend forcibly any connector terminals.
NOTE:
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-92
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000003937271
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0048GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-93
2009 Pathfinder
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDWA0049GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-94
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0050GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-95
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0122GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-96
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0123GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-97
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0124GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-98
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0125GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-99
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0126GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-100
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0127GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-101
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0128GB
DTC Index
INFOID:0000000003937272
DTC CHART
Revision: October 2008
DLN-102
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
DTC
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
[P1802]
CONTROL UNIT 1
Malfunction is detected in the memory (RAM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1803]
CONTROL UNIT 2
Malfunction is detected in the memory (ROM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1804]
CONTROL UNIT 3
Malfunction is detected in the memory (EEPROM)
system of transfer control unit.
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft revolution
signal that is output from TCM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Refer to DLN-31.
Refer to DLN-32.
[P1807]
A
B
Refer to DLN-29.
C
DLN
[P1808]
VHCL SPEED SEN·ABS
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal
that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
[P1809]
CONTROL UNIT 4
AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.
Refer to DLN-29.
[P1810]
4L POSI SW TF
Improper signal from neutral-4LO switch is input due
to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-33.
[P1811]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply voltage for transfer control unit is abnormally low while driving.
Refer to DLN-27.
[P1813]
4WD MODE SW
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected due to short circuit of 4WD shift switch.
Refer to DLN-36.
[P1814]
4WD DETECT SWITCH
Improper signal from wait detection switch is input
due to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-40.
[P1816]
PNP SW/CIRC
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or communication error between the control units.
Refer to DLN-43.
SHIFT ACTUATOR
• Motor does not operate properly due to open or
short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor.
(When 4WD shift switch is operated and actuator
motor is not operated)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high relay
and transfer shift low relay.
Refer to DLN-44.
SHIFT ACT POSI SW
• Improper signal from actuator position switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator position
switch.
Refer to DLN-50.
SHIFT ACT CIR
• Transfer control device actuator circuit is shorted
or open. (Malfunctions are detected when transfer
shift relay circuit is open/shorted or relay monitor
circuit is open/shorted.)
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device drive
circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shut off relay.
Refer to DLN-53.
Refer to DLN-57.
O
P
[P1817]
[P1818]
[P1819]
G
I
J
K
L
M
N
[P1820]
ENGINE SPEED SIG
[P1822]
DUTY SOLENOID
Proper voltage is not applied to clutch pressure solenoid valve due to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-58.
[P1823]
2-4WD SOLENOID
Proper voltage is not applied to 2-4WD solenoid
valve due to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-62.
[P1824]
MOTOR RELAY
Motor does not operate properly due to open or
short circuit in transfer motor or transfer motor relay.
Refer to DLN-66.
DLN-103
F
H
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal
that is output from ECM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Revision: October 2008
E
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
DTC
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
OIL TEMP SEN
Signal voltage from transfer fluid temperature sensor is abnormally high (Transfer fluid temperature is
abnormally low) while driving.
Refer to DLN-72.
CLUTCH PRES SW
• Improper signal from clutch pressure switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction occurs in clutch pressure switch or
hydraulic circuit.
Refer to DLN-75.
LINE PRES SW
• Improper signal from line pressure switch is input
due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction occurs in line pressure switch or hydraulic circuit.
Refer to DLN-78.
[P1829]
THROTTLE POSI SEN
• Malfunction is detected in accelerator pedal position signal that is output from ECM through CAN
communication.
• Signal voltage from accelerator pedal position
sensor is abnormally high or low.
Refer to DLN-81.
[P1830]
ABS OP SIG
Malfunction is detected in ABS operation signal that
is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-82.
[P1831]
VDC OP SIG
Malfunction is detected in VDC operation signal that
is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-83.
[P1832]
TCS OP SIG
Malfunction is detected in TCS operation signal that
is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-84.
[P1826]
[P1827]
[P1828]
CAUTION:
• If CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] or CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010] are displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble
diagnosis for CAN communication line.
• If ABS OP SIG [P1830], VDC OP SIG [P1831] or TCS OP SIG [P1832] is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for ABS
system.
• If VHCL SPEED SEN·AT [P1807] is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for A/T system.
NOTE:
• If SHIFT ACT POSI SW [P1818] or SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819] is displayed, first erase self-diagnostic results. (SHIFT ACT POSI SW
[P1818] or SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819] may be displayed after installing transfer control unit or transfer assembly.)
• If CL PRES SW [P1827] or LINE PRES SW [P1828] is displayed only while driving in reverse, check the continuity of R position on A/
T PNP switch. When there is no malfunction found in the electrical system, check the hydraulic system.
FLASH CODE CHART
Flashing pattern
Item
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
2
Vehicle speed signal
(from A/T)
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft revolution signal
that is output from TCM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Refer to DLN-31.
3
Clutch pressure solenoid signal
Proper voltage is not applied to clutch pressure solenoid
valve due to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-58.
4
2-4WD solenoid signal
Proper voltage is not applied to 2-4WD solenoid valve due
to open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-62.
5
Transfer motor
Transfer motor does not operate properly due to open or
short circuit in transfer motor or transfer motor relay.
Refer to DLN-66.
6
Vehicle speed signal
(from ABS)
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Refer to DLN-32.
7
CAN communication
Malfunction has been detected from CAN communication
line.
Refer to DLN-19
8
AD converter
AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.
Refer to DLN-29.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-104
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Flashing pattern
Item
Diagnostic item is detected when...
9
Transfer fluid temperature
Signal voltage from transfer fluid temperature sensor is abnormally high (Transfer fluid temperature is abnormally low)
while driving.
Refer to DLN-72.
10
Neutral-4LO switch
Improper signal from neutral-4LO switch is input due to
open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-33.
11
Clutch pressure switch
• Improper signal is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction occurs in clutch pressure switch or hydraulic
circuit.
Refer to DLN-75.
C
12
Line pressure switch
• Improper signal is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction occurs in line pressure switch or hydraulic
circuit.
Refer to DLN-78.
DLN
13
Engine speed signal
(from ECM)
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from ECM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Refer to DLN-57.
14
Accelerator pedal position sensor (from
ECM)
• Malfunction is detected in accelerator pedal position signal that is output from ECM through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-81.
• Signal voltage from accelerator pedal position sensor is
abnormally high or low.
15
Power supply
Power supply voltage for transfer control unit is abnormally
low while driving.
Refer to DLN-27.
16
4WD shift switch
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected
due to short circuit of 4WD shift switch.
Refer to DLN-36.
17
ABS operation signal
(from ABS)
Malfunction is detected in ABS operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-82.
18
Wait detection switch
Improper signal from wait detection switch is input due to
open or short circuit.
Refer to DLN-40.
Actuator motor
• Motor does not operate properly due to open or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor. (When
4WD shift switch is operated and actuator motor is not
operated)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high relay and
transfer shift low relay.
Refer to DLN-44.
Actuator position
switch
• Improper signal from actuator position switch is input due
to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator position switch.
Refer to DLN-50.
21
Actuator circuit
• Transfer control device actuator circuit is shorted or open.
(Malfunctions are detected when motor relay circuit is
open/shorted or relay transfer shift circuit is open/shorted.)
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device drive circuit.
Refer to DLN-53.
22
VDC operation signal
(from VDC)
Malfunction is detected in VDC operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-83.
23
TCS operation signal
(from TCS)
Malfunction is detected in TCS operation signal that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
Refer to DLN-84.
24
PNP switch signal
(from TCM)
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or communication error between the vehicles.
Refer to DLN-43.
19
20
Repeats flickering
every 2 to 5 sec.
—
System normal.
Reference
A
F
H
I
J
K
—
Data erase display
• Power supply failure of memory back-up.
• Battery performance is poor.
Refer to DLN-27.
No flickering
PNP switch or 4WD
shift switch
PNP switch or 4WD shift switch circuit is shorted or open.
Refer to DLN-43 or
DLN-36.
DLN-105
E
G
Repeats flickering
every 0.25 sec.
Revision: October 2008
B
2009 Pathfinder
L
M
N
O
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
CAUTION:
• If CAN communication is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line.
• If ABS operation signal, VDC operation signal or TCS operation signal is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
ABS system.
• If Output shaft revolution signal is displayed, first perform the trouble diagnosis for A/T system.
NOTE:
• If actuator position switch or actuator circuit is displayed, first erase self-diagnostic results. (Actuator position switch or actuator circuit
may be displayed after installing transfer control unit or transfer assembly.)
• If clutch pressure switch or line pressure switch is displayed only while driving in reverse, check the continuity of R position on A/T
PNP switch. When there is no malfunction found in the electrical system, check the hydraulic system.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-106
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
A
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table
INFOID:0000000003937273
B
If 4WD warning lamp turns ON, perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Symptom
Condition
Reference page
C
4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not turn ON
(4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp check)
Ignition switch: ON
DLN-108
4WD warning lamp does not turn ON
(4WD warning lamp check)
Ignition switch: ON
DLN-111
4WD shift indicator lamp or 4LO indicator lamp does not change
Engine running
DLN-114
ATP warning lamp does not turn ON
Engine running
DLN-116
4WD shift indicator lamp keeps flashing
Engine running
DLN-118
4WD warning lamp flashes rapidly (2 times/second)
While driving
DLN-119
4WD warning lamp flashes slowly
(1 time/2 seconds)
While driving
DLN-120
Heavy tight-corner braking symptom occurs
(See NOTE.)
• While driving
• AUTO mode
• Steering wheel is turned fully
to either side
DLN-121
G
ATP switch does not operate
Engine running
DLN-123
H
4WD system does not operate
While driving
DLN-125
NOTE:
• Light tight-corner braking symptom may occur depending on driving conditions in AUTO mode. This is not a
malfunction.
• Heavy tight-corner braking symptom occurs when vehicle is driven in the following conditions: 4WD shift
switch is 4H or 4LO, steering wheel is turned fully to either side.
DLN
E
F
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-107
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT
TURN ON
Description
INFOID:0000000003937274
4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not turn ON for approx. 1 second when turning ignition
switch to ON.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937275
1.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
0V
29 - Ground
M153
30 - Ground
47 - Ground
4.
5.
Battery voltage
WDIA0165E
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
Battery voltage
29 - Ground
M153
30 - Ground
0V
47 - Ground
Battery voltage
WDIA0166E
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuses [No. 21 located in fuse block (J/B) and No. 59 (located in the fuse and relay box)].
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer control unit harness connector M153
terminals 47.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer control unit harness connector
M153 terminal 29.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay harness connector E155
terminal 1 and 3.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 30.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 16 and 22.
• Battery and ignition switch.
• Transfer shut off relay. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-108
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 3 and 6, and M153 terminal 45 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
Continuity should exist.
B
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
C
SDIA2691E
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
DLN
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
0V
E
F
G
H
SDIA2762E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
Battery voltage
I
J
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
SDIA2763E
or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 16.
• Ignition switch.
K
L
M
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 2 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 30.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 11 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 27.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 12 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 29.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 21 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 28.
Continuity should exist.
N
O
P
SDIA2771E
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
Revision: October 2008
DLN-109
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Connect combination meter harness connector.
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Ground the following terminals using suitable wiring.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 2 and
ground.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 11 and
ground.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 12 and
ground.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 21 and
ground.
Do indicator lamps turn on?
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-94, "Removal
and Installation".
SDIA2772E
6.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-110
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937276
4WD warning lamp does not turn ON when turning ignition switch to ON.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937277
1.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
C
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
DLN
E
Voltage (Approx.)
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
0V
F
29 - Ground
M153
30 - Ground
47 - Ground
4.
5.
Battery voltage
WDIA0165E
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M152
Terminal
H
Voltage (Approx.)
I
16 - Ground
22 - Ground
Battery voltage
J
29 - Ground
M153
G
30 - Ground
0V
47 - Ground
Battery voltage
WDIA0166E
K
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuses [No. 21 located in fuse block (J/B) and No. 59 (located in the fuse and relay box)].
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer control unit harness connector M153
terminals 47.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer control unit harness connector
M153 terminal 29.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay harness connector E155
terminal 1 and 3.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 30.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay harness connector E155 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 16 and 22.
• Battery and ignition switch.
• Transfer shut off relay. Refer to DLN-27, "Diagnosis Procedure" .
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-111
M
N
O
P
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
L
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminals 3 and 6, and M153 terminal 45 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2691E
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
0V
SDIA2762E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
Battery voltage
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
SDIA2763E
or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)].
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 16.
• Ignition switch.
4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit and combination meter.
A
B
Connector
Terminal
Connector
Terminal
Transfer
control
unit: M152
5
Combination
meter: M24
26
Continuity
Yes
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-112
WDIA0293E
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
5.CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Connect combination meter harness connector.
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Ground the following terminal using suitable wiring.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 5 and
ground.
Does 4WD warning lamp turn on?
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Replace combination meter.
Refer to MWI-94,
"Removal and Installation".
B
C
DLN
E
SDIA2774E
6.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End
NG
>> GO TO 7.
F
G
7.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-113
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT
CHANGE
Description
INFOID:0000000003937278
4WD shift indicator lamp or 4LO indicator lamp do not change when switching the 4WD shift switch.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937279
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Confirm 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp turn on when ignition switch is turned to ON.
Do 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp turn on?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Refer to DLN-108, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for wait detection switch system. Refer to DLN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for neutral-4LO switch system. Refer to DLN-33, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ATP SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for ATP switch system. Refer to DLN-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 2-4WD SOLENOID
Perform trouble diagnosis for 2-4WD solenoid system. Refer to DLN-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK SYSTEM FOR TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
Perform trouble diagnosis for transfer control device system. Refer to DLN-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ACTUATOR MOTOR
Perform trouble diagnosis for actuator motor system. Refer to DLN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-114
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
9.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
A
Perform trouble diagnosis for actuator position switch system. Refer to DLN-50, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
B
10.SYMPTOM CHECK
C
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 11.
DLN
11.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
12.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
E
F
G
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-115
2009 Pathfinder
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
Description
INFOID:0000000003937280
ATP warning lamp does not turn ON when the transfer case is switched in or out of 4LO with the A/T selector
lever in N position.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937281
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate CAN communication?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 3.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR PNP SWITCH SIGNAL
Perform trouble diagnosis for PNP switch signal system. Refer to DLN-43, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 4.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ATP SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for ATP switch system. Refer to DLN-123, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 5.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
3.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M152 terminal 15 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 21.
Continuity should exist.
SDIA2768E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-116
2009 Pathfinder
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 40 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 1.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
40 TO 1: Continuity should
not exist.
1 to 40: Continuity should
exist.
B
C
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 6.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2770E
DLN
6.CHECK ATP WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT
1. A/T selector lever "P" position.
2. Connect combination meter harness connector and transfer control unit harness connector.
3. Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
4. Ground the following terminal using suitable wiring.
5. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
ATP switch harness connector F55 terminal 8 and ground.
Does indicator lamp turn on?
OK
>> GO TO 7.
NG
>> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-94, "Removal
and Installation".
E
F
G
H
SDIA2769E
7.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> GO TO 8.
I
J
8.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
K
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 9.
NG
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
9.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
OK or NG
OK
>> Inspection End.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-117
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS FLASHING
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS FLASHING
Description
INFOID:0000000003937282
The 4WD shift indicator lamp keeps flashing.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937283
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
1. Set 4WD shift switch to 2WD.
2. Move vehicle forward and backward, or drive straight increasing or decreasing under 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Dose 4WD shift indicator lamp keep flashing?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for wait detection switch system. Refer to DLN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR NEUTRAL-4LO SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for neutral-4LO switch system. Refer to DLN-33, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-118
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES RAPIDLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES RAPIDLY
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937284
The 4WD warning lamp flashes quickly while driving (2 times / second). The lamp continues to flash until the
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937285
C
1.CHECK TIRE
Check the following.
• Tire pressure
• Wear condition
• Longitudinal tire size (There is no difference between longitudinal tires.)
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
DLN
E
2.CHECK 4WD WARNING LAMP
F
Stop the vehicle and allow it to idle for a short period of time.
Does flashing stop?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
G
3.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
H
Perform trouble diagnosis for transfer fluid temperature system. Refer to DLN-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
I
4.SYMPTOM CHECK
J
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
K
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-119
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY
Description
INFOID:0000000003937286
The 4WD warning lamp flashes slowly while driving (1 time / 2 seconds). The lamp continues to flash until the
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937287
1.CHECK TIRE
Check the following.
• Tire pressure
• Wear condition
• Longitudinal tire size (There is no difference between longitudinal tires.)
OK or NG
OK
>> GO TO 2.
NG
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2.CHECK TRANSFER FLUID TEMPERATURE
Perform trouble diagnosis for transfer fluid temperature system. Refer to DLN-72, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for clutch pressure switch system. Refer to DLN-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
4.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-120
2009 Pathfinder
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937288
This symptom occurs when the vehicle is accelerating in 4WD and the steering wheel is turned fully either
direction. It may feel like a bump or being pushed from behind. A small amount of this bumping feeling is
acceptable under certain road conditions. The transfer case may be adjusted using the CONSULT-III to compensate for this condition.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
C
INFOID:0000000003937289
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
DLN
NOTE:
• Light tight-corner braking symptom may occur depending on driving conditions in AUTO mode. This is not a
malfunction.
• Heavy tight-corner braking symptom occurs when vehicle is driven in the following conditions: 4WD shift
switch is 4H or 4LO, steering wheel is turned fully to either side.
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
E
F
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Is CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] displayed?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
I
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT
J
Perform self diagnosis for ECM. Refer to EC-546, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Is any malfunction deteced by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
K
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CLUTCH PRESSURE SOLENOID
Perform trouble diagnosis for clutch pressure solenoid system. Refer to DLN-58, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
5.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
O
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
7.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Check transfer inner parts.
Revision: October 2008
M
N
6.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
1.
2.
L
DLN-121
2009 Pathfinder
P
HEAVY TIGHT-CORNER BRAKING SYMPTOM OCCURS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-122
2009 Pathfinder
ATP SWITCH
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
ATP SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937290
The ATP indicator is ON when the transfer case is not in neutral.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937291
C
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK ATP SWITCH SIGNAL
DLN
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select DATA MONITOR mode for ALL MODE AWD/4WD with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of ATP SWITCH.
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
N
• Brake pedal depressed
E
Display value
4WD shift switch
: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
F
ON
G
Except the above
OFF
H
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
M153
Terminal
40 Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
N
• Brake pedal depressed
I
4WD shift switch: 4H
to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor
is operating.)
0V
Except the above
Battery
voltage
J
K
SDIA2755E
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
L
M
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND ATP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the ATP switch harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M153 terminal 40 and ATP switch harness connector F55
terminal 8.
N
O
Continuity should exist.
P
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2756E
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Revision: October 2008
DLN-123
2009 Pathfinder
ATP SWITCH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between ATP switch harness connector F55
terminal 9 and ground.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power
in harness or connectors.
SDIA2394E
4.CHECK ATP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch OFF. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
Remove ATP switch. Refer to DLN-18, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release ATP switch and check continuity between ATP
switch terminals 8 and 9.
Terminal
8-9
Condition
Continuity
Push ATP switch
Yes
Release ATP switch
No
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace ATP switch.
SDIA2757E
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK ATP WARNING LAMP
1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.)
2. Move A/T selector lever to P position.
3. Set 4WD shift switch from 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H.
Does ATP warning lamp turn ON while switching?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO DLN-116, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-124
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937292
The vehicle can not be put into 4WD mode. (Possible hydraulic malfunction)
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937293
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
C
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CLUTCH PRESSURE SWITCH
DLN
E
Perform trouble diagnosis for clutch pressure switch system. Refer to DLN-75, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.SYMPTOM CHECK
F
G
Check again.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
I
J
K
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-125
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000003937294
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer Control Unit Replacement
INFOID:0000000003937295
When replacing transfer assembly or transfer control unit, check the 4WD shift indicator lamp as follows.
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 4WD shift indicator lamp is turned ON for approximately 1 second.
• If OK, the position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit is correct.
• If NG, the position is different between transfer assembly and transfer control unit.
Adjust the position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit. See METHOD FOR POSITION
ADJUSTMENT that follows.
METHOD FOR POSITION ADJUSTMENT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Start engine. Run the engine for at least 10 seconds.
Stop vehicle and move A/T selector lever to N position with brake pedal depressed. Stay in N for at least 2
seconds.
Turn 4WD shift switch to 2WD position. Stay in 2WD for at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch OFF.
Start engine.
Erase self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Check 4WD shift indicator lamp. Refer to DLN-9, "Preliminary Check".
If 4WD shift indicator lamp does not indicate 2WD, install new transfer control unit and retry the above
check.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000004468086
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-126
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PRECAUTION >
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
A
OPERATION PROCEDURE
B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
C
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be DLN
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting E
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
F
Precaution
INFOID:0000000003937296
• Before connecting or disconnecting the transfer control unit
harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect
battery cables. Failure to do so may damage the transfer control unit. Battery voltage is applied to transfer control unit
even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
G
H
I
SEF289H
J
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from transfer control unit, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break).
When connecting pin connectors make sure that there are not
any bends or breaks on transfer control unit pin terminals.
K
L
M
SEF291H
N
• Before replacing transfer control unit, perform transfer control unit input/output signal inspection and make sure transfer
control unit functions properly. Refer to DLN-85, "Reference
Value".
O
P
MEF040DB
Service Notice
INFOID:0000000003937297
• After overhaul refill the transfer with new transfer fluid.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-127
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PRECAUTION >
• Check the fluid level or replace the fluid only with the vehicle parked on level ground.
• During removal or installation, keep inside of transfer clear of dust or dirt.
• Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
• Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the transfer. It is important to prevent the internal
parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matchmarks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts when applied.
• All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them
with new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transfer is disassembled.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it.
• Observe the specified torque when assembling.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them.
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
with the operation of the transfer.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-128
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937298
B
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV31103300
(
—
)
Drift
• Removing press flange snap ring
• Installing press flange snap ring
• Installing carrier bearing
a: 76.3 mm (3.004 in) dia.
b: 130 mm (5.12 in)
C
DLN
E
NT668
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.
b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
c: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
KV38100300
(J-25523)
Drift
G
H
ZZA1046D
• Installing front oil seal
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
KV38100500
(
—
)
Drift
F
I
J
ZZA0811D
• Removing and installing companion flange
KV38108300
(J-44195)
Companion flange tool
K
L
NT771
M
• Installing front drive shaft front bearing
• Installing front drive shaft rear bearing
a: 76 mm (2.99 in) dia.
b: 69 mm (2.72 in) dia.
KV40100621
(J-25273)
Drift
N
O
NT086
• Removing self-lock nut
• Installing self-lock nut
a: 85 mm (3.35 in)
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)
KV40104000
(
—
)
Flange wrench
P
NT659
Revision: October 2008
DLN-129
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40105310
(
—
)
Drift
• Installing dust cover
a: 89 mm (3.50 in) dia.
b: 80.7 mm (3.17 in) dia.
ZZA1003D
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 96 mm (3.78 in) dia.
b: 84 mm (3.31 in) dia.
ST15310000
(J-25640-B)
Drift
ZZA0908D
• Installing side oil seal
a: 23 mm (0.91 in) dia.
b: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
ST22360002
(J-25679-01)
Drift
ZZA1091D
• Removing press flange snap ring
• Installing press flange snap ring
a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
c: 400 mm (15.76 in) dia.
ST22452000
(J-34335)
Drift
NT117
• Removing carrier bearing
• Removing front drive shaft front bearing
• Removing front drive shaft rear bearing
a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
ST30031000
(
—
)
Puller
NT411
• Installing front drive shaft front bearing
• Installing front drive shaft rear bearing
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
b: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
ST30032000
(J-26010-01)
Base
NT660
• Installing rear oil seal
• Installing input bearing
• Installing input oil seal
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
ZZA0811D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-130
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST30911000
(
—
)
Puller
• Removing press flange snap ring
• Installing press flange snap ring
• Installing mainshaft
• Installing carrier bearing
a: 98 mm (3.86 in) dia.
b: 40.5 mm (1.594 in) dia.
A
B
C
NT664
• Removing front drive shaft front bearing
• Removing front drive shaft rear bearing
• Installing mainshaft
a: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
b: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
ST33052000
(
—
)
Adapter
E
F
NT431
ST33200000
(J-26082)
Drift
DLN
• Removing input bearing
• Installing sun gear assembly and planetary
carrier assembly
• Installing input oil seal
a: 74.5 mm (2.933 in) dia.
b: 62.5 mm (2.461 in) dia.
G
• Removing front oil seal
• Removing rear oil seal
• Removing metal bushing
I
H
NT661
ST33290001
(J-34286)
Puller
J
ZZA0601D
K
• Removing needle bearing
• Removing metal bushing
a: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia.
b: 89 mm (3.5 in)
c: 30 mm (1.18 in) dia.
ST33710000
(
—
)
Drift
L
M
ZZA1057D
• Removing sun gear assembly and planetary
carrier assembly
• Removing carrier bearing
• Installing metal bushing
a: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
ST35300000
(
—
)
Drift
N
O
NT073
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-131
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST35325000
(
—
)
Drift bar
• Removing metal bushing
a: 215 mm (8.46 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
c: M12 × 1.5P
NT663
• Installing needle bearing
a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia.
b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
c: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
ST3322000
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1046D
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937299
Tool name
Description
Puller
• Removing companion flange
NT077
Pin punch
• Removing retainer pin
• Installing retainer pin
a: 6 mm (0.24 in) dia.
NT410
Power tool
• Removing transfer case assembly
PBIC0190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-132
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER FLUID
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
A
TRANSFER FLUID
Replacement
INFOID:0000000003937300
CAUTION:
If using the vehicle for towing, the transfer fluid must be replaced as specified. Refer to MA-7, "Introduction of Periodic Maintenance".
B
C
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop engine.
Remove the drain plug and gasket and drain the fluid.
Install the drain plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
DLN
E
F
G
SDIA3208E
FILLING
1.
2.
Fluid grade and capacity
3.
4.
H
Remove the filler plug and gasket.
Fill the transfer with new fluid until the fluid level reaches the
specified limit near the filler plug hole.
I
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and
Lubricants".
CAUTION:
Carefully fill fluid. (Fill up for approx. 3 minutes.)
Leave the vehicle for 3 minutes, and check fluid level again.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Inspection
J
K
SDIA3209E
L
INFOID:0000000003937301
CAUTION:
If using the vehicle for towing, the transfer fluid must be replaced as specified. Refer to MA-7, "Introduction of Periodic Maintenance".
M
N
FLUID LEAKAGE AND FLUID LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fluid is not leaking from the transfer assembly or around it.
Check fluid level from the filler plug hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking fluid level.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
O
P
SDIA3209E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-133
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER OIL FILTER
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
TRANSFER OIL FILTER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937302
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the oil filter bolts and oil filter.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage center case or oil filter.
• Loosen bolts and detach oil filter evenly.
SMT875C
2.
Remove the O-rings (1) from the oil filter (2).
WDIA0285E
3.
4.
Remove the oil filter stud from the oil filter.
Remove the O-ring from the oil filter stud.
SDIA3180E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply ATF to the new O-ring, and install it on the oil filter stud.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-ring.
Install the oil filter stud to the oil filter.
SDIA3180E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-134
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER OIL FILTER
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
3. Apply ATF to the two new O-rings (1), and install them on the oil
filter (2).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
WDIA0285E
DLN
4.
5.
6.
Install the oil filter to the transfer assembly. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Do not damage oil filter.
• Attach oil filter and tighten bolts evenly.
Check the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133, "Inspection".
Start the engine for one minute. Then stop the engine and
recheck the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133, "Inspection".
E
F
G
SDIA2136E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-135
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937303
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Set transfer state as 2WD when 4WD shift switch is at 2WD, or as AUTO when 4WD shift switch is at
AUTO.
CAUTION:
When removing transfer control unit, transfer state must be at 2WD or AUTO.
Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal.
Remove the lower instrument panel LH. Refer to IP-10, "Exploded View".
Disconnect the two transfer control unit connectors.
Remove the transfer control unit bolts.
Remove the transfer control unit.
LDIA0168E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When installing the transfer control unit, tighten bolts to the specified torque.
Transfer control unit bolts
: 3.4 N·m (0.35 kg-m, 30 in-lb)
CAUTION:
Do not connect harness connector to transfer control unit when 4WD shift switch is at 4LO.
• After the installation, check perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-22, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE
AWD/4WD)". If NG, adjust position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-126,
"Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer Control Unit Replacement".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-136
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
FRONT OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937304
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
B
Partially drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133.
Remove the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the companion flange self-lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40104000 (
—
C
)
DLN
E
F
SDIA2657E
4.
Put a matching mark on top of the front drive shaft in line with
the mark on the companion flange.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching mark on the front drive
shaft. Do not damage the front drive shaft.
G
H
I
SDIA2658E
5.
J
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
K
L
M
WDIA0193E
6.
Remove the front oil seal from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
N
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case.
O
P
LDIA0144E
INSTALLATION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-137
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
1. Install the new front oil seal until it is flush with the end face of
the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
SDIA2662E
2.
Align the matching mark of the front drive shaft with the matching mark of the companion flange, then install the companion
flange.
SDIA2658E
3.
Install the new self-lock nut. Tighten to the specified torque
using Tool. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Tool number
4.
5.
: KV40104000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-lock nut.
Install the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and
Installation".
Refill the transfer with fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-133.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-138
LDIA0147E
2009 Pathfinder
REAR OIL SEAL
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
REAR OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937305
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
B
Partially drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133.
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation" (2S1330), DLN-326,
C
"Removal and Installation" (2S1350).
Remove the dust cover from the rear case.
CAUTION:
DLN
Do not damage the rear case.
E
F
WDIA0127E
4.
Remove the rear oil seal from the rear case using Tool.
Tool number
G
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
H
CAUTION:
Do not damage the rear case.
I
LDIA0139E
J
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the new rear oil seal until it is flush with the end face of the
rear case using Tool.
Tool number
K
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
L
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
M
LDIA0140E
2.
Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new dust cover.
Position the new dust cover as shown.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Position the identification mark at the position shown.
• 1: Dust cover
• 2: Rear case assembly
• A: Protrusions
O
P
AWDIA0550GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-139
N
2009 Pathfinder
REAR OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
3. Install the new dust cover to the rear case using Tool.
Tool number
4.
5.
: KV40105310 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Apply petroleum jelly to dust cover.
Install the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and
Installation" (2S1330), DLN-326, "Removal and Installation"
(2S1350).
Refill the transfer with fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-133.
Revision: October 2008
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
DLN-140
PDIA0116E
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937306
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
B
Remove the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the companion flange. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove the transfer control device from the transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-276, "Removal and Installa- C
tion".
Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
DLN
CAUTION:
Do not damage shift cross.
E
F
SDIA2666E
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the new side oil seal until it is flush with the end face of
case using Tool.
Tool number
2.
3.
4.
G
H
: ST22360002 (J-25679-01)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
Install the transfer control device to the transfer assembly. Refer
to DLN-276, "Removal and Installation".
Install the companion flange. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
Install the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation".
I
J
SDIA2665E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-141
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937307
SDIA2654E
1.
Shift lever
2.
Actuator
CAUTION:
• Change vehicle state to 2WD, and then remove and install transfer control device.
• Check 4WD shift indicator after installation. Refer to DLN-126, "Precaution for Transfer Assembly
and Transfer Control Unit Replacement".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-142
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937308
VQ40DE
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
SDIA3339E
1.
Breather tube
2.
Clip A
3.
Clip B
4.
Clip C
5.
Clip D
6.
Clip E
7.
Actuator
8.
Air breather hose clamp
9.
Clip F
10. Transfer motor
H
11. Breather tube (transfer)
I
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on each air breather hose caused by folding or
bending when installing it.
• Install each air breather hose into the breather tube (metal
connector) until the hose end reaches the end of the curve
section. Set each air breather hose with paint mark facing
upward.
J
K
L
M
SDIA3340E
• Install actuator/transfer motor air breather hose and transfer
air breather hose on clip A with the paint mark facing upward.
N
O
P
SDIA3342E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-143
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
• Install clip C on actuator/transfer motor air breather hose and
transfer air breather hose with the paint mark matched.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SDIA3343E
• Install actuator/transfer motor air breather hose and transfer
air breather hose on clip D and clip E with the paint mark facing upward.
SDIA3344E
• Install the actuator air breather hose into the actuator (case
connector) until the hose end reaches the base of the tube.
Set actuator air breather hose with paint mark facing leftward.
SDIA3226E
• Install clip F on transfer motor air (control device) breather
hose and transfer air breather hose with the paint mark
matched.
SDIA3345E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-144
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
• Install the transfer air breather hose into the breather tube
(transfer, metal connector) until the hose end reaches the
base of the tube. Set transfer air breather hose with paint
mark facing upwards.
A
B
C
SDIA3196E
DLN
• Install the transfer motor air breather hose into the transfer
motor (case connector) until the hose end reaches the end of
the curved section. Set transfer motor air breather hose with
paint mark facing leftward.
E
F
G
SDIA3194E
H
Removal and Installation
VK56DE
I
J
K
L
M
AWDIA0010ZZ
1.
Breather tube
2.
Clip A
3.
Clip B
4.
Clip C
5.
Clip D
6.
Actuator
7.
Air breather hose clamp
8.
Clip E
9.
Transfer motor
10. Breather tube (transfer)
O
Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on each air breather hose caused by folding or
bending when installing it.
Revision: October 2008
N
DLN-145
2009 Pathfinder
P
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
• Install each air breather hose into the breather tube (4). Set
each air breather hose with paint mark facing upward.
- A: Paint marks
- 1: A/T breather hose
- 2: Transfer air breather hose
- 3: Actuator/transfer motor air breather hose
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
ALDIA0110ZZ
• Install actuator/transfer motor air breather hose (1) and transfer air breather hose (2) on clip (A) with the paint mark (B) facing upward.
: Front
ALDIA0111ZZ
• Install clip (A) on actuator/transfer motor air breather hose (1)
and transfer air breather hose (2) with the paint mark (B)
matched.
: Front
AWDIA0011ZZ
• Install actuator/transfer motor air breather hose (1) and transfer air breather hose (2) on clip (C) and clip (B) with the paint
mark (A) and (D) facing upward.
: Front
AWDIA0012ZZ
Revision: October 2008
DLN-146
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
• Install the actuator air breather hose into the actuator (case
connector) until the hose end reaches the base of the tube.
Set actuator air breather hose with paint mark facing leftward.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
SDIA3226E
DLN
• Install clip (A) on transfer motor air breather hose (2) and
transfer air breather hose (1) with the paint mark (B) matched.
: Front
E
F
G
AWDIA0013ZZ
H
• Install the transfer air breather hose into the breather tube
(transfer, metal connector) until the hose end reaches the
base of the tube. Set transfer air breather hose with paint
mark facing upwards.
I
J
K
SDIA3196E
• Install the transfer motor air breather hose into the transfer
motor (case connector) until the hose end reaches the end of
the curved section. Set transfer motor air breather hose with
paint mark facing leftward.
L
M
N
SDIA3194E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-147
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER MOTOR
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
TRANSFER MOTOR
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937309
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the transfer motor connector.
Remove the transfer motor air breather hose from the transfer
motor. Refer to DLN-143, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the transfer motor bolts.
Remove the transfer motor.
SDIA2133E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Apply ATF to the new O-ring and install it to the transfer motor.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
Fit the double-flat end of the transfer motor shaft into the slot of
the sub-oil pump assembly. Then tighten to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Be sure to install connector bracket.
Install the transfer motor air breather hose to the transfer motor.
Refer to DLN-143, "Removal and Installation".
SDIA2787E
Connect the transfer motor connector.
Check the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133, "Inspection".
Start the engine for one minute. Then stop the engine and recheck the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133,
"Inspection".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-148
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
A
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937310
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Set transfer state as 2WD when 4WD shift switch is at 2WD.
C
Remove the undercovers using power tool.
Drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133, "Replacement".
DLN
Remove the center exhaust tube and main muffler. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front and rear propeller shafts. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation" (front), DLN317, "Removal and Installation" or DLN-326, "Removal and Installation" (rear).
E
CAUTION:
Do not damage spline, sleeve yoke and rear oil seal when removing rear propeller shaft.
NOTE:
Insert a plug into the rear oil seal after removing the rear propeller shaft.
F
Remove the A/T nuts from the A/T crossmember. Refer to TM-217, "4WD : Exploded View".
Position two suitable jacks under the A/T and transfer assembly.
Remove the crossmember. Refer to TM-217, "4WD : Exploded View".
G
WARNING:
Support A/T and transfer assembly using two suitable jacks while removing crossmember.
H
Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following:
• ATP switch
• Neutral 4LO switch
• Wait detection switch
I
• Transfer motor
• Transfer control device
• Transfer terminal cord assembly
J
Disconnect each air breather hose from the following. Refer to DLN-143, "Removal and Installation".
• Actuator
• Breather tube (transfer)
• Transfer motor
K
Remove the transfer control device from the extension housing.
Remove the transfer to A/T and A/T to transfer bolts.
L
Remove the transfer assembly.
WARNING:
Support transfer assembly with suitable jack while removing it.
M
CAUTION:
Do not damage rear oil seal (A/T).
INSTALLATION
N
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Tighten the bolts to specification.
Transfer bolt torque
: 36 N·m (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
O
• Fill the transfer with new fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-133.
• Start the engine for one minute. Then stop the engine and recheck
the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-133, "Inspection".
P
SMT872C
Revision: October 2008
DLN-149
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937311
COMPONENTS
AWDIA0014GB
1.
2-4 sleeve
2.
L-H sleeve
3.
Snap ring
4.
Internal gear
5.
Planetary carrier assembly
6.
Metal bushing
7.
Needle bearing
8.
Sun gear
9.
Carrier bearing
10.
Snap ring
11.
Snap ring
12.
Input bearing
13.
Wait detection switch
14.
Check plug
15.
Check spring
16.
Check ball
17.
Front case
18.
Snap ring
19.
Input oil seal
20.
Shift cross
21.
Side oil seal
22.
Lock pin
23.
Shift lever
24.
Gasket
25.
Drain plug
26.
Front oil seal
27.
Companion flange
28.
Self-lock nut
29.
Mainshaft
30.
Needle bearing
31.
Front bearing
32.
Front drive shaft
33.
Rear bearing
34.
Spacer
35.
Drive chain
36.
Clutch drum
37.
Snap ring
38.
Clutch hub
39.
Snap ring
Revision: October 2008
DLN-150
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
40.
Retaining plate
41.
Driven plate (10 sheet)
42.
Drive plate (10 sheet)
43.
Return spring assembly
44.
Press flange
45.
Thrust needle bearing
46.
Snap ring
47.
Retaining pin
48.
L-H fork
49.
2-4 fork
50.
Shift fork spring
51.
Fork guide
52.
Retainer pin
53.
Shift rod
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
WDIA0302E
1.
Dust cover
2.
Rear oil seal
3.
Rear case
4.
Breather tube
5.
Seal ring
6.
Main oil pump cover
7.
Inner gear
8.
Outer gear
9.
Main oil pump housing
10.
D-ring
11. D-ring
12.
Clutch piston
13.
Thrust needle bearing race
14. Oil strainer
15.
O-ring
16.
Snap ring
17. Control valve assembly
18.
Lip seal (large 5 pieces)
19.
Lip seal (small 2 pieces)
20. Gasket
21.
Filler plug
22.
Oil filter stud
23. O-ring
24.
Oil filter
25
ATP switch
26. Neutral-4LO switch
27.
Oil pressure check plug
28.
Harness bracket
29. Air breather hose clamp
30.
Stem bleeder
31.
Harness bracket
32. Center case
33.
Mainshaft rear bearing
34.
C-ring
35. Washer holder
36.
Snap ring
37.
Sub oil pump housing
38. Outer gear
39.
Inner gear
Revision: October 2008
DLN-151
M
N
O
P
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
40.
Sub oil pump cover
41. O-ring
42.
Transfer motor
43.
Connector bracket
A.
B.
Apply Genuine Liquid Gasket,
Three Bond TB1215 or equivalent.
Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid
Gasket, Three Bond TB1133C or
equivalent.
DISASSEMBLY
Rear Case
1.
Remove the rear case bolts.
SDIA2092E
2.
Remove the rear case from the center case.
SDIA2093E
3.
Remove the dust cover using suitable tool.
SDIA2094E
4.
5.
Remove the rear oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage rear case.
Remove the breather tube.
SDIA2095E
Front Case
1.
2.
Remove the rear case assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove the lock pin nut.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-152
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
3. Remove the lock pin using suitable tool.
4. Remove the shift lever.
A
B
C
SDIA2150E
DLN
5.
Remove the side oil seal from the front case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case or shift cross.
E
F
G
SDIA2166E
6.
7.
Remove the check plug, check spring and check ball.
Remove the wait detection switch.
H
I
J
WDIA0196E
8.
K
Remove the self-lock nut from the companion flange using Tool.
Tool number
L
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
M
N
SDIA2841E
9.
Put a matching mark on top of the front drive shaft thread in line
with the mark on the companion flange.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching mark on the front drive
shaft thread. Never damage the front drive shaft.
O
P
SDIA2779E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-153
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
WDIA0133E
11. Remove the center case bolts, harness bracket and air breather.
12. Remove the filler plug and gasket.
SDIA2100E
13. Separate the center case from the front case. Then remove the
center case from the front case by prying it up using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the mating surfaces.
SDIA2101E
14. Remove the shift rod components together with the 2-4 sleeve
and L-H sleeve.
15. Remove the shift cross from the front case, using shift rod (A).
AWDIA0015ZZ
16. Remove the 2-4 sleeve and L-H sleeve from the 2-4 fork and LH fork respectively.
SMT992C
Revision: October 2008
DLN-154
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
17. Drive out the retaining pin from the shift rod using suitable tool.
A
B
C
WDIA0134E
DLN
18. Remove the L-H fork, 2-4 fork, shift fork spring and fork guide
from the shift rod.
E
F
G
SDIA2142E
19. Remove the input oil seal from the front case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case or sun gear.
H
I
J
SDIA3382E
20. Remove the snap ring from the sun gear.
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case or sun gear.
K
L
M
N
SDIA2144E
O
21. Remove the sun gear assembly and planetary carrier assembly
from the front case using Tool.
Tool munber
: ST35300000 (
—
)
P
SDIA2145E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-155
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
22. Remove the snap ring and internal gear using suitable tool.
SMT004D
23. Remove the front oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case.
SDIA2170E
24. Remove the snap ring from the front case.
SDIA2171E
25. Remove the input bearing from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
SDIA2178E
26. Remove the snap ring from the planetary carrier assembly using
suitable tool.
SDIA2792E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-156
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
27. Remove the sun gear assembly from the planetary carrier
assembly.
A
B
C
SDIA2147E
DLN
28. Remove the snap ring from the sun gear assembly using suitable tool.
E
F
G
SDIA2148E
29. Remove the carrier bearing from the sun gear using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST35300000 ( —
B: ST30031000 ( —
H
)
)
I
J
SDIA2149E
K
30. Remove the needle bearing from the sun gear using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33710000 (
—
L
)
M
N
SDIA2354E
31. Remove the metal bushing from the sun gear using Tools.
Tool number
O
A: ST33710000 ( — )
B: ST35325000 ( — )
C: ST3329000 (J-34286)
P
SDIA2168E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-157
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Center Case
1.
2.
3.
Remove the rear case assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove the front case assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Hold the front drive shaft with one hand and tap to remove the
front drive shaft with the drive chain.
CAUTION:
Do not tap drive chain.
SMT900C
4.
Remove the front drive shaft front bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 ( —
B: ST30031000 ( —
)
)
SDIA2106E
5.
Remove the front drive shaft rear bearing using suitable tools.
Tool number
A: ST33052000 ( —
B: ST30031000 ( —
)
)
SDIA2107E
6.
Remove the neutral-4LO and ATP switches.
SDIA2096E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-158
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Remove the bolts and main oil pump cover.
A
B
C
SDIA2130E
DLN
8.
Remove the outer gear, inner gear and main oil pump housing
from the center case.
E
F
G
SDIA2131E
9.
Remove the seal ring from the main oil pump cover.
H
I
J
SDIA2783E
K
10. Remove the stem bleeder from the bleed hole.
L
M
N
SDIA2780E
O
11. Remove the snap ring and washer holder from the mainshaft.
P
SDIA2104E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-159
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
12. Remove the C-rings from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
SDIA2105E
13. Set the center case on the press stand. Remove the mainshaft
from the center case.
SDIA2108E
14. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
SDIA2110E
15. Remove the thrust needle bearing from the press flange.
SDIA2109E
16. Press the press flange until the snap ring is out of place using
Tools.
Tool number
A: ST22452000 (J-34335)
B: ST30911000 ( — )
C: KV31103300 ( — )
SDIA2111E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-160
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
17. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
A
B
C
SDIA2112E
DLN
18. Remove the press flange from the mainshaft.
E
F
G
SMT910C
19. Remove the return spring assembly from the clutch hub.
H
I
J
SMT911C
K
20. Remove each plate from the clutch drum.
L
M
N
SMT912C
O
21. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft.
P
SDIA2113E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-161
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
22. Remove the mainshaft from the clutch drum and clutch hub
using suitable tool.
23. Remove the needle bearing and spacer from the mainshaft.
SMT914C
24. Remove the snap ring from the clutch hub using suitable tool.
WDIA0101E
25. Remove the oil pressure check plug from the oil pressure check
port.
WDIA0227E
26. Apply air gradually from the oil pressure check port, and remove
the clutch piston assembly from the center case.
SDIA2116E
27. Remove the thrust needle bearing race from the clutch piston by
hooking a edge into 3 notches of the thrust needle bearing race
using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage clutch piston or thrust needle bearing race.
SDIA2118E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-162
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
28. Remove the two D-rings from the clutch piston.
A
B
C
SDIA2781E
DLN
29. Remove the mainshaft rear bearing from the center case using
Tool.
E
Tool number
: KV38100300 (J-25523)
F
G
SDIA2129E
30. Remove the two bolts and oil strainer.
H
I
J
SDIA2119E
K
31. Remove the two O-rings from the oil strainer.
L
M
N
SDIA2782E
O
32. Remove the snap ring. Then push the connector assembly into
the center case to remove the control valve assembly.
P
SDIA2122E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-163
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
33. Remove the control valve assembly bolts.
34. Remove the control valve assembly.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse any part that has been dropped or damaged.
• Make sure valve is assembled in the proper direction.
• Do not use a magnet because residual magnetism stays
during disassembly.
SDIA2121E
35. Remove the lip seals from the center case.
CAUTION:
There are two kinds of lip seals (lip seal of large inner diameter: 5 pieces, lip seal of small inner diameter: 2 pieces).
Confirm the position before disassembly.
SDIA2123E
36. Disassemble the control valve assembly with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse any part that has been dropped or damaged.
• Make sure valve is assembled in the proper direction.
• Do not use a magnet because residual magnetism stays during disassembly.
a. Remove all the bolts except for the two shown.
WDIA0198E
b.
c.
Remove the following from the control valve assembly:
• Clutch pressure solenoid valve
• Clutch pressure switch
• 2-4WD shift solenoid valve
• Line pressure switch
• Transfer fluid temperature sensor
Remove the O-rings from each solenoid valve, switch and terminal body.
WDIA0199E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-164
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
d. Place the control valve with the lower body facing up. Remove
the two bolts, and then remove the lower body and separator
plate from the upper body.
CAUTION:
Do not drop relief balls. Detach lower body carefully.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
WDIA0200E
DLN
e.
Make sure the reverse balls, relief balls, relief springs, accumulator pistons and valve springs are securely installed as shown,
and remove them.
E
F
G
SDIA2126E
f.
Remove the retainer plates.
H
I
J
SDIA2127E
g.
K
Remove each retainer plate (1), plug (2), control valve (3) and
spring (4) from the upper body (5).
L
M
N
WDIA0284E
O
37. Remove the transfer motor bolts and motor from the center
case. Then remove the O-ring from the transfer motor.
P
SDIA2133E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-165
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
38. Remove the sub oil pump cover bolts.
SDIA2134E
39. Thread two bolts (M4 x 0.8) into the holes of sub oil pump cover
as shown, and pull out to remove the sub oil pump assembly.
SMT934C
40. Remove the outer gear and inner gear from the sub oil pump
housing.
SDIA2135E
41. Remove the oil filter bolts and oil filter.
CAUTION:
• Do not damage center case and oil filter.
• Loosen bolts and detach oil filter evenly.
SDIA2136E
42. Remove the O-rings (1) from the oil filter (2).
WDIA0285E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-166
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
43. Remove the oil filter stud from the oil filter.
44. Remove the O-ring from the oil filter stud.
A
B
C
SDIA3180E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Shift Rod Components
• Check the working face of the shift rod and fork for wear, partial
wear, bending and other abnormality. If any is found, replace with a
new one.
DLN
E
F
G
SMT009D
• Measure the clearance between the shift fork and sleeve. If it is out
of specification, replace it with a new one.
Specification
H
I
: Less than 0.36 mm (0.0142 in)
J
K
SMT010D
L
Planetary Carrier
• Measure the end play of each pinion gear. If it is out of specification, replace the planetary carrier assembly with a new one.
Pinion gear end play
M
: 0.1 - 0.7 mm (0.004 - 0.028 in)
• Check the working face of each gear and bearing for damage,
burrs, partial wear, dents and other abnormality. If any is found,
replace the planetary carrier assembly with a new one.
N
O
PDIA0185E
Sun Gear
Revision: October 2008
P
DLN-167
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Check if the oil passage of the sun gear assembly is clogged. For
this, try to pass a 3.6 mm (0.142 in) dia. pin through the oil passage as shown.
• Check the sliding and contact surface of each gear and bearing for
damage, burrs, partial wear, dents, and other abnormality. If any is
found, replace the sun gear assembly with a new one.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
PDIA0186E
Internal Gear
• Check the internal gear teeth for damage, partial wear, dents and
other abnormality. If any is found, replace the internal gear with a
new one.
SMT008D
Gears and Drive Chain
• Check the gear faces and shaft for wear, cracks, damage, and seizure.
• Check the surfaces which contact the sun gear, clutch drum, clutch
hub, press flange, clutch piston and each bearing for damage,
peel, partial wear, dents, bending, or other abnormal damage. If
any is found, replace with a new one.
SMT944C
Bearing
• Make sure the bearings roll freely and are free from noise, pitting
and cracks.
SDIA2175E
Main Oil Pump
Revision: October 2008
DLN-168
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Check the inner and outer circumference, tooth face, and sideface of the inner and outer gears for damage or abnormal wear.
2. Measure the side clearance between the main oil pump housing
edge and the inner and outer gears.
3. Make sure the side clearance is within specification. If the measurement is out of specification, replace the inner and outer
gears with new ones as a set. Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
Specification
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
: 0.015 - 0.035 mm (0.0006 - 0.0014 in)
SDIA2174E
DLN
Sub-oil Pump
1.
2.
3.
Check the inner and outer circumference, tooth face, and sideface of the inner and outer gears for damage or abnormal wear.
Measure the side clearance between the sub oil pump housing
edge and the inner and outer gears.
Make sure the side clearance is within specification. If the measurement is out of specification, replace the inner and outer
gears with new ones as a set. Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
E
F
G
Specification
: 0.015 - 0.035 mm (0.0006 - 0.0014 in)
SDIA2173E
H
Control Valve
• Check resistance between the terminals of the clutch pressure
solenoid valve, 2-4WD shift solenoid valve, clutch pressure switch,
line pressure switch and the transfer fluid temperature sensor.
Refer to DLN-60, "Component Inspection" (clutch pressure solenoid valve), DLN-65, "Component Inspection" (2-4WD solenoid
valve), DLN-76, "Component Inspection" (clutch pressure switch),
DLN-80, "Component Inspection" (line pressure switch) and DLN73, "Component Inspection" (transfer fluid temperature sensor).
I
J
K
WDIA0199E
L
• Check the sliding faces of the control valves and plugs for abnormality. If any is found, replace the control valve assembly with a
new one. Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Replace control valve body together with clutch return spring
as a set.
M
N
SMT947C
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-169
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Check each control valve spring for damage or distortion. Also
check its free length, outer diameter and wire diameter. If any damage or fatigue is found, replace the control valve body with a new
one. Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Replace control valve body together with clutch return spring
as a set.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SMT948C
Clutch
• Check the drive plate facings and driven plate for damage, cracks
or other abnormality. If any abnormalities are found, replace with a
new one.
• Check the thickness of the drive plate facings and driven plate.
Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
• Measure facing thickness at 3 points to take an average.
• Check all drive and driven plates.
• Check return spring for damage or deformation.
• Do not remove spring from plate.
SMT949C
Return Spring
• Check the stamped mark shown. Then, check that the free lengths,
(include thickness of plate) are within specifications. If any abnormality is found, replace with a new return spring assembly of the
same stamped number. Refer to DLN-187, "Inspection and Adjustment".
SDIA2176E
ASSEMBLY
Center Case
1.
2.
Apply ATF to the new O-ring, and install it on the oil filter stud.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
Install the oil filter stud to the oil filter.
SDIA3180E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-170
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
3. Apply ATF to the two new O-rings (1), and install them on the oil
filter (2).
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
WDIA0285E
DLN
4.
Install the oil filter to the center case. Tighten the bolts to the
specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Do not damage oil filter.
• Attach oil filter and tighten bolts evenly.
E
F
G
SDIA2136E
5.
Install the outer gear and inner gear into the sub oil pump housing, and measure the side clearance. Refer to "DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
H
I
J
SDIA2135E
6.
Align the dowel pin hole and bolt hole of the sub oil pump
assembly with the center case. Install the sub oil pump cover.
Then tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly"
K
L
M
N
SDIA2328E
7.
8.
O
Apply ATF to the new O-ring and install it to the transfer motor.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
Fit the double-flat end of the transfer motor shaft into the slot of
the sub-oil pump assembly. Then tighten to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly"
CAUTION:
Be sure to install connector bracket.
P
SDIA2787E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-171
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
9.
a.
b.
Assemble the control valve assembly with the following procedure.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse any part that has been dropped or damaged.
• Make sure valve is assembled in the proper direction.
• Do not use a magnet because residual magnetism stays during assembly.
Clean the upper body (5), control valves (3) and springs (4) with
cleaning agent, and dry with compressed air.
Dip the control valves in ATF, and apply ATF to the valve-mounting area of the upper body.
WDIA0284E
c.
Install each control valve (3), springs (4), and plugs (2) to the
upper body (5), and install retainer plates (1) to hold them in
place.
CAUTION:
• To insert control valves into upper body, place upper
body on a level surface in order to prevent flaw or damage.
• Make sure each control valve is smoothly inserted.
SDIA2127E
d.
Install the reverse balls, relief balls and relief springs, accumulator pistons and valve springs to the upper body.
SDIA2126E
e.
Install the lower body and separator plate to the upper body.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse separator plates.
WDIA0200E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-172
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
f. With the lower body down, tighten the two bolts shown.
g. Apply ATF to the new O-rings, and install them to each solenoid
valve, switch and terminal body.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
h. Install the following to the control valve assembly:
• Clutch pressure solenoid valve
• Clutch pressure switch
• 2-4WD shift solenoid valve
• Line pressure switch
• Transfer fluid temperature sensor
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
B
C
WDIA0198E
DLN
10. Apply ATF to the new lip seals, and install them to the center
case.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse lip seals.
• There are 2 kinds of lip seals (lip seal of large inner diameter: 5 pieces, lip seal of small inner diameter: 2 pieces).
Confirm their position for installation.
E
F
G
SDIA2123E
11. Install the control valve assembly to the center case, and tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse any part that has been dropped or damaged.
• Make sure valve is assembled in the proper direction.
• Do not use a magnet because residual magnetism stays
during assembly.
H
I
J
SDIA2121E
12. Install the connector assembly into the center case, and secure
with a snap ring.
K
L
M
N
SDIA2122E
O
13. Apply ATF to the new O-rings, and install them on the oil
strainer.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse O-rings.
14. Install the oil strainer to the control valve assembly.
P
SDIA2782E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-173
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
15. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
SDIA2119E
16. Apply ATF to the new D-rings, and install them to the clutch piston.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse D-rings.
SDIA2781E
17. Install the thrust needle bearing race to the clutch piston.
SDIA2189E
18. Install the clutch piston to the center case as shown.
CAUTION:
Install so the fitting protrusion of clutch piston aligns with
the dent of center case.
SDIA2190E
19. Remove all the sealant from the oil pressure check port and
inside the center case.
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant adhering to mating surfaces. Also
remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to
application and mating surfaces.
20. Thread the new oil pressure check plug in 1 or 2 pitches and
apply sealant to the oil pressure check plug threads. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
SDIA3188E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-174
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and
Sealants".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse oil pressure check plug.
21. Install the new snap ring to the clutch hub using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
A
B
C
DLN
WDIA0101E
22. Apply petroleum jelly to the needle bearing, and install the needle bearing, spacer, clutch drum and clutch hub to the mainshaft.
E
F
G
H
WDIA0129E
I
23. Install the new snap ring to the mainshaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap rings.
J
K
L
SDIA2192E
24. Apply ATF each plate, then install them into the clutch drum as
shown.
M
N
O
SDIA2193E
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-175
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
25. Install the return spring assembly into the clutch hub.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SMT911C
26. Install the press flange by aligning the notches to the clutch hub
as shown.
SDIA2194E
27. Press the press flange to install the new snap ring into snap ring
groove on mainshaft using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST22452000 (J-34335)
B: ST30911000 ( — )
C: KV31103300 ( — )
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2111E
28. Install the new snap ring to the mainshaft using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2112E
29. Apply ATF to the thrust needle bearing and install it on the press
flange.
SDIA2109E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-176
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
30. Install the new snap ring to the main shaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
A
B
C
SDIA2195E
DLN
31. Install the mainshaft rear bearing to the center case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST15310000 (J-25640-B)
E
F
G
SDIA2196E
32. Install the mainshaft assembly using a press.
• Press the mainshaft into the center case using Tools.
Tool number
H
A: ST30911000 ( — )
B: ST35300000 ( — )
I
J
SDIA2197E
K
33. Install the C-rings to the mainshaft.
L
M
N
SDIA2201E
34. Set the washer holder on the mainshaft, and secure it with a
new snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
O
P
SDIA2104E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-177
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
35. Apply petroleum jelly to the stem bleeder and install it to the center case.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SDIA2780E
36. Apply ATF to the new seal ring and install it to the main oil pump
cover.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse seal ring.
SDIA2783E
37. Install the inner gear and outer gear in the main oil pump housing. Then, measure the side clearance. Refer to DLN-187,
"Inspection and Adjustment".
SDIA2174E
38. Install the main oil pump housing, outer gear and inner gear to
the center case.
SDIA2188E
39. Install the main oil pump cover to the center case, and tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
SDIA2130E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-178
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
40. Remove all the sealant from the switch location area and inside
the center case.
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant adhering to mounting surfaces. Also
remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to
application and mounting surfaces.
41. Thread the ATP switch and neutral-4LO switch in one to two
pitches and apply sealant to the threads of the switches. Tighten
to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
NOTE:
• Neutral-4LO switch harness connector is gray.
• ATP switch harness connector is black.
42. Install the front drive shaft rear bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A
B
C
SDIA3435E
DLN
E
A: KV40100621 (J-25273)
B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)
F
G
H
SDIA2198E
43. Install the front drive shaft to the front bearing using Tools.
I
Tool number
A: KV40100621 (J-25273)
B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01)
J
K
SDIA2199E
44. Install the drive chain to the front drive shaft and clutch drum.
CAUTION:
Install drive chain by aligning identification marks to the
rear as shown.
L
M
N
O
SDIA2200E
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-179
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
45. Tap the front drive shaft while keeping it upright and press-fit the
front drive shaft rear bearing.
CAUTION:
Do not tap drive chain.
46. Install the front case assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
47. Install the rear case assembly. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SMT988C
Front Case
1.
Install the carrier bearing to the sun gear using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST30911000 ( — )
B: KV31103300 ( — )
SDIA2179E
2.
Install the new snap ring to the sun gear assembly using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2148E
3.
Apply ATF to the circumference of the new metal bushing and
install it to the sun gear assembly using suitable tool.
Dimension A
: 7.7 - 8.3 mm (0.303 - 0.327 in)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse metal bushing.
• Apply ATF to metal bushing before installing.
SDIA3189E
4.
Apply ATF to the new needle bearing and install it to the sun
gear assembly using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33220000 (
—
)
Dimension B
: 62.5 - 63.1 mm (2.461 - 2.484 in)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse needle bearing.
• Apply ATF to needle bearing before installing.
SDIA3190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-180
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5.
Install the sun gear assembly to the planetary carrier assembly.
A
B
C
SDIA2180E
6.
Install the new snap ring to the planetary carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
DLN
E
F
G
SDIA2794E
7.
Set the input bearing into the front case and install using Tool.
Tool number
H
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
I
J
SDIA2172E
8.
Install the new snap ring into the front case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
K
L
M
N
SDIA2171E
9.
O
Install the internal gear with its groove facing the snap ring into
the front case. Then secure it with the new snap ring.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
P
WDIA0100E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-181
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Install the new front oil seal until it is seated flush with the end
face of the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal lip before installing.
SDIA3383E
11. Install the planetary carrier assembly and sun gear assembly to
the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
SDIA2791E
12. Install the new snap ring to the sun gear.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2144E
13. Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new oil seal,
and install it to the front case using Tools.
Tool numbers
Dimension (A)
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST33200000 (J-26802)
: 4.0 - 4.6 mm (0.157 - 0.181 in)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
SDIA3191E
14. Install the fork guide, shift fork spring, 2-4 fork, and L-H fork to
the shift rod, and secure them with new retaining pins.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pins.
SDIA2142E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-182
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
15. Install the 2-4 sleeve and L-H sleeve to each fork.
16. Install the shift cross to the front case.
A
B
C
SMT992C
DLN
17. While aligning the L-H sleeve with the planetary carrier, install
the shift rod assembly (A) to the front case.
E
F
G
AWDIA0015ZZ
18. Apply liquid gasket to the entire center case mating surface of
the front case assembly as shown.
• Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and
Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove all foreign materials such as water, oil and grease
from center case and front case mating surfaces.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
WDIA0157E
O
19. Install the center case assembly to the front case assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not damage mainshaft end.
20. Tap the center case lightly and press-fit the front drive shaft
bearing into the front case.
P
SDIA2138E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-183
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
21. Tighten the front case bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Be sure to install air breather hose clamp, connector
bracket and harness clip.
22. Install the drain plug with a new gasket.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SDIA2100E
23. Align the matching mark on the front drive shaft with the mark on
the companion flange, then install the companion flange.
SDIA2779E
24. Install a new companion flange self-lock nut. Tighten to the specified torque using Tool. Refer to DLN-150,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
Tool number
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-lock nut.
WDIA0219E
25. Remove all the sealant from the check plug, switch and front
case.
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant adhering to mating surfaces. Also
remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to
application and mounting surfaces.
26. Install the check ball and check spring to the front case. Apply
sealant to the check plug and wait detection switch and install
them to the front case. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to
DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
NOTE:
Wait detection switch harness connector is black.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-184
WDIA0158E
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
27. Install the new oil seal in the front case using Tool.
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
A
Tool number
: ST22360002 (J-25679-01)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to seal lip before installing.
28. Install the shift lever to the shift cross.
29. Install the lock pin and lock pin nut. Tighten to the specified
torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
B
C
SDIA2182E
DLN
Rear Case
1.
Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new rear oil
seal. Install the new rear oil seal so that it is flush with the case
tip face using Tool.
Tool number
E
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
F
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to seal lip before installing.
G
SDIA2204E
2.
H
Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new dust cover
(1). Position the new dust cover with protrusions (A) as shown.
• 2: Rear case assembly
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Position the identification mark at the position shown.
I
J
K
AWDIA0550GB
3.
Install the new dust cover using Tool.
L
Tool number
4.
5.
6.
: KV40105310 (
—
)
Install the air breather into the rear case.
Remove all the sealant from the rear case to center case mating
surfaces.
CAUTION:
Remove all foreign materials such as water, oil, and grease
from center case and rear case mating surfaces.
Apply liquid gasket to the entire rear case mating surface of the
SDIA2205E
center case.
• Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical
Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Do not to allow Liquid Gasket to enter stem bleeder hole.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-185
2009 Pathfinder
M
N
O
P
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Install the rear case to the center case. Tighten the bolts to the
specified torque. Refer to DLN-150, "Disassembly and Assembly".
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
SDIA2092E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-186
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937312
Applied model
VQ40DE
VK56DE
Transfer model
3.0 (3-1/8, 2-5/8)
(US qt, lmp qt)
High
Gear ratio
Planetary
gear
DLN
1.000
Low
Number of teeth
C
ATX14B
Fluid capacity (Approx.)
B
2.596
2.625
57
56
Sun gear
Internal gear
E
91
Front drive sprocket
38
Front drive shaft
38
F
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000003937313
G
CLEARANCE BETWEEN INNER GEAR AND OUTER GEAR
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
H
Sub-oil pump
0.015 - 0.035 (0.0006 - 0.0014)
Main oil pump
0.015 - 0.035 (0.0006 - 0.0014)
I
CLUTCH
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Limit value
Drive plate
J
1.4 (0.055)
PINION GEAR END PLAY
Unit: mm (in)
Item
K
Standard
Pinion gear end play
0.1 - 0.7 (0.004 - 0.028)
L
CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHIFT FORK AND SLEEVE
Unit: mm (in)
Item
M
Standard
Shift fork and sleeve
Less than 0.36 (0.0142)
N
SELECTIVE PARTS
Sub-oil Pump
Unit: mm (in)
Gear thickness
Part number*
Inner gear
Outer gear
9.27 - 9.28 (0.3650 - 0.3654)
31346 0W462
31347 0W462
9.28 - 9.29 (0.3654 - 0.3657)
31346 0W461
31347 0W461
9.29 - 9.30 (0.3657 - 0.3661)
31346 0W460
31347 0W460
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Main Oil Pump
Revision: October 2008
DLN-187
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[TRANSFER: ATX14B]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Unit: mm (in)
Gear thickness
Part number*
Inner gear
Outer gear
8.27 - 8.28 (0.3256 - 0.3260)
31346 7S112
31347 7S112
8.28 - 8.29 (0.3260 - 0.3264)
31346 7S111
31347 7S111
8.29 - 8.30 (0.3264 - 0.3268)
31346 7S110
31347 7S110
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Control Valve
Unit: mm (in)
Mounting position
(Part name)
Part number*
Outer dia.
Overall length
L1
(2-4 shift valve)
31772 21X00
8.0 (0.315)
38.5 (1.516)
L2
(Clutch valve)
31772 80X11
10.0 (0.394)
40.0 (1.575)
L4
(Pilot valve)
31772 80X11
10.0 (0.394)
40.0 (1.575)
L5
(Regulator valve)
31741 0W410
12.0 (0.472)
68.0 (2.677)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Control Valve Spring
Unit: mm (in)
Mounting position
(Part name)
Part number*
Free length
Outer dia.
Overall length
L1
(2-4 shift valve spring)
31742 2W500
31.85 (1.2539)
7.0 (0.276)
0.6 (0.024)
L2
(Clutch valve spring)
31742 2W505
40.6 (1.598)
8.9 (0.350)
0.7 (0.028)
L4
(Pilot valve spring)
31742 0W410
28.1 (1.106)
9.0 (0.354)
1.2 (0.047)
L5
(Regulator valve spring)
31742 2W515
39.7 (1.563)
11.0 (0.433)
1.3 (0.051)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Return Spring
Unit: mm (in)
Stamped mark
Part number*
Free length
1
31521 7S111
42.7 (1.168)
2
31521 7S112
43.1 (1.697)
3
31521 7S113
43.6 (1.717)
4
31521 7S114
44.0 (1.731)
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-188
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< BASIC INSPECTION >
BASIC INSPECTION
A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow
INFOID:0000000003937314
B
WORK FLOW
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
AWDIA0028GB
DETAILED FLOW
N
1.CUSTOMER INFORMATION
Interview the customer to obtain detailed information about the symptom.
O
>> GO TO 2
2.INITIAL INSPECTION
P
Perform an initial inspection of all accessible transfer case harnesses and connectors under the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3
3.SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-189
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< BASIC INSPECTION >
>> GO TO 4
4.SYMPTOM
Check for symptoms. Refer to DLN-248, "Symptom Table".
>> GO TO 5
5.MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the applicable parts.
>> GO TO 6
6.SYSTEM OPERATION
Check system operation.
>> GO TO 7
7.SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform self-diagnosis.
Are any DTC's displayed?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO
>> Inspection End
Revision: October 2008
DLN-190
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
A
4WD SYSTEM
System Diagram
INFOID:0000000003937315
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
PDIA0152E
J
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Components
Function
Transfer control unit
Controls transfer control device and controls shifts between 2WD/4WD and 4H/4LO.
Transfer control device
Integrates actuator motor and actuator position switch.
Actuator motor
Moves shift rods when signaled by transfer control unit.
Actuator position switch
Detects actuator motor position.
Wait detection switch
Detects if transfer case is in 4WD.
4LO switch
Detects if transfer case is in 4LO.
ATP switch
Detects if transfer case is in neutral.
4WD shift switch
Allows driver to select from 2WD/4WD and 4H/4LO.
4WD warning lamp
• Illuminates if malfunction is detected in 4WD system.
• Flashes (1 flash / 2 seconds) if rotation difference of front wheels and rear wheels is large.
ATP warning lamp
Indicates that A/T parking mechanism does not operate when A/T selector lever is in “P” position because transfer case is in neutral.
4WD shift indicator lamp
Displays driving range selected by 4WD shift switch.
4LO indicator lamp
Displays 4LO range.
ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
• Vehicle speed signal
• Stop lamp switch signal (brake signal)
TCM
Transmits the following signal via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
• Output shaft revolution signal
• A/T position indicator signal (PNP switch signal)
ECM
Transmits engine speed signal via CAN communication to transfer control unit.
Revision: October 2008
K
L
M
N
O
P
DLN-191
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
System Description
INFOID:0000000003937316
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
Integrates actuator motor and actuator position switch.
Actuator Motor
Moves shift rods when signaled by transfer control unit.
Actuator Position Switch
Detects actuator motor position and then sends signal to transfer control unit.
WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Detects if transfer case is in 4WD by the 2-4 shift fork position.
NOTE:
If 4WD shift switch is switched to 4H or 4LO and the transfer case is not in 4WD completely, the wait detection
system will operate.
4LO SWITCH
4LO switch detects if the transfer case is in 4LO by the position of the L-H shift fork.
ATP SWITCH
ATP switch detects if transfer case is in neutral by the position of the L-H shift fork.
NOTE:
Transfer case may be in neutral when shifting between 4H-4LO.
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
• Transfer control unit controls transfer control device and it directs shifts from 4H-4LO and 2WD-4WD.
• Self-diagnosis can be done.
TRANSFER SHIFT HIGH AND LOW RELAYS
Transfer shift high and low relays apply power supply to transfer control device (actuator motor).
TRANSFER SHUT OFF RELAYS
Transfer shut off relays 1 and 2 apply power supply to transfer control unit.
4WD SHIFT SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP
WDIA0138E
4WD Shift Switch
4WD shift switch is able to select from 2WD, 4H or 4LO.
4WD Shift Indicator Lamp
• Displays driving conditions selected by the 4WD shift switch while engine is running. When the 4WD warning lamp is turned on, all 4WD shift indicator lamps will turn off.
• Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF approximately for 1 second after the engine starts if system is normal.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-192
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
4LO Indicator Lamp
• Displays 4LO while engine is running. 4LO indicator lamp flashes if transfer gear does not shift completely
into 4H⇔4LO. In this condition, the transfer case may be in neutral and the A/T parking mechanism may not
operate.
• Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF approximately for 1 second after the engine starts if system is normal.
A
B
4WD WARNING LAMP
Turns on or flashes when there is a malfunction in 4WD system.
Also turns on when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF approximately for 1
second after the engine starts if system is normal.
4WD Warning Lamp Indication
DLN
Condition
4WD warning lamp
System normal
Lamp check
OFF
E
Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON.
Turns OFF after engine start.
4WD system malfunction
F
ON
During self-diagnosis
Large difference in diameter of front/
rear tires
C
Flashes malfunction mode.
Flashes slow (1 flash / 2 seconds)
(Continues to flash until the ignition switch is turned OFF)
G
ATP WARNING LAMP
When the A/T selector lever is in “P” position, the vehicle may move if the transfer case is in neutral. ATP
warning lamp is turned on to indicate this condition to the driver.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-193
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000003937317
WDIA0337E
1.
Fuse and relay box
A: Transfer shut off relay 1 E156
B: Transfer shift high relay E44
C: Transfer shift low relay E43
D: Transfer shut off relay 2 E157
Revision: October 2008
2.
A: ATP switch F71
B: 4 LO switch F74
(View with front propeller shaft removed.)
DLN-194
3.
Wait detection switch F73
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
4.
7.
Transfer control device F72
5.
Transfer control unit M165, M166
6.
(View with lower instrument cover removed.)
Combination meter M24
A: 4WD warning lamp
B: 4LO indicator lamp
C: 4WD shift indicator lamp
D: ATP warning lamp
4WD shift switch M138
CAN Communication
A
B
INFOID:0000000003937318
C
Refer to LAN-65, "DTC Index".
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000003937319
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
WDIA0222E
O
1.
Mainshaft
2.
Rear case
3.
Oil pump assembly
4.
Clutch gear
5.
2-4 shift fork
6.
2-4 sleeve
7.
Drive chain
8.
Sprocket
9.
L-H shift fork
10. L-H sleeve
11. Internal gear
12. Front case
13. Planetary carrier assembly
14. Sun gear assembly
15. L-H shift rod
16. Control shift rod
17. Companion flange
18. Front drive shaft
P
19. Transfer control device
Revision: October 2008
DLN-195
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Power Transfer
INFOID:0000000003937320
POWER TRANSFER DIAGRAM
WDIA0223E
1.
Mainshaft
2.
Clutch gear
3.
2-4 sleeve
4.
Drive chain
5.
Sprocket
6.
L-H sleeve
7.
Planetary carrier assembly
8.
Sun gear assembly
9.
Front drive shaft
POWER TRANSFER FLOW
Revision: October 2008
DLN-196
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
SDIA2213E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-197
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)
INFOID:0000000003937321
FUNCTION
CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following.
ALL MODE AWD/4WD diagnostic mode
SELF-DIAG RESULTS
DATA MONITOR
CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR
ECU PART NUMBER
Description
Displays transfer control unit self-diagnosis results.
Displays transfer control unit input/output data in real time.
The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read.
Transfer control unit part number can be read.
SELF-DIAG RESULT MODE
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
Connect “CONSULT-III”.
With engine at idle, touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation.
NOTE:
The details for "TIME" are as follows:
• "0": Error currently detected with transfer control unit.
• Except for "0": Error detected in the past and memorized with transfer control unit.
Detects frequency of driving after DTC occurs (frequency of turning ignition switch "ON/OFF").
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
1.
2.
3.
Perform applicable inspection of malfunctioning item and then repair or replace.
Start engine and select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Touch “ERASE” on CONSULT-III screen to erase DTC memory.
CAUTION:
If memory cannot be erased, perform applicable diagnosis.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
Description
If the engine starts when there is something wrong with the 4WD system, the 4WD warning lamp turns ON or
flickers in the combination meter. When the system functions properly, the warning lamp turns ON when the
ignition switch is turned to “ON”, and it turns OFF after engine starts. To locate the cause of a problem, start
the self-diagnosis function. The 4WD warning lamp in the combination meter will indicate the problem area by
flickering according to the self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-245, "DTC Index".
Diagnostic Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
Warn up engine.
Turn ignition switch “ON” and “OFF” at least twice, and then turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to “2WD” position.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
4WD warning lamp ON.
If 4WD warning lamp does not turn ON, refer to DLN-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Move A/T selector lever to “R” position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to “2WD”, “4H” and “2WD” in order.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to “4H”, “2WD” and “4H” in order.
Move A/T selector lever to “N” position.
Turn 4WD shift switch to “2WD” position.
Move A/T selector lever to “P” position.
Revision: October 2008
D
L
N
- 1 9 8
2009 Pathfinder
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
14. Read the flickering of 4WD warning lamp.
A
Self-diagnosis example
B
C
DLN
PDIA0227E
DATA MONITOR MODE
E
Operation Procedure
1.
2.
3.
Connect “CONSULT-III.”
Touch “DATA MONITOR”.
Select from “SELECT MONITOR ITEM”, screen of data monitor mode is displayed.
NOTE:
When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-III performs REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS.
Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time.
F
G
Display Item List
×: Standard
–: Not applicable
H
Monitor item selection
Monitored item (Unit)
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Remarks
VHCL/S SEN·FR [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
×
Wheel speed calculated by ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit).
Signal input with CAN communication line.
VHCL/S SEN·RR [km/h] or [mph]
×
–
×
Wheel speed calculated by TCM.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
×
–
×
Engine speed is displayed.
Signal input with CAN communication line.
BATTERY VOLT [V]
×
–
×
Power supply voltage for transfer control
unit.
L
2WD SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4H SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4WD shift switch signal status is displayed.
(4L means 4LO of 4WD shift switch.)
4L SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
M
4L POSI SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
4LO switch signal status is displayed.
ATP SWITCH [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
ATP switch signal status is displayed.
WAIT DETCT SW [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Wait detection switch signal status is displayed.
4WD MODE [2H/4H/4L]
–
×
×
Control status of 4WD recognized by transfer control unit. (2WD, 4H or 4LO)
VHCL/S COMP [km/h] or [mph]
–
×
×
Vehicle speed recognized by transfer control unit.
SHIFT ACT 1 [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Output condition to actuator motor (clockwise)
SHIFT AC MON 1 [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output
SHIFT ACT 2 [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Output condition to actuator motor (counterclockwise)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-199
2009 Pathfinder
I
J
K
N
O
P
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
Monitor item selection
Monitored item (Unit)
ECU INPUT
SIGNALS
MAIN
SIGNALS
SELECTION
FROM MENU
Remarks
SHIFT AC MON 2 [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Check signal for transfer control unit signal
output
SFT ACT/R MON [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Operating condition of actuator motor relay
(integrated in transfer control unit)
SHIFT POS SW 1 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Condition of actuator position switch 1
SHIFT POS SW 2 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Condition of actuator position switch 2
SHIFT POS SW 3 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Condition of actuator position switch 3
SHIFT POS SW 4 [ON/OFF]
×
–
×
Condition of actuator position switch 4
4WD FAIL LAMP [ON/OFF]
–
×
×
Control status of 4WD warning lamp is displayed.
2WD IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4WD shift indicator lamp
(rear) is displayed.
4H IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4WD shift indicator lamp
(front and center) is displayed.
4L IND [ON/OFF]
–
–
×
Control status of 4LO indicator lamp is displayed.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-200
2009 Pathfinder
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
A
INFOID:0000000003937322
Symptom
3
1
Hard to shift or will not shift
1
1
2
2
DLN-297
DLN-281
BEARING (Worn or damaged)
DLN-303
SHIFT FORK (Worn or damaged)
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
DLN-281
Transfer fluid leakage
O-RING (Worn or damaged)
2
LIQUID GASKET (Damaged)
1
B
C
DLN
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
Noise
TRANSFER FLUID (Wrong)
SUSPECTED PARTS
(Possible cause)
TRANSFER FLUID (Level low)
Reference page
TRANSFER FLUID (Level too high)
DLN-270
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
3
3
2
E
F
G
H
2
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-201
2009 Pathfinder
P1801, P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
P1801, P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL
UNIT
Description
INFOID:0000000003937323
The transfer control unit controls the transfer control device which controls shifts between 4H and 4LO and
between 2WD and 4WD. When the vehicle battery is removed, the power supply to the transfer control unit is
interupted, and self-diagnosis memory function is suspended. These DTC's may also set when the power
supply voltage for the transfer control unit is abnormally low while driving.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937324
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1801]
[P1811]
CONSULT-III
*INITIAL START*
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Due to removal of battery which cuts off
power supply to transfer control unit,
self-diagnosis memory function is suspended.
Reference
DLN-202
Power supply voltage for transfer control
unit is abnormally low while driving.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Are DTC's “P1801 or P1811 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937325
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M165
M166
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
19 - Ground
Battery voltage
25 - Ground
0V
40 - Ground
Battery voltage
44 - Ground
45 - Ground
Revision: October 2008
0V
SDIA3360E
DLN-202
2009 Pathfinder
P1801, P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
5. Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
M165
Terminal
A
B
Voltage (Approx.)
19 - Ground
25 - Ground
40 - Ground
M166
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
C
Battery voltage
44 - Ground
SDIA3361E
45 - Ground
DLN
Is there voltage?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
• 40A fuse (No. j, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
• 10A fuses (No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B) and Nos. 60 and 61 located in the fuse and
relay box).
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer control unit harness connector M165
terminal 19.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector E157
terminal 1 and 3.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156
terminal 3.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer control unit harness connector
M165 terminal 25.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector E157 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminals 44, 45.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 5
and transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminals 44, 45.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector E157 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 40.
• Harness for open between transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 2 and
ground.
• Battery and ignition switch.
• Transfer shut off relay 1, 2. Refer to DLN-204, "Component Inspection".
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminals 6 and 18, and M166 terminal 32 and ground.
M
N
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Do you have continuity?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
O
SDIA3362E
3.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
Revision: October 2008
E
DLN-203
2009 Pathfinder
P
P1801, P1811 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
4.CHECK DTC
Drive vehicle and then perform Self-diagnosis.
Do DTC's P1801 or P1811 display?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
INFOID:0000000003937326
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shut off relay 1 and transfer shut off relay 2. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shut off relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
5.
If inspection results are not normal, replace the transfer shut off
relay 1 or 2.
SCIA1245E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-204
2009 Pathfinder
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937327
The transfer control unit controls the transfer control device which controls shifts between 4H and 4LO and
between 2WD and 4WD. A DTC may set when any of the following occur:
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (RAM) system of transfer control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (ROM) system of transfer control unit.
• Malfunction is detected in the memory (EEPROM) system of transfer control unit.
• AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937328
B
C
DLN
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
[P1802]
CONTROL UNIT 1
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(RAM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1803]
CONTROL UNIT 2
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(ROM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1804]
CONTROL UNIT 3
Malfunction is detected in the memory
(EEPROM) system of transfer control
unit.
[P1809]
CONTROL UNIT 4
AD converter system of transfer control
unit is malfunctioning.
Reference
E
F
DLN-205
G
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Are DTC's “P1802 - P1804 or P1809 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-205, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
J
K
INFOID:0000000003937329
1.INSPECTION START
L
Do you have CONSULT-III?
YES or NO
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> GO TO 3.
M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITH CONSULT-III)
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “CONTROL UNIT 1 [P1802]”, “CONTROL UNIT 2 [P1803]”, “CONTROL UNIT 3 [P1804]” or CONTROL
UNIT 4 [P1809]” displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
3.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
1.
2.
Perform the self-diagnosis and then erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-205
2009 Pathfinder
N
O
P
P1802 – P1804, P1809 TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate AD converter?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-206
2009 Pathfinder
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1807 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (A/T)
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937330
The transmission control module (TCM) transmits the output shaft revolution signal via CAN communication to
Transfer control unit. DTC P1807 will set when a malfunction is detected in the output shaft revolution signal
or an improper signal is input while driving.
B
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937331
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DLN
DTC
[P1807]
CONSULT-III
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft
revolution signalthat is output from
TCM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
E
DLN-207
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1807 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-207, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
H
INFOID:0000000003937332
I
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to TM-36, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
J
K
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
M
3.CHECK DTC
Drive vehicle and then perform Self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1807 displayed?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis with TCM again.
NO
>> Inspection End.
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-207
2009 Pathfinder
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1808 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ABS)
Description
INFOID:0000000003937333
The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits a vehicle speed signal via CAN communication to
the transfer control unit. DTC P1808 sets when a malfunction is detected in the vehicle speed signal that is
output from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or an improper signal is input while driving.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937334
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1808]
CONSULT-III
VHCL SPEED SEN·ABS
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle
speed signal that is output from ABS
actuator and electric unit (control unit)
through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
DLN-208
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P1808 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-208, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937335
1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for specific BRC system type.
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Drive vehicle and then perform Self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1808 displayed?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for specific BRC system
type.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-208
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 4 LO SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1810 4 LO SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937336
The 4LO switch detects that the transfer case is in 4LO range. DTC P1810 will set when an improper signal
from the 4LO switch is input due to an open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937337
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1810]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Improper signal from 4LO switch is input
due to open or short circuit.
4L POSI SW TF
DLN
Reference
DLN-209
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1810 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
G
INFOID:0000000003937338
H
1.CHECK 4LO POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “4L POSI SW”.
Condition
•
•
•
•
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever “N” position
Brake pedal depressed
J
Display value
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
Except the above
OFF
K
L
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
M
N
Connector
M165
Terminal
24 Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Except the above
0V
O
Battery
voltage
P
SDIA3363E
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND 4LO SWITCH
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-209
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 4 LO SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the 4LO switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 24 and 4LO switch harness connector F74
terminal 13.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA3364E
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4LO switch harness connector.
Check continuity between 4LO switch harness connector F74
terminal 12 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
PDIA0203E
4.CHECK 4LO SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4LO switch harness connector.
Remove 4LO switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release 4LO switch and check continuity between
4LO switch terminals 12 and 13.
Terminal
12 - 13
Condition
Continuity
Push 4LO switch
Yes
Release 4LO switch
No
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace 4LO switch.
PDIA0204E
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1810 displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-210
2009 Pathfinder
P1810 4 LO SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937339
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect 4LO switch harness connector.
Remove 4LO switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release 4LO switch and check continuity between
4LO switch terminals 12 and 13.
B
C
Terminal
12 - 13
5.
Condition
Continuity
Push 4LO switch
Yes
Release 4LO switch
No
DLN
If the inspection results are not normal replace the 4LO switch.
E
PDIA0204E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-211
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937340
The 4WD shift switch allows the driver to select 2WD or 4WD and 4H or 4LO. DTC P1813 will set if more than
two switch inputs are simultaneously detected by the transfer control unit due to a short circuit in the 4WD shift
switch.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937341
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1813]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected due to short circuit of
DLN-212
4WD shift switch.
4WD MODE SW
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1813 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937342
1.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “2WD SWITCH”, “4H SWITCH”, “4L SWITCH” with operating
4WD shift switch.
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
14 - Ground
M165
15 - Ground
16 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
Condition
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
4WD shift switch: 4H
0V
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
SDIA3365E
0V
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-212
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Disconnect 4WD shift switch harness connector.
3. Check voltage between 4WD shift switch harness connector terminal 1 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M138
1 - Ground
0V
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
SDIA2803E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between 4WD shift switch harness connector terminal 1 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M138
1 - Ground
Battery voltage
E
F
Is there voltage?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> 1. Check harness for short or open between 4WD shift
SDIA2802E
switch harness connector terminal 1 and transfer
shut off relay 2 harness connector E157 terminal 5
and 10A fuse (No. 61 located in the fuse block). If any items are damaged, repair or replace
damaged parts.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to DLN-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN 4WD SHIFT SWITCH AND TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
1.
2.
3.
-
DLN
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 14 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M138 terminal 3.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 15 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M138 terminal 5.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 16 and
4WD shift switch harness connector M138 terminal 6.
G
H
I
J
K
L
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
M
SDIA3366E
N
4.CHECK 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove 4WD shift switch harness connector.
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-213
2009 Pathfinder
P1813 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
3. Operate 4WD shift switch and check continuity between 4WD
shift switch terminals.
Terminal
1-3
1-5
1-6
Condition
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Continuity
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Yes
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4H
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
No
SDIA2805E
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace 4WD shift switch.
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1813 displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove 4WD shift switch harness connector.
Operate 4WD shift switch and check continuity between 4WD
shift switch terminals.
Terminal
1-3
1-5
1-6
4.
INFOID:0000000003937343
Condition
Continuity
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Yes
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4H
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
No
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Yes
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
No
SDIA2805E
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the 4WD shift switch.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-214
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937344
The wait detection switch detects if the transfer case is in 4WD. DTC P1814 will set if an improper signal from
the wait detection switch is input due to open or short circuit.
DTC Logic
B
INFOID:0000000003937345
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1814]
CONSULT-III
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Improper signal from wait detection
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
4WD DETECT SWITCH
DLN
Reference
DLN-215
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1814 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
G
H
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937346
1.CHECK WAIT DETECTION SWITCH SIGNAL
I
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “WAIT DETCT SW”.
Condition
•
•
•
•
Vehicle stopped
Engine running
A/T selector lever “N” position
Brake pedal depressed
J
K
Display value
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
L
M
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
M165
Terminal
17 Ground
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
N
4WD shift switch
: 4H and 4LO
4WD shift switch: 2WD
O
0V
P
Battery
voltage
SDIA3367E
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Revision: October 2008
DLN-215
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
2. Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the wait detection switch harness connector.
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 17 and wait detection switch harness connector F73 terminal 10.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA3368E
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Check continuity between wait detection switch harness connector F73 terminal 11 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
PDIA0207E
4.CHECK WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Remove wait detection switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release wait detection switch and check continuity
between wait detection switch terminals 10 and 11.
Terminal
10 - 11
Condition
Continuity
Push wait detection switch
Yes
Release wait detection switch
No
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace wait detection switch.
PDIA0208E
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1814 displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-216
2009 Pathfinder
P1814 WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937347
A
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect wait detection switch harness connector.
Remove wait detection switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release wait detection switch and check continuity
between wait detection switch terminals 10 and 11.
B
C
Terminal
10 - 11
5.
Condition
Continuity
Push wait detection switch
Yes
Release wait detection switch
No
DLN
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the wait detection
switch.
E
PDIA0208E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-217
2009 Pathfinder
P1816 PNP SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1816 PNP SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937348
The A/T PNP switch transmits the A/T position indicator signal (PNP switch signal) via CAN communication to
the transfer control unit. DTC P1816 will set when the A/T PNP switch signal is malfunctioning or there is a
communication error.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937349
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1816]
CONSULT-III
PNP SW/CIRC
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Reference
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or communication error between the DLN-218
vehicles.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1816 displayed?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937350
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to TM-36, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Drive the vehicle and then perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1816 displayed?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis with TCM again.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-218
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937351
The actuator motor receives signals from the transfer control unit and controls shift rods which shift the transfer case. DTC P1817 will set when any of the following occur:
• Motor does not operate properly due to open or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor. (When 4WD shift switch is operated and actuator motor does
not operate)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high relay or transfer shift low relay.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937352
B
C
DLN
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1817]
CONSULT-III
SHIFT ACTUATOR
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Motor does not operate properly due
to open or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator
motor. (When 4WD shift switch is operated and actuator motor is not operated)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift
high relay or transfer shift low relay.
Reference
E
F
DLN-219
G
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1817 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
J
INFOID:0000000003937353
K
1.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR SIGNAL
L
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “SHIFT ACT1”, “SHIFT AC MON1”, “SHIFT ACT2”, “SHIFT AC MON2”.
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-219
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item
Condition
SHIFT ACT1
SHIFT AC MON1
SHIFT ACT2
• Vehicle
stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector
lever “N” position
• Brake pedal
depressed
SHIFT AC MON2
Display value
4WD shift switch: 2WD to
4H or 4H to 4LO or 2WD to
4LO
ON
Except the above
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD to
4H or 4H to 4LO or 2WD to
4LO
ON
Except the above
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H or 4H to 2WD or 4LO to
2WD
ON
Except the above
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H or 4H to 2WD or 4LO to
2WD
ON
Except the above
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
Start engine.
Depress brake pedal and stop vehicle.
Set A/T selector lever to "N" position.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
When 4WD shift switch is operated (While
actuator motor is operating.)
Battery
voltage →
0V
When 4WD shift switch is not operated
0V
31 Ground
Always
0V
42 Ground
• Vehicle
stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector
lever “N” position
• Brake pedal
depressed
28 Ground
M165
47 Ground
M165
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
48 Ground
50 Ground
Revision: October 2008
• Vehicle
stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector
lever “N” position
• Brake pedal
depressed
4WD shift switch: 2WD to
4H or 4H to 4LO or 2WD to
4LO
0V
Except the above
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD to
4H or 4H to 4LO or 2WD to
4LO
Battery
voltage →
0V
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H or 4H to 2WD or 4LO to
2WD
Battery
voltage →
0V
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO to
4H or 4H to 2WD or 4LO to
2WD
0V
Except the above
Battery
voltage
DLN-220
WDIA0144E
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
A
2.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
B
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal 27 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M165
27 - Ground
0V
C
DLN
E
SDIA2808E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal 27 and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M165
27 - Ground
Battery voltage
G
H
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> 1. Check harness for short or open between transfer
SDIA2807E
control unit harness connector M165 terminal 27
and transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector
E157 terminal 5 and 10A fuse (No. 57, located in the fuse and relay block). If any items are
damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. Refer to DLN-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK TRANSFER RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
F
I
J
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
L
M
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
E44
2 - Ground
0V
E43
2 - Ground
0V
N
O
SDIA3384E
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-221
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
5. Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
E44
2 - Ground
Battery voltage
E43
2 - Ground
Battery voltage
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
SDIA3385E
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between transfer control unit harness connector terminal 27 and
transfer shift high relay harness connector E44 terminal 2.
• Harness for short or open between transfer control unit harness connector terminal 27 and
transfer shift low relay harness connector terminal E43 terminal 2.
4.CHECK TRANSFER RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shift high and low
relay terminals 1 and 2.
Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 4, 3 and 5.
Terminal
3-4
3-5
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
LDIA0099E
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the transfer shift high or low relay.
5.CHECK (1): HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY
1.
2.
3.
4.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 42 and
transfer shift high relay harness connector E44 terminal 1.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 50 and
transfer shift low relay harness connector E43 terminal 1.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA3386E
6.CHECK (2): HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND TRANSFER SHIFT RELAY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-222
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 28
transfer shift high relay harness connector E44 terminal 5.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 28
transfer shift low relay harness connector E43 terminal 5.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 31
transfer shift high relay harness connector E44 terminal 4.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 31
transfer shift low relay harness connector E43 terminal 4.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
and
A
and
B
and
and
Continuity should exist.
C
SDIA3387E
DLN
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
E
7.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR OPERATION CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 47 and
transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F72
terminal 23.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 48 and
transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F72
terminal 24.
F
G
H
I
J
SDIA2811E
-
Transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F72
terminal 24 and transfer shift high relay harness connector E44
terminal 3.
Transfer control device (actuator motor) harness connector F72
terminal 23 and transfer shift low relay harness connector E43
terminal 3.
K
L
Continuity should exist.
M
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA3394E
8.CHECK ACTUATOR MOTOR
1.
N
O
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-276, "Removal and Installation".
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-223
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 23 and 24.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
Actuator motor
24 (Battery voltage) - 23 (Ground)
Clockwise rotate
23 (Battery voltage) - 24 (Ground)
Counterclockwise rotate
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Does actuator motor rotate?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Replace transfer control device (actuator motor).
SDIA2386E
9.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
10.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Is DTC P1817 displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Component Inspection
INFOID:0000000003937354
ACTUATOR MOTOR
1.
2.
3.
Remove transfer control device. Refer to DLN-276, "Removal and Installation".
Check operation by applying battery voltage to transfer control
device (actuator motor) terminals 23 and 24.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat the harness.
Terminal
Actuator motor
24 (Battery voltage) - 23 (Ground)
Clockwise rotate
23 (Battery voltage) - 24 (Ground)
Counterclockwise rotate
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the transfer control
device (actuator motor).
SDIA2386E
TRANSFER RELAY
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove transfer shift high relay and transfer shift low relay 2. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Apply 12V direct current between transfer shift high and low relay terminals 1 and 2.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-224
2009 Pathfinder
P1817 ACTUATOR MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 4, and 3 and 5.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
Terminal
3-4
3-5
5.
Condition
Continuity
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
No
OFF
Yes
12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2
Yes
OFF
No
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the transfer shift
high or low relay.
B
C
LDIA0099E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-225
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
Description
INFOID:0000000003937355
The actuator position switch detects the current actuator motor range. DTC P1818 will set if either of the following occur:
• Improper signal from actuator position switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in actuator position switch.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937356
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1818]
CONSULT-III
SHIFT ACT POSI SW
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Improper signal from actuator position
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in actuator position switch.
Reference
DLN-226
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1818 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-226, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937357
1.CHECK ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Start engine.
Depress brake pedal and stop vehicle.
Set A/T selector lever to "N" position.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “SHIFT POS SW1”, “SHIFT POS SW2”, “SHIFT POS SW3”, “SHIFT POS SW4”.
Monitored item
SHIFT POS SW1
SHIFT POS SW2
SHIFT POS SW3
SHIFT POS SW4
Condition
Display value
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Depress brake pedal and stop vehicle.
Set A/T selector lever to "N" position.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-226
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4. Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
10 Ground
11 Ground
M165
12 Ground
13 Ground
Condition
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
Voltage
(Approx.)
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
B
0V
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H
4WD shift switch: 4LO
C
0V
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
SDIA3369E
DLN
0V
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
E
0V
Battery
voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD
F
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
G
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the transfer control device (actuator position
switch) harness connector.
Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 10 and
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F72 terminal 26.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 11 and
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F72 terminal 20.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 12 and
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F72 terminal 21.
Transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 13 and
SDIA3370E
transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F72 terminal 25.
I
J
K
L
M
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
H
O
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-227
2009 Pathfinder
P1818 ACTUATOR POSITION SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check continuity between transfer control device (actuator position switch) harness connector F72 terminal 22 and ground.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2815E
4.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
5.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Is DTC P1818 displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control device. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-228
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937358
The transfer control device integrates the actuator motor and actuator position switch. DTC P1819 will set if
either of the following conditions exist:
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device drive circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shut off relay 1 and transfer shut off relay 2.
DTC Logic
C
INFOID:0000000003937359
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1819]
B
CONSULT-III
SHIFT ACT CIR
DLN
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in transfer
shut off relay 1 and transfer shut off relay 2.
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control
device drive circuit.
Reference
E
DLN-229
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1819 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-229, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
H
I
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937360
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY
J
1.
2.
3.
K
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
M165
25 - Ground
M166
27 - Ground
Voltage (Approx.)
L
0V
M
SDIA3371E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
M165
25 - Ground
M166
27 - Ground
Revision: October 2008
O
Voltage (Approx.)
P
Battery voltage
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse (No. 57, located in the fuse and relay box).
DLN-229
N
SDIA3372E
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
• 40A fuse (No. J, located in the fuse and fusible link box).
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156
terminal 3.
• Harness for short or open between transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 27
and transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 5.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay 1 harness connector E156 terminal 2
and ground.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transfer control unit harness connector
M165 terminal 25.
• Battery and ignition switch.
• Transfer shut off relay 1. Refer to DLN-204, "Component Inspection".
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch "OFF".
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 32 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2818E
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect transfer control unit harness connector.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M166
40 - Ground
Battery voltage
SDIA2819E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M166
40 - Ground
0V
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
SDIA2820E
or replace damaged parts.
• Harness for short or open between battery and transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector E157 terminal 1.
• Harness for short or open between transfer shut off relay 2 harness connector E157 terminal 2
and transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 40.
• Transfer shut off relay 2.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-230
2009 Pathfinder
P1819 TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
4.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
A
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5 (With CONSULT-III) or GO TO 6 (Without CONSULT-III).
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
B
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITH CONSULT-III)
C
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “ERASE”.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Is the “SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819]” displayed?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
DLN
E
F
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS (WITHOUT CONSULT-III)
G
Without CONSULT-III
1.
Perform the self-diagnosis and then erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
2. Perform the self-diagnosis again.
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate transfer control device?
YES >> Replace transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-271, "Removal and Installation".
NO
>> Inspection End.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-231
2009 Pathfinder
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS >
P1820 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL
Description
INFOID:0000000003937361
The ECM transmits the engine speed signal via CAN communication to the transfer control unit. DTC P1820
will set when either of the following occur:
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from the ECM.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DTC Logic
INFOID:0000000003937362
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
[P1820]
CONSULT-III
ENGINE SPEED SIG
Diagnostic item is detected when...
• Malfunction is detected in engine
speed signal that is output from ECM
through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
Reference
DLN-232
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform self-diagnosis.
Is DTC P1820 detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis procedure. Refer to DLN-232, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO
>> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937363
1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM
Perform self-diagnosis with ECM. Refer to EC-73, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)".
Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis?
YES >> Check the malfunctioning system.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK DTC
Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving a vehicle for a while.
Is DTC P1820 displayed?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis with ECM again.
NO
>> Inspection End.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-232
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ECU DIAGNOSIS
A
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value
INFOID:0000000003937364
B
VALUE ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL
C
CONSULT-III data monitor item
Monitored item [Unit]
Content
Condition
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S SEN·FR [km/h]
or [mph]
Wheel speed (Front wheel)
0 km/h (0 mph)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S SEN·RR [km/h]
or [mph]
Wheel speed (Rear wheel)
Display value
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)
Engine speed
BATTERY VOLT [V]
Power supply voltage for
transfer control unit
2WD SWITCH [ON/OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 2WD
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
OFF
4H SWITCH [ON/OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 4H
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
OFF
4L SWITCH [ON/OFF]
Input condition from 4WD
shift switch
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
Engine running
(Engine speed: 400 rpm or more)
Ignition switch: ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
H
Battery voltage
I
ON
Condition of 4LO switch
Except the above
OFF
Condition of ATP switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is
operating.)
WAIT DETCT SW [ON/
OFF]
Condition of wait detection
switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD MODE [2H/4H/4L]
Control status of 4WD
(Output condition of 4WD
shift indicator lamp and
4LO indicator lamp)
DLN-233
J
K
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Revision: October 2008
G
Approximately
equal to the indication on tachometer
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
(Engine running)
F
0 rpm
ENGINE SPEED [rpm]
ATP SWITCH [ON/OFF]
E
0 km/h (0 mph)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
Engine stopped
(Engine speed: Less than 400 rpm)
4L POSI SW [ON/OFF]
DLN
L
M
ON
N
Except the above
OFF
4WD shift switch
: 4H and 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
O
P
2WD
2H
4H
4H
4LO
4L
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Monitored item [Unit]
Content
Condition
Vehicle stopped
VHCL/S COMP [km/h] or
[mph]
Vehicle speed
SHIFT ACT 1 [ON/OFF]
Output condition to actuator motor (clockwise)
SHIFT AC MON1 [ON/
OFF]
SHIFT ACT 2 [ON/OFF]
SHIFT AC MON2 [ON/
OFF]
Display value
0 km/h (0 mph)
Vehicle running
CAUTION:
Check air pressure of tire under standard condition.
Approximately
equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 2WD to 4H or 4H to 4LO
or 2WD to 4LO
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 2WD to 4H or 4H to 4LO
or 2WD to 4LO
ON
Except the above
OFF
Output condition to actuator motor (counterclockwise)
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 4LO to 4H or 4H to 2WD
or 4LO to 2WD
ON
Except the above
OFF
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 4LO to 4H or 4H to 2WD
or 4LO to 2WD
ON
Except the above
OFF
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
When 4WD shift switch is
operated
ON
When 4WD shift switch is
not operated
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD
and 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD
and 4H
OFF
4WD shift switch: 2WD
and 4H
ON
4WD shift switch: 4LO
OFF
4WD shift switch: 4H and
4LO
ON
4WD shift switch: 2WD
OFF
Check signal for transfer
control unit signal output
Operating condition of acSHIFT ACT/R MON [ON/
tuator motor relay (integratOFF]
ed in transfer control unit)
SHIFT POS SW1 [ON/
OFF]
Condition of actuator position switch 1
SHIFT POS SW2 [ON/
OFF]
Condition of actuator position switch 2
SHIFT POS SW3 [ON/
OFF]
Condition of actuator position switch 3
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
position
• Brake pedal depressed
SHIFT POS SW4 [ON/
OFF]
Condition of actuator position switch 4
4WD FAIL LAMP [ON/
OFF]
4WD warning lamp condition
4WD warning lamp: ON
ON
4WD warning lamp: OFF
OFF
2WD IND [ON/OFF]
Rear indicator of 4WD shift
indicator lamp condition
Rear indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
ON
Rear indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
OFF
Front and center indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp
: ON
ON
4H IND [ON/OFF]
Front and center indicator
of 4WD shift indicator lamp
condition
Front and center indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp
: OFF
OFF
4LO indicator lamp: ON
ON
4LO indicator lamp: OFF
OFF
4L IND [ON/OFF]
4LO indicator lamp condition
PHYSICAL VALUES
Revision: October 2008
DLN-234
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal Layout
A
B
C
AWDIA0620ZZ
DLN
Terminal
Wire
color
1
L
2
P
3
SB
6
B
10
LG
Item
Condition
Data (Approx.)
CAN-H
–
–
CAN-L
–
–
K-LINE (CONSULT-III signal)
–
–
Ground
Actuator position switch 1
11
W
Actuator position switch 2
12
BR
Actuator position switch 3
13
L
Actuator position switch 4
14
G
4WD shift switch (2WD)
15
O
4WD shift switch (4H)
16
W
4WD shift switch (4LO)
17
18
19
23
24
O
B
R
R
Y
Always
Wait detection switch
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
Ignition switch: ON
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 2WD and 4H
0V
4WD shift switch: 4H and 4LO
0V
4WD shift switch: 2WD
Battery voltage
ATP switch
4LO switch
Revision: October 2008
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
Ground
Power supply
(Memory back-up)
0V
E
Always
0V
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
Battery voltage
N
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N”
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch
: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
0V
O
Except the above
Battery voltage
P
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 4LO
0V
Except the above
Battery voltage
DLN-235
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal
Wire
color
25
W/G
Item
Ignition switch monitor
27
L
28
SB
Actuator motor (+)
31
G
Actuator motor (-)
32
B
Ground
V
4WD shift indicator lamp
(Rear indicator)
35
36
BR
Actuator motor power supply
4WD shift indicator lamp
(Front and center indicator)
37
O
4LO indicator lamp
38
GR
4WD warning lamp
39
40
42
LG
V
LG
ATP warning lamp
Transfer shut off relay
Transfer shift high relay
44
Y
Power supply
45
GR
Power supply
Revision: October 2008
Condition
Data (Approx.)
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF
0V
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF (5 seconds after ingnition switch is turned
OFF)
0V
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
When 4WD shift switch is operated (while
actuator motor is operating)
Battery voltage
→ 0V
When 4WD shift switch is not operated
0V
Always
0V
Always
Engine running
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “P” position
• Brake pedal depressed
0V
Rear indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp
: ON
0V
Rear indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp
: OFF
Battery voltage
Front and center indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp: ON
0V
Front and center indicator of 4WD shift indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
4LO indicator lamp: ON
0V
4LO indicator lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
4WD warning lamp: ON
0V
4WD warning lamp: OFF
Battery voltage
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
Battery voltage
Except the above
0V
Ignition switch: ON
0V
Ignition switch: OFF (5 seconds after ingnition switch is turned
OFF)
Battery voltage
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
4WD shift switch: 2WD to 4H or 4H to 4LO
or 2WD to 4LO
0V
Except the above
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF (5 seconds after ingnition switch is turned
OFF)
0V
Ignition switch: ON
Battery voltage
Ignition switch: OFF (5 seconds after ingnition switch is turned
OFF)
0V
DLN-236
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Terminal
47
48
50
Wire
color
Item
O
Transfer shift high relay monitor
R
Y
Transfer shift low relay monitor
Transfer shift low relay
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever “N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
Data (Approx.)
4WD shift switch: 2WD to 4H or 4H to 4LO
or 2WD to 4LO (while actuator motor is operating)
Battery voltage
→ 0V
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H or 4H to 2WD
or 4LO to 2WD (while actuator motor is operating)
Battery voltage
→ 0V
Except the above
0V
4WD shift switch: 4LO to 4H or 4H to 2WD
or 4LO to 2WD
0V
Except the above
Battery voltage
A
B
C
DLN
E
CAUTION:
When using a circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to extend forcibly any connector terminals.
NOTE:
Data are reference value and are measured between each terminal and ground.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-237
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Wiring Diagram
INFOID:0000000003937365
ABDWA0045GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-238
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDWA0046GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-239
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDWA0047GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-240
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0117GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-241
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0118GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-242
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0119GB
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-243
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
ABDIA0120GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-244
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
ABDIA0121GB
DTC Index
INFOID:0000000003937366
DTC CHART
Revision: October 2008
DLN-245
2009 Pathfinder
P
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
DTC
[P1801]
CONSULT-III
*INITIAL START*
Due to removal of battery which cuts off power supply to transfer control unit, self-diagnosis memory
function is suspended.
Reference
DLN-202
Malfunction is detected in the memory (RAM) system of transfer control unit.
[P1802]
[P1803]
Diagnostic item is detected when...
CONTROL UNIT (1,2,3)
Malfunction is detected in the memory (ROM) system of transfer control unit.
DLN-205
Malfunction is detected in the memory (EEPROM)
system of transfer control unit.
[P1804]
VHCL SPEED SEN·AT
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft revolution
signal that is output from TCM through CAN
communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-207
[P1808]
VHCL SPEED SEN·ABS
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal
that is output from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-208
[P1809]
CONTROL UNIT 4
AD converter system of transfer control unit is malfunctioning.
DLN-205
[P1810]
4L POSI SW TF
Improper signal from 4LO switch is input due to
open or short circuit.
DLN-209
[P1811]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply voltage for transfer control unit is abnormally low while driving.
DLN-202
[P1813]
4WD MODE SW
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected due to short circuit of 4WD shift switch.
DLN-212
[P1814]
4WD DETECT SWITCH
Improper signal from wait detection switch is input
due to open or short circuit.
DLN-215
[P1816]
PNP SW/CIRC
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or communication error between the vehicles.
DLN-218
[P1817]
SHIFT ACTUATOR
• Motor does not operate properly due to open or
short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor.
(When 4WD shift switch is operated and actuator
motor is not operated)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high relay
or transfer shift low relay.
DLN-219
[P1818]
SHIFT ACT POSI SW
• Improper signal from actuator position switch is
input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in actuator position
switch.
DLN-226
SHIFT ACT CIR
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shut off relay
1 and transfer shut off relay 2.
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device
drive circuit.
DLN-229
ENGINE SPEED SIG
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal
that is output from ECM through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-232
[P1807]
[P1819]
[P1820]
NOTE:
If “SHIFT ACT POSI SW [P1818]” or “SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819]” is displayed, first erase self-diagnostic results. (“SHIFT ACT POSI SW
[P1818]” or “SHIFT ACT CIR [P1819]” may be displayed after installing transfer control unit or transfer assembly.)
FLASH CODE CHART
Revision: October 2008
DLN-246
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ECU DIAGNOSIS >
Flashing pattern
Item
Diagnostic item is detected when...
Output shaft revolution
signal (from TCM)
• Malfunction is detected in output shaft revolution signal that is output from TCM through
CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-207
3
Vehicle speed signal
(from ABS)
• Malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal that is output from ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit) through CAN communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-208
C
4
CAN communication
Malfunction has been detected from CAN
communication.
DLN-195
DLN
5
AD converter
AD converter system of transfer control unit is
malfunctioning.
DLN-205
6
4LO switch
Improper signal from 4LO switch is input due
to open or short circuit.
DLN-209
7
Engine speed signal
• Malfunction is detected in engine speed signal that is output from ECM through CAN
communication.
• Improper signal is input while driving.
DLN-232
8
Power supply
Power supply voltage for transfer control unit is
abnormally low while driving.
DLN-202
9
4WD shift switch
More than two switch inputs are simultaneously detected due to short circuit of 4WD shift
switch.
DLN-212
10
Wait detection switch
Improper signal from wait detection switch is
input due to open or short circuit.
DLN-215
Actuator motor
• Motor does not operate properly due to open
or short circuit in actuator motor.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator motor. (When 4WD shift switch is operated and
actuator motor is not operated.)
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shift high
relay or transfer shift low relay.
DLN-219
Actuator position
switch
• Improper signal from actuator position
switch is input due to open or short circuit.
• Malfunction is detected in the actuator position switch.
DLN-226
13
Transfer control device
• Malfunction is detected in transfer shut off
relay 1 and transfer shut off 2.
• Malfunction occurs in transfer control device
drive circuit.
, DLN-229
14
PNP switch signal
When A/T PNP switch signal is malfunction or
communication error between the vehicles.
DLN-218
Data erase display
• Power supply failure of memory back-up.
• Battery is disconnected for a long time.
• Battery performance is poor.
DLN-202
2
11
12
Repeats flickering
every 0.25 sec.
Repeats flickering
every 2 to 5 sec.
No flickering
—
PNP switch or 4WD
shift switch
Circuits that the self-diagnosis covers have no
malfunction.
PNP switch or 4WD shift switch circuit is shorted or open.
Reference
B
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
—
P
DLN-218 or DLN-212
NOTE:
If actuator position switch” or transfer control device” is displayed, first erase self-diagnostic results. (They may be displayed after installing transfer control unit or transfer assembly.)
Revision: October 2008
DLN-247
A
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
4WD SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table
INFOID:0000000003937367
Symptom
Condition
4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not turn ON (lamp check)
4WD warning lamp does not turn ON (lamp check)
Ignition switch: ON
4WD shift indicator lamp or 4LO indicator lamp does not change
ATP warning lamp does not turn ON
DLN-251
DLN-249
DLN-253
Engine running
ATP switch is malfunctioning
DLN-255
DLN-259
4WD shift indicator lamp repeats flashing
While driving
4WD warning lamp flashes slowly (1 time/2 seconds)
Revision: October 2008
Reference page
DLN-248
DLN-257
DLN-258
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937368
4WD warning lamp does not turn ON when turning ignition switch to ON.
B
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937369
1.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS
C
Refer to DLN-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Perform repairs as necessary.
DLN
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
E
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
0V
G
H
WDIA0178E
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
Battery voltage
J
K
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
WDIA0179E
or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] or
ignition switch.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and combination meter harness connector
terminal 16
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 38 and combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 28.
L
M
N
O
P
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is there continuity?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
WDIA0180E
Revision: October 2008
I
DLN-249
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4.CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect combination meter harness connector.
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
Ground the following terminal using suitable wiring.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 38 and
ground.
Does the indicator lamp turn on?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-94,
"Removal and Installation".
SDIA3452E
5.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Inspection End.
6.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-250
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT
TURN ON
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937370
B
4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not turn ON for approx. 1 second when turning ignition
switch to ON.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937371
1.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS
C
DLN
Refer to DLN-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Perform repairs as necessary.
E
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
F
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect combination meter harness connector.
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
0V
G
H
I
WDIA0178E
J
4.
5.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Check voltage between combination meter harness connector
terminals and ground.
Connector
Terminal
Voltage (Approx.)
M24
16 - Ground
Battery voltage
K
L
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair
WDIA0179E
or replace damaged parts.
• 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B) or]
ignition switch.
• Harness for short or open between ignition switch and combination meter harness connector
terminal 16
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
M
N
O
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-251
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP AND 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
2. Check continuity between the following terminals.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 35 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 30.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 36 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 27.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 37 and
combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 29.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2823E
4.CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
-
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Connect combination meter harness connector.
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector.
Turn ignition switch "ON". (Do not start engine.)
Ground the following terminals using suitable wiring.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 35 and
ground.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 36 and
ground.
Transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 37 and
ground.
Do indicator lamps turn on?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-94,
"Removal and Installation".
SDIA3451E
5.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Inspection End.
6.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-252
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT
CHANGE
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937372
B
4WD shift indicator lamp or 4LO indicator lamp do not change when switching the 4WD shift switch.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937373
C
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Confirm 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp when ignition switch is turned to ON.
Do 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp turn on?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Go to DLN-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
DLN
E
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for wait detection switch system. Refer to DLN-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
G
H
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4LO SWITCH
I
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4LO switch system. Refer to DLN-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
5.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ATP SWITCH
K
Perform trouble diagnosis for ATP switch system. Refer to DLN-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
L
6.SYMPTOM CHECK
M
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Inspection End
N
7.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
8.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
Revision: October 2008
DLN-253
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP OR 4LO INDICATOR LAMP DO NOT CHANGE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-254
2009 Pathfinder
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937374
ATP warning lamp does not turn ON when the transfer case is switched in or out of 4LO with the A/T selector
lever in N position.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937375
C
1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Do the self-diagnostic results indicate CAN communication?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-65, "DTC Index".
NO
>> GO TO 2.
DLN
E
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4WD SHIFT SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4WD shift switch system. Refer to DLN-212, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR PNP SWITCH SIGNAL
G
Perform trouble diagnosis for PNP switch signal system. Refer to DLN-218, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
4.CHECK SYSTEM FOR ATP SWITCH
I
Perform trouble diagnosis for ATP switch system. Refer to DLN-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
J
5.CHECK ATP WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT
K
1.
2.
3.
L
Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
Ground terminal 8 on ATP switch connector F71 using suitable
wiring.
4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Does ATP warning lamp turn on?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> GO TO 6.
M
N
SDIA2832E
6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND COMBINATION METER
1.
2.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and combination meter harness connector.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-255
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
ATP WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURN ON
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3. Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M166 terminal 39 and combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 21.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2825E
7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND ATP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
Check continuity between combination meter harness connector
M24 terminal 1 and ATP switch harness connector F71 terminal
8.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA2833E
8.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO
>> Inspection End.
9.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
10.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-256
2009 Pathfinder
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS FLASHING
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD SHIFT INDICATOR LAMP KEEPS FLASHING
Description
A
INFOID:0000000003937376
The 4WD shift indicator lamp keeps flashing.
B
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937377
1.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
C
1. Set 4WD shift switch to “2WD”.
2. Drive the vehicle straight forward and backward keeping speed under 20 km/h (12 MPH).
Does 4WD shift indicator lamp keep flashing?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Inspection End.
DLN
E
2.CHECK SYSTEM FOR WAIT DETECTION SWITCH
Perform trouble diagnosis for wait detection switch system. Refer to DLN-215, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
F
3.CHECK SYSTEM FOR 4LO SWITCH
G
Perform trouble diagnosis for 4LO switch. Refer to DLN-209, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
H
4.SYMPTOM CHECK
I
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Inspection End.
J
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
K
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
L
6.CHECK TRANSFER INNER PARTS
M
1. Disassemble transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
2. Check transfer inner parts.
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-257
2009 Pathfinder
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4WD WARNING LAMP FLASHES SLOWLY
Description
INFOID:0000000003937378
The 4WD warning lamp flashes slowly while driving (1 time / 2 seconds). The lamp continues to flash until the
ignition switch is turned OFF.
Diagnosis Procedure
INFOID:0000000003937379
1.CHECK TIRES
Check the following. Refer to WT-52, "Tire".
• Tire size
• Tire wear
• Tire pressure
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check again.
Does the symptom still occur?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Inspection End.
3.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-258
2009 Pathfinder
ATP SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
ATP SWITCH
A
Description
INFOID:0000000003937380
The ATP indicator does not come on when the transfer is in neutral and the A/T lever is in neutral or, the ATP
indicator stays on when the transfer case is not in neutral.
Diagnosis Procedure
B
INFOID:0000000003937381
C
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
1.CHECK ATP SWITCH SIGNAL
DLN
With CONSULT-III
1.
2.
3.
Start engine.
Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ALL MODE AWD/4WD” with CONSULT-III.
Read out the value of “ATP SWITCH”.
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
E
F
Display value
4WD shift switch: 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor is operating.)
ON
G
Except the above
OFF
H
Without CONSULT-III
1.
2.
Start engine.
Check voltage between transfer control unit harness connector
terminal and ground.
Connector
M165
Terminal
23 Ground
J
Voltage
(Approx.)
Condition
• Vehicle stopped
• Engine running
• A/T selector lever
“N” position
• Brake pedal depressed
I
4WD shift switch: 4H
to 4LO or 4LO to 4H
(While actuator motor
is operating.)
Except the above
K
0V
Battery
voltage
L
SDIA3375E
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT AND ATP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
N
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect transfer control unit harness connector and the ATP switch harness connector.
Check continuity between transfer control unit harness connector M165 terminal 23 and ATP switch harness connector F71
terminal 8.
O
Continuity should exist.
P
Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO
>> Repair or replace damaged parts.
SDIA3376E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-259
2009 Pathfinder
ATP SWITCH
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
Check continuity between ATP switch harness connector F71
terminal 9 and ground.
Continuity should exist.
Also check harness for short to power.
Does continuity exist?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
SDIA2394E
4.CHECK ATP SWITCH
1.
2.
3.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Remove ATP switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Push and release ATP switch and check continuity between ATP
switch terminals 8 and 9.
Terminal
8-9
Condition
Continuity
Push ATP switch
Yes
Release ATP switch
No
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO
>> Replace ATP switch.
SDIA2395E
5.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Check transfer control unit input/output signal. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference Value".
Are the inspection results normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO
>> Check transfer control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector.
If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts.
6.CHECK ATP WARNING LAMP
1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.)
2. A/T selector lever “N” position and engage the parking brake.
3. Switch 4WD shift switch from 4H to 4LO or 4LO to 4H.
Does the ATP warning lamp turn ON while the actuator motor is operating?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO
>> Refer to DLN-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Inspection
1.
2.
3.
INFOID:0000000003937382
Turn ignition switch “OFF”. (Stay for at least 5 seconds.)
Disconnect ATP switch harness connector.
Remove ATP switch. Refer to DLN-194, "Component Parts Location".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-260
2009 Pathfinder
ATP SWITCH
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
4. Push and release ATP switch and check continuity between ATP
switch terminals 8 and 9.
Terminal
8-9
5.
Condition
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
Continuity
Push ATP switch
Yes
Release ATP switch
No
B
If the inspection results are abnormal replace the ATP switch.
C
SDIA2395E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-261
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER"
INFOID:0000000003937383
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors.
Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer Control Unit Replacement
INFOID:0000000003937384
When replacing transfer assembly or transfer control unit, check the 4WD shift indicator pattern and adjustment of the position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit if necessary.
CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR PATTERN
1.
2.
Set 4WD shift switch to “2WD”, “4H”, “4LO”, “4H” and “2WD” in order. Stay at each switch position for at
least 2 seconds.
Confirm 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp are changed properly as follows.
WDIA0137E
• If OK, the position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit is correct.
• If NG, the position is different between transfer assembly and transfer control unit.
Adjust the position between transfer assembly and transfer control unit. Refer to pattern table below.
Transfer position adjustment pattern
4WD shift switch condition
Refer procedure
4WD shift switch is under “2WD” condition when engine is being stopped.
"METHOD FOR ADJUSTMENT WITH 4WD SHIFT
SWITCH AT “2WD”"
4WD shift switch is under “4H” or “4LO” condition when engine is being stopped.
"METHOD FOR ADJUSTMENT WITH 4WD SHIFT
SWITCH AT “4H” OR “4LO”"
Revision: October 2008
DLN-262
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PRECAUTION >
NOTE:
A
Method of adjustment can be chosen voluntarily, according to location of 4WD shift switch.
METHOD FOR ADJUSTMENT WITH 4WD SHIFT SWITCH AT “2WD”
Select Adjustment Pattern
1.
2.
B
Start engine. Run engine for at least 10 seconds.
Check 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp.
C
Indicator lamp condition
Refer procedure
When 4WD shift indicator lamp or 4LO indicator lamp is flashing.
"Pattern A"
Except for above.
"Pattern B"
DLN
Pattern A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Stop vehicle and move A/T selector lever to “N” position with brake pedal depressed. Stay in "N" for at
least 2 seconds.
Turn 4WD shift switch to “4LO” position. Stay in "4LO" for at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Start engine.
Erase self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Check 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp again. Refer to "CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR
PATTERN".
If 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not indicate proper pattern, install new transfer control unit and retry the above check.
E
F
G
H
Pattern B
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Stop vehicle and move A/T selector lever to “N” position with brake pedal depressed. Stay in "N" for at
least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Start engine.
Erase self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Check 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp again. Refer to "CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR
PATTERN".
If 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not indicate proper pattern, install new transfer control unit and retry the above check.
METHOD FOR ADJUSTMENT WITH 4WD SHIFT SWITCH AT “4H” OR “4LO”
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000004468087
NOTE:
• This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM).
• Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the
″LOCK″ position.
DLN-263
J
K
L
Start engine. Run the engine for at least 10 seconds.
Stop vehicle and move A/T selector lever to “N” position with brake pedal depressed. Stay in "N" for at
least 2 seconds.)
Turn 4WD shift switch to “2WD” position. Stay in "2WD" for at least 2 seconds.
Turn ignition switch “OFF”.
Start engine.
Erase self-diagnosis. Refer to DLN-198, "CONSULT-III Function (ALL MODE AWD/4WD)".
Check 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp again. Refer to "CHECK 4WD SHIFT INDICATOR
PATTERN".
If 4WD shift indicator lamp and 4LO indicator lamp do not indicate proper pattern, install new transfer control unit and retry the above check.
Revision: October 2008
I
2009 Pathfinder
M
N
O
P
PRECAUTIONS
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PRECAUTION >
• Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work.
If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results.
For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder.
For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
steering wheel rotation will become impossible.
If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before
starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the
steering lock will be released.
Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be
rotated.
Perform the necessary repair operation.
When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting
the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.)
Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III.
Precaution
INFOID:0000000003937385
• Before connecting or disconnecting the transfer control unit
harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect
the battery cables. Battery voltage is applied to transfer control unit even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”.
SEF289H
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from transfer control unit, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break).
When connecting pin connectors make sure that there are not
any bends or breaks on transfer control unit pin terminals.
SEF291H
Revision: October 2008
DLN-264
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION >
• Before replacing transfer control unit, perform transfer control unit input/output signal inspection and make sure transfer
control unit functions properly. Refer to DLN-233, "Reference
Value".
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
MEF040DB
DLN
Service Notice
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
INFOID:0000000003937386
After overhaul refill the transfer with new transfer fluid.
Check the fluid level or replace the fluid only with the vehicle parked on level ground.
During removal or installation, keep inside of transfer clear of dust or dirt.
Disassembly should be done in a clean work area.
Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the transfer. It is important to prevent the internal
parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter.
Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matchmarks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts when applied.
All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or
reassembly.
Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them
with a new ones if necessary.
Gaskets, seals and O-rings should replaced any time the transfer is disassembled.
In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it.
Observe the specified torque when assembling.
Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them.
Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere
with the operation of the transfer.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-265
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937387
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40104000
(
—
)
Flange wrench
• Removing self-lock nut
• Installing self-lock nut
a: 85 mm (3.35 in)
b: 65 mm (2.56 in)
NT659
• Removing front oil seal
• Removing rear oil seal
• Removing metal bushing
ST33290001
(J-34286)
Puller
ZZA0601D
• Installing front oil seal
• Installing rear oil seal
• Installing rear bearing
• Installing front bearing
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
KV38100500
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA0811D
• Removing and installing companion flange
KV38100300
(J-44195)
Companion flange wrench
NT771
• Installing dust cover
a: 89 mm (3.50 in) dia.
b: 80.7 mm (3.17 in) dia.
KV40105310
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1003D
• Removing sun gear assembly and planetary
carrier assembly
• Removing input bearing
• Installing sun gear assembly and planetary
carrier assembly
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
KV38100200
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1143D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-266
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
• Installing input bearing
• Installing input oil seal
• Installing carrier bearing
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55 mm (2.17 in) dia.
A
B
C
ZZA0811D
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
a: 48 mm (1.89 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
KV32102700
(
—
)
Drift
DLN
E
F
ZZA0534D
• Installing input oil seal
a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
b: 63.5 mm (2.50 in) dia.
KV40104830
(
—
)
Drift
G
H
ZZA1003D
• Removing carrier bearing
• Installing metal bushing
• Removing front bearing
a: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
ST35300000
(
—
)
Drift
I
J
NT073
K
• Removing carrier bearing
• Removing front bearing
• Removing rear bearing
ST30021000
(J-22912-01)
Puller
L
M
ZZA0537D
• Removing needle bearing
• Removing metal bushing
• Removing rear bearing
a: 89 mm (3.5 in)
b: 30 mm (1.18 in) dia.
c: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia.
ST33710000
(
—
)
Drift
N
O
ZZA1057D
P
• Removing metal bushing
a: 215 mm (8.46 in)
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
c: M12 × 1.5P
ST35325000
(
—
)
Drift bar
NT663
Revision: October 2008
DLN-267
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST33220000
(
—
)
Drift
• Installing needle bearing
a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia.
b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
c: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
ZZA1046D
• Installing carrier bearing
a: 75 mm (2.95 in) dia.
b: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia.
ST27863000
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1003D
• Installing rear bearing
• Installing front bearing
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.38 in) dia.
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937388
Tool name
Description
Puller
• Removing companion flange
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
NT077
Puller
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
ZZB0823D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-268
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< PREPARATION >
Tool name
Description
Pin punch
• Removing retaining pin
a: 6 mm (0.24 in) dia.
A
B
C
NT410
Power tool
• Loosening bolts and nuts
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-269
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER FLUID
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
TRANSFER FLUID
Replacement
INFOID:0000000003937389
CAUTION:
If using the vehicle for towing, the transfer fluid must be replaced as specified. Refer to MA-7, "Introduction of Periodic Maintenance".
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop engine.
Remove the drain plug and gasket and drain the fluid.
Install the drain plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SDIA3286E
FILLING
1.
2.
Remove the filler plug and gasket.
Fill the transfer with new fluid until the fluid level reaches the
specified limit near the filler plug hole.
Fluid grade and capacity
3.
4.
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and
Lubricants".
CAUTION:
Carefully fill fluid. (Fill up for approx. 3 minutes.)
Leave the vehicle for 3 minutes, and check fluid level again.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Inspection
SDIA3287E
INFOID:0000000003937390
CAUTION:
If using the vehicle for towing, the transfer fluid must be replaced as specified. Refer to MA-7, "Introduction of Periodic Maintenance".
FLUID LEAKAGE AND FLUID LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that fluid is not leaking from the transfer assembly or around it.
Check fluid level from the filler plug hole as shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking fluid level.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket to the transfer. Tighten to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
SDIA3287E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-270
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
A
TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937391
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Switch 4WD shift switch to 2WD and set transfer assembly to 2WD.
CAUTION:
When removing transfer control unit, transfer state must be at 2WD.
Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery terminal.
Remove the lower instrument panel LH. Refer to IP-11, "Removal and Installation".
Disconnect the two transfer control unit connectors.
Remove the transfer control unit bolts.
Remove the transfer control unit.
C
DLN
E
F
G
LDIA0168E
H
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• When installing the transfer control unit, tighten bolts to the specified torque.
I
Transfer control unit bolts
: 3.4 N·m (0.35 kg-m, 30 in-lb)
• After the installation, check 4WD shift indicator pattern. If NG, adjust position between transfer assembly and
transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-262, "Precaution for Transfer Assembly and Transfer Control Unit
Replacement".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-271
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
FRONT OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937392
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Partially drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-270, "Replacement".
Remove the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the companion flange self-lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40104000 (
—
)
LDIA0142E
4.
Put a matching mark on top of the front drive shaft in line with
the mark on the companion flange.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching mark on the front drive
shaft. Do not damage the front drive shaft.
SDIA2779E
5.
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
WDIA0193E
6.
Remove the front oil seal from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case.
LDIA0144E
INSTALLATION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-272
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
1. Install the new front oil seal until it is flush with the end face of
the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
)
B
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
C
LDIA0145E
DLN
2.
Align the matching mark of the front drive shaft with the matching mark of the companion flange, then install the companion
flange.
E
F
G
SDIA2214E
3.
Install the new self-lock nut and tighten to the specified torque
using Tool. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Tool number
4.
5.
: KV40104000 (
—
H
)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-lock nut.
Install the front propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and
Installation".
Refill the transfer with fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-270, "Inspection".
I
J
LDIA0147E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-273
2009 Pathfinder
REAR OIL SEAL
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
REAR OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937393
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Partially drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-270, "Replacement".
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the dust cover from the rear case.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the rear case.
WDIA0127E
4.
Remove the rear oil seal from the rear case using Tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the rear case.
Tool number
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
LDIA0139E
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the new rear oil seal until it is flush with the end face of the
rear case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
LDIA0140E
2.
Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new dust cover.
Position the new dust cover as shown.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Position the identification mark at the position shown.
• 1: Dust cover
• A: Protrusions
• 2: Rear case assembly
AWDIA0550GB
Revision: October 2008
DLN-274
2009 Pathfinder
REAR OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
3. Install the new dust cover to the rear case using Tool.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
Tool number
4.
5.
: KV40105310 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Apply petroleum jelly to dust cover.
Install the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and
Installation".
Refill the transfer with fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-270, "Inspection".
B
C
PDIA0116E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-275
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937394
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Switch the 4WD shift switch to 2WD and set the transfer assembly to 2WD.
Disconnect the transfer control device connector.
Remove the breather hose from the transfer control device.
Remove the bolts and detach the transfer control device.
LDIA0136E
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the new O-ring to the transfer control device.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
SDIA3378E
2.
a.
Install the transfer control device.
Turn the control shift rod fully counterclockwise using a flatbladed screwdriver, and then put a mark on the control shift rod.
PDIA0119E
b.
Align the transfer control device shaft cutout with the mark on
the control shift rod, and install.
NOTE:
Turn the transfer control device when the transfer control device
connection does not match.
PDIA0120E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-276
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER CONTROL DEVICE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
c. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
3. Install the breather hose to the transfer control device.
4. Connect the transfer control device connector.
5. After the installation, check the 4WD shift indicator pattern. If
NG, adjust the position between the transfer assembly and
transfer control unit. Refer to DLN-262, "Precaution for Transfer
Assembly and Transfer Control Unit Replacement".
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
SDIA2212E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-277
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
AIR BREATHER HOSE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937395
SDIA3351E
1.
Breather tube
2.
Clip A
3.
Clip B
4.
Clip C
5.
Clip D
6.
Breather tube (transfer)
7.
Air breather hose clamp
8.
Transfer control device
A.
Transfer control device air breaher hose
B.
A/T breather hose
C.
Paint marks
D.
Transfer air breather hose
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on each air breather hose caused by folding or
bending when installing it.
• Install each air breather hose into the breather tube (metal
connector) until the hose end reaches the end of the curved
section. Set each air breather hose with paint mark facing
upward.
AWDIA0628GB
• Install transfer control device air breather hose and transfer
air breather hose on clip A and clip B with the paint mark facing upward.
SDIA3353E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-278
2009 Pathfinder
AIR BREATHER HOSE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
• Install clip C on transfer control device air breather hose and
transfer air breather hose with the paint mark matched.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
SDIA3354E
DLN
• Install transfer control device air breather hose and transfer
air breather hose on clip D with the paint mark facing upward.
E
F
G
SDIA3355E
H
• Install transfer air breather hose into the breather tube (transfer, metal connector) until the hose end reaches the base of
the tube. Set transfer air breather hose with paint mark facing
upward.
I
J
K
SDIA3196E
• Install transfer control device air breather hose into transfer
control device (case connector) until the hose end reaches
the base of the tube. Set transfer control device air breather
hose with paint mark facing forward.
L
M
N
SDIA3300E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-279
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937399
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Switch 4WD shift switch to 2WD and set transfer assembly to 2WD.
Remove the undercovers using power tool.
Drain the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-270.
Remove the center exhaust tube and main muffler. Refer to EX-6, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the front and rear propeller shafts. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and Installation" (front), DLN317, "Removal and Installation" (rear).
CAUTION:
Do not damage spline, sleeve yoke and rear oil seal when removing rear propeller shaft.
NOTE:
Insert a plug into the rear oil seal after removing the rear propeller shaft.
6. Remove the A/T nuts from the A/T crossmember. Refer to TM-217, "4WD : Exploded View".
7. Position two suitable jacks under the A/T and transfer assembly.
8. Remove the A/T crossmember. Refer to TM-217, "4WD : Exploded View".
WARNING:
Support A/T and transfer assembly using two suitable jacks while removing A/T crossmember.
9. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following:
• ATP switch
• 4LO switch
• Wait detection switch
• Transfer control device
10. Disconnect each air breather hose from the following. Refer to TM-210, "4WD : Removal and Installation".
• Transfer control device
• Breather tube (transfer)
11. Remove the transfer to A/T and A/T to transfer bolts.
12. Remove the transfer assembly.
WARNING:
support transfer assembly with suitable jack while removing it.
CAUTION:
Do not damage rear oil seal (A/T).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Tighten the bolts to specification.
Tightening torque
: 36 N·m (3.7kg-m, 27 ft-lb)
• Fill the transfer with new fluid and check for fluid leakage and fluid
level. Refer to DLN-270, "Inspection".
• Start the engine for one minute. Then stop the engine and recheck
the transfer fluid. Refer to DLN-270, "Inspection".
• After the installation, check the 4WD shift indicator pattern. If NG,
adjust the position between the transfer assembly and transfer
control unit. Refer to DLN-262, "Precaution for Transfer Assembly
and Transfer Control Unit Replacement".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-280
SMT872C
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
A
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937400
B
COMPONENTS
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
WDIA0385E
L
1.
Baffle plate
2.
Breather tube
3.
Front case
4.
Snap ring
5.
Input oil seal
6.
Self-lock nut
7.
Companion flange
8.
Front oil seal
9.
4LO switch (gray with green
paint)
10. ATP switch (black)
11. Rear case
12. Wait detection switch (gray)
13. Gasket
14. Filler plug
15. Drain plug
16. O-ring
17. Transfer control device
18. Harness bracket
19. Dust cover
20. Rear oil seal
21. Air breather hose clamp
22. Retainer bolt
23. Gasket
A.
B.
M
N
Apply Genuine Anaerobic Liquid
Gasket or equivalent.
O
Apply Genuine Silicone RTV or
equivalent.
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-281
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
AWDIA0016GB
1.
Input bearing
2.
Snap ring
3.
4.
Carrier bearing
5.
Sun gear
6.
Internal gear
Needle bearing
7.
Metal bushing
8.
Planetary carrier assembly
9.
L-H sleeve
10. Drive chain
11. Mainshaft
13. 2-4 sleeve
14. Clutch gear
12. Sprocket
15. Oil pump assembly
16. Retainer
17. Mainshaft rear bearing
18. Front bearing
19. Front drive shaft
20. Rear bearing
21. L-H shift fork
22. L-H shift rod
23. Retaining pin
24. 2-4 shift bracket
25. 2-4 shift fork
26. Fork guide collar
27. 2-4 shift fork spring
28. Retaining ring
29. Snap ring
30. Shift collar
31. Clevis pin
32. Drum cam
33. Control shift rod
34. Spacer
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Remove the drain plug and filler plug.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-282
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Remove the transfer control device from the rear case.
3. Remove the O-ring from the transfer control device.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
SDIA2212E
DLN
4.
Remove the self-lock nut from the companion flange using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
E
F
G
SDIA2841E
5.
Put a matching mark on top of the front drive shaft in line with
the mark on the companion flange.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching mark on the front drive
shaft. Do not damage the front drive shaft.
H
I
J
SDIA2779E
6.
K
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
L
M
N
WDIA0133E
7.
Remove the front oil seal from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
O
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case or front drive shaft.
P
SDIA2423E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-283
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
8. Remove the 4LO switch [gray (with green paint)] and ATP switch
(black) from the front case.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
PDIA0090E
9.
Remove the wait detection switch (gray) from the rear case.
PDIA0091E
10. Remove the dust cover from the rear case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage rear case.
PDIA0092E
11. Remove the rear oil seal from the rear case using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33290001 (J-34286)
CAUTION:
Do not damage rear case or mainshaft.
SDIA2424E
12. Remove the input oil seal from the front case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage front case, sun gear or input bearing.
PDIA0094E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-284
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
13. Remove the retainer bolts and gaskets.
A
B
C
SDIA2789E
DLN
14. Remove the rear case bolts, harness bracket and air breather
hose clamp from the rear case.
E
F
G
SDIA3422E
15. Separate the front case from the rear case. Then remove the
rear case by prying it up using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage the mating surface.
16. Remove the spacer from the control shift rod.
CAUTION:
Do not drop spacer.
H
I
J
PDIA0096E
K
17. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
L
M
N
SDIA2430E
O
18. Remove the mainshaft rear bearing from the mainshaft using
suitable tools.
19. Remove the retainer from the mainshaft.
P
WDIA0135E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-285
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
20. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
21. Remove the oil pump assembly from the mainshaft.
SDIA2461E
22. Remove the snap ring from the mainshaft using suitable tool.
23. Remove the clutch gear from the mainshaft.
SDIA2462E
24. Remove the snap ring from the L-H shift rod assembly using
suitable tool.
25. Remove the 2-4 sleeve and 2-4 shift fork assembly from the
mainshaft.
SDIA2463E
26. Remove the drive chain together with the sprocket and front
drive shaft from the front case.
27. Remove the mainshaft from the sun gear assembly.
28. Remove the L-H shift rod assembly and control shift rod assembly from the front case.
29. Remove the L-H sleeve together with the L-H shift fork from the
planetary carrier assembly.
SDIA2464E
30. Remove the snap ring from the sun gear.
CAUTION:
Do not damage sun gear or input bearing.
PDIA0099E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-286
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
31. Press the sun gear assembly and planetary carrier assembly
from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
A
)
B
C
PDIA0100E
DLN
32. Remove the snap ring from the front case.
E
F
G
PDIA0101E
33. Remove the internal gear from the front case.
H
I
J
PDIA0305E
K
34. Remove the snap ring from the front case.
L
M
N
PDIA0103E
O
35. Remove the input bearing from the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
)
P
PDIA0104E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-287
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
36. Remove the baffle plate from the front case.
37. Remove the breather tube from the front case.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
PDIA0105E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Case
Check the contact surfaces of the shift rod and bearing for wear and
damage. If any is found, replace with a new one.
PDIA0145E
Sleeve
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage and excessive wear of the contact surfaces of the
sprocket, mainshaft and sleeve.
• Sleeve must move smoothly.
PDIA0136E
Gear, Shaft and Drive Chain
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, uneven wear and bending of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage and peeling of the gear.
SDIA2790E
Bearing
Revision: October 2008
DLN-288
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Check the bearing for damage and rough rotation. If necessary,
replace it with a new one.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
MTF0041D
DLN
ASSEMBLY
1.
Install the breather tube.
CAUTION:
Install breather tube in the direction shown.
E
F
G
PDIA0107E
2.
H
Install the baffle plate to the front case. Tighten the bolt to the
specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Install baffle plate by pushing it in the direction shown
while tightening the bolt.
I
J
K
SDIA2479E
3.
Install the input bearing to the front case using Tool.
L
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
M
N
PDIA0108E
4.
O
Install the new snap ring to the front case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
P
PDIA0103E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-289
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5.
Install the internal gear with the groove facing up into the front
case.
PDIA0102E
6.
Install the new snap ring to the front case.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
PDIA0101E
7.
Install the planetary carrier assembly and sun gear assembly to
the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100200 (
—
)
SDIA2791E
8.
Install the new snap ring to the sun gear.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse snap ring.
• Do not damage sun gear.
PDIA0099E
9.
Set the L-H sleeve together with the L-H shift fork assembly onto
the planetary carrier assembly.
SDIA2438E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-290
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Install the control shift rod assembly to the front case.
CAUTION:
Set pin of L-H shift fork assembly into the groove of drum
cam.
11. Turn the control shift rod assembly fully counterclockwise.
A
B
C
WDIA0215E
12. Install the L-H shift rod assembly through the L-H shift fork
assembly opening to the front case.
CAUTION:
Set pin of L-H shift rod assembly into the groove of drum
cam.
13. Install the mainshaft to the sun gear assembly.
DLN
E
F
G
WDIA0216E
H
14. Install the drive chain to the front drive shaft and sprocket.
CAUTION:
Install with the Identification mark of drive chain on the side
of the rear bearing of front drive shaft.
I
J
PDIA0110E
15. Install the drive chain together with the front drive shaft and
sprocket to the front case.
K
L
M
N
SDIA2464E
O
16. Install the 2-4 sleeve and 2-4 shift fork assembly to the mainshaft.
CAUTION:
• Install with proper orientation of 2-4 sleeve.
• Install 2-4 shift fork with engaging the grooves of 2-4 shift
fork in the retaining pin of 2-4 shift bracket.
P
SDIA2467E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-291
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
17. Install the new snap ring to the L-H shift rod assembly using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
18. Install the clutch gear to the mainshaft.
SDIA2463E
19. Install the new snap ring to the mainshaft using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
20. Install the oil pump assembly to the mainshaft.
SDIA2462E
21. Install the new snap ring to the mainshaft using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2461E
22. Install the retainer to the mainshaft.
CAUTION:
Set the projection of oil pump assembly to the identification
hole, and then align locating hole of retainer to the L-H shift
rod assembly.
SDIA2468E
23. Install the mainshaft rear bearing to the mainshaft using Tool.
Tool number
: KV32102700 (
—
)
CAUTION:
Do not push too hard in order to avoid snap rings becoming
dislodged from mainshaft.
SDIA2469E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-292
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
24. Install the new snap ring to the mainshaft using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
25. Install the spacer to the control shift rod.
A
B
C
SDIA2430E
26. Apply liquid gasket to the mating surface of the front case.
• Use Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent.
Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and
Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant adhering to mating surfaces. Also
remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to
application and mating surfaces.
27. Install the rear case to the front case.
DLN
E
F
G
WDIA0217E
28. Tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Be sure to install the harness brackets and air breather
hose clamp.
H
I
J
SDIA3422E
29. Install the retainer bolts with new gaskets. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse gasket.
• Tighten them to the specified torque again.
K
L
M
N
SDIA2789E
O
30. Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new oil seal,
and install it to the front case using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: KV40104830 ( — )
Dimension A
: 4.0 - 4.6 mm (0.157 - 0.181 in)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
Revision: October 2008
P
SDIA3191E
DLN-293
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
31. Install the new rear oil seal until it is flush with the end face of the
rear case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
PDIA0115E
32. Apply petroleum jelly to the circumference of the new dust cover
(1). Position the new dust cover (A) as shown.
• 2: Rear case assembly
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Position the identification mark at the position shown.
AWDIA0550GB
33. Install the new dust cover to the rear case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV40105310 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse dust cover.
• Apply petroleum jelly to dust cover.
PDIA0116E
34. Apply sealant to the threads of the wait detection switch (gray).
Then install it to the rear case and tighten to the specified
torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
SDIA3389E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-294
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
35. Apply sealant to the threads of the 4LO switch (gray with green
paint) and ATP switch (black). Then install them to the front case
and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
SDIA3390E
DLN
36. Install the new front oil seal until it is flush with the end face of
the front case using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (
—
E
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse oil seal.
• Apply petroleum jelly to oil seal.
F
G
PDIA0117E
37. Align the matching mark on the front drive shaft with the mark on
the companion flange, then install the companion flange.
H
I
J
SDIA2779E
38. Install the new companion flange self-lock nut. Tighten to the
specified torque using Tool. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
Tool number
K
L
: KV38108200 (J-44195)
M
CAUTION:
Do not reuse self-lock nut.
N
WDIA0219E
O
39. Install the new O-ring to the transfer control device.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring.
P
SDIA3378E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-295
2009 Pathfinder
TRANSFER ASSEMBLY
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
40. Install the transfer control device to the rear case.
a. Turn the control shift rod fully counterclockwise using a flatbladed screwdriver, and then put a mark on the control shift rod.
PDIA0119E
b.
Align the transfer control device shaft cutout with the mark on
the control shift rod, and install it.
NOTE:
Turn the transfer control device when the transfer control device
connection does not match.
PDIA0120E
c.
Tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
SDIA2212E
41. Install the drain plug and filler plug with new gaskets to the rear case. Tighten to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-281, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gaskets.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-296
2009 Pathfinder
PLANETARY CARRIER
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
PLANETARY CARRIER
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937396
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
B
Remove the snap ring.
Remove the sun gear assembly from the planetary carrier
assembly using suitable tool.
C
DLN
E
SDIA2792E
3.
Remove the snap ring from the sun gear assembly using suitable tool.
F
G
H
SDIA2353E
4.
I
Remove the carrier bearing from the sun gear using Tools.
Tool number
J
A: ST35300000 ( — )
B: ST30021000 (J-22912-01)
K
L
SDIA2149E
5.
M
Remove the needle bearing from the sun gear using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33710000 (
—
)
N
O
SDIA2354E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-297
2009 Pathfinder
P
PLANETARY CARRIER
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
6. Remove the metal bushing from the sun gear using Tools.
Tool number
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A: ST33710000 ( — )
B: ST35325000 ( — )
C: ST33290001 (J-34286)
SDIA2168E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Bearing
Check the bearing for damage and rough rotation. If necessary,
replace the bearing with a new one.
MTF0041D
Planetary Carrier
• Measure the end play of each pinion gear. If it is out of specification, replace the planetary carrier assembly with new one.
Pinion gear end play
: 0.1 - 0.7 mm (0.004 - 0.028 in)
• Check the working face of each gear and bearing for damage,
burrs, partial wear, dents and other abnormality. If any is found,
replace the planetary carrier assembly with a new one.
PDIA0146E
Sun Gear
• Check if the oil passage of the sun gear assembly is clogged. For
this, try to pass a 3.6 mm (0.142 in) dia. wire through the oil passage as shown.
• Check the sliding and contact surface of each gear and bearing for
damage, burrs, partial wear, dents and other abnormality. If any is
found, replace the sun gear assembly with a new one.
PDIA0147E
Internal Gear
Revision: October 2008
DLN-298
2009 Pathfinder
PLANETARY CARRIER
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Check the internal gear teeth for damage, partial wear, dents or
other abnormality. If any is found, replace the internal gear with a
new one.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
A
B
C
PDIA0157E
DLN
ASSEMBLY
1.
Apply ATF to the new metal bushing, then install the new metal
bushing until it becomes “Dimension A” using Tool.
Tool number
: ST35300000 (
—
Dimension A
: 7.7 - 8.3mm (0.303 - 0.327in)
E
)
F
CAUTION:
Do not reuse metal bushing.
G
SDIA3189E
2.
H
Apply ATF to the new needle bearing, then install the new needle bearing until it becomes “Dimension B” using Tool.
Tool number
: ST33220000 (
—
Dimension B
: 62.5 - 63.1mm (2.461 - 2.484in)
I
)
J
CAUTION:
Do not reuse needle bearing.
K
SDIA3190E
3.
Install the carrier bearing to the sun gear using Tools.
L
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
M
N
PDIA0149E
4.
O
Install the new snap ring to the sun gear assembly using suitable
tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
P
SDIA2353E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-299
2009 Pathfinder
PLANETARY CARRIER
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5.
6.
Install the sun gear assembly to the planetary carrier assembly.
Install the new snap ring to the planetary carrier assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
SDIA2794E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-300
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937397
DISASSEMBLY
1.
B
Remove the front bearing using Tools.
Tool number
C
A: ST35300000 ( — )
B: ST30021000 (J-22912-01)
DLN
E
SDIA2106E
2.
Remove the rear bearing using Tools.
Tool number
F
A: ST33710000 ( — )
B: ST30021000 (J-22912-01)
G
H
PDIA0153E
I
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Front Drive Shaft
Check the items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear and bending of the shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage and peeling of the gear.
J
K
L
M
PDIA0154E
Bearing
Check the bearing for damage and rough rotation. If necessary,
replace the bearing with a new one.
N
O
P
MTF0041D
ASSEMBLY
Revision: October 2008
DLN-301
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT DRIVE SHAFT
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Install the rear bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A: KV38100500 ( — )
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
PDIA0155E
2.
Install the front bearing using Tools.
Tool number
A: KV38100500 ( — )
B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
PDIA0156E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-302
2009 Pathfinder
SHIFT CONTROL
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
SHIFT CONTROL
A
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937398
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
B
Remove the snap ring.
Remove the retaining pin.
Remove the drum cam from the control shift rod.
C
DLN
E
PDIA0122E
4.
5.
Remove the retaining pin from the L-H shift rod.
Remove the 2-4 shift bracket.
F
G
H
PDIA0125E
6.
7.
Remove the retaining ring from the 2-4 shift fork using suitable
tool.
Remove the fork guide collar and 2-4 shift fork spring from the 24 shift fork.
I
J
K
L
WDIA0226E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
M
Shift Fork
• Measure the clearance between the shift fork and sleeve. If it is out
of specification, replace it with a new one.
N
Standard value
2-4
: Less than 0.46 mm (0.018 in)
L-H
: Less than 0.46 mm (0.018 in)
O
P
PDIA0134E
Shift Rod and Fork Components
Revision: October 2008
DLN-303
2009 Pathfinder
SHIFT CONTROL
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Check the working face of the shift rod and fork for wear, partial
wear, abrasion, bending and other abnormality. If any is found,
replace with a new one.
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
PDIA0135E
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
3.
Install clevis pin and shift collar to L-H shift fork after assembling them.
CAUTION:
Use caution when installing L-H shift fork, clevis pin or shift collar.
Install clevis pin and shift collar to 2-4 shift bracket after assembling them.
CAUTION:
Use caution when installing 2-4 shift bracket.
Install guide fork collar and 2-4 shift fork spring to the 2-4 shift
fork, and then secure it with the new retaining ring.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse retaining ring.
• Be careful with orientation.
SDIA3391E
4.
5.
Install the 2-4shift bracket to the L-H shift rod.
Install the new retaining pin evenly to the L-H shift rod.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
PDIA0125E
6.
7.
Install the drum cam to the control shift rod, and then secure it
with the new retaining pin.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse retaining pin.
Install the new snap ring to the control shift rod.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap ring.
PDIA0122E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-304
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[TRANSFER: TX15B]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937401
Applied model
VQ40DE
Transfer model
TX15B
Gear ratio
High
1.000
Low
2.625
Planetary gear
Number of teeth
Sun gear
56
Internal gear
91
Front drive sprocket
38
Front drive shaft
38
Fluid Capacity (Approx)
C
DLN
E
2.0 (2 1/8, 1 3/4)
(US qt, Imp qt)
Inspection and Adjustment
B
F
INFOID:0000000003937402
G
PINION GEAR END PLAY
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Standard
Pinion gear end play
H
0.1 - 0.7 (0.004 - 0.028)
CLEARANCE BETWEEN SHIFT FORK AND SLEEVE
Unit: mm (in)
Item
I
Standard
2-4 shift fork to 2-4 sleeve
Less than 0.46 (0.018)
L-H shift fork to L-H sleeve
Less than 0.46 (0.018)
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-305
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937403
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-306
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
Vibration
Differential
Axle
Suspension
Tires
Road wheel
Drive shaft
Brakes
Steering
Noise
Excessive run out
Possible cause and suspected parts
Rotation imbalance
×
×
Shake
×
DLN-307
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-307, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
FSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-336, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-370, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-402, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-439, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-308
DLN-308
DLN-308
Reference page
Uneven rotation torque
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
A
INFOID:0000000003937404
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
2009 Pathfinder
B
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
×: Applicable
K
L
M
N
O
P
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
PROPELLER SHAFT
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000003937405
APPEARANCE AND NOISE INSPECTION
• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
• Check the bearings for noise and damage. Repair or replace the bearings as necessary.
PROPELLER SHAFT VIBRATION
If a vibration is present at high speed, inspect the propeller shaft runout first.
1. Measure the runout of the propeller shaft tube at several points
by rotating the final drive companion flange with your hands.
Refer to DLN-313, "General Specification".
2. If the runout exceeds specifications, disconnect the propeller
shaft at the final drive companion flange; then rotate the companion flange 90°, 180° and 270° and reconnect the propeller
shaft.
LDIA0160E
3.
4.
Check the runout again. If the runout still exceeds specifications,
replace the propeller shaft assembly.
After installation, check for vibration by driving the vehicle.
LDIA0118E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-308
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
A
PROPELLER SHAFT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937406
B
COMPONENTS
C
Model 2F1310
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
WDIA0304E
1.
Propeller shaft tube
2.
Snap ring
3.
4.
Journal
5.
Flange yoke
⇐: Front
K
Journal bearing
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
L
Put matching marks on the front propeller shaft flange yoke and
the front final drive companion flange as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the flange
yoke and companion flange of the front final drive.
Put matching marks on the front propeller shaft flange yoke and
the transfer companion flange.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the flange
yoke and companion flange of the front final drive.
Remove the bolts and then remove the front propeller shaft from
the front final drive and transfer.
M
N
O
SDIA2046E
P
INSPECTION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-309
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
• Inspect the propeller shaft runout. If runout exceeds the limit,
replace the propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-313, "General
Specification".
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
LDIA0118E
• While holding the flange yoke on one side, check axial play of the
joint as shown. If the journal axial play exceeds the specification,
repair or replace the journal parts. Refer to DLN-313, "General
Specification".
• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damage is detected, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
LDIA0117E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After installation, check for vibration by driving the vehicle. Refer to DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the bolts and nuts. Always install new ones.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-310
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
A
PROPELLER SHAFT
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937407
B
DISASSEMBLY
C
Journal
1.
Put matching marks on the front propeller shaft and flange yoke
as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the front propeller shaft or flange yoke.
DLN
E
F
SPD128
2.
G
Remove the snap rings.
H
I
APD011
3.
Push out and remove the journal bearings by lightly tapping the
flange yoke with a hammer, taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
J
K
L
M
SPD732
4.
N
Push out and remove the remaining journal bearings at the
opposite side by lightly tapping the flange yoke with a hammer,
taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
O
P
SPD131
ASSEMBLY
Revision: October 2008
DLN-311
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Journal
1.
Assemble the journal bearings. Apply multipurpose grease on
the bearing inner surface.
NOTE:
During assembly, use caution so that the needle bearings do not
fall down.
WPD019
2.
Select new snap rings that will provide the specified play in an
axial direction of the journal, and install them. Refer to DLN-313.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap rings
NOTE:
Select snap rings with a difference in thickness at both sides
within 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
APD012
3.
Adjust the thrust clearance between the bearing and snap ring
to zero by tapping the yoke.
SPD732
4.
Make sure that the journal moves smoothly and is below the
joint flex effort specification. Refer to DLN-313, "General Specification".
LDIA0119E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-312
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2F1310]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937408
B
Unit: mm (in)
4WD
Applied model
C
VQ40DE
Propeller shaft model
VK56DE
A/T
2F1310
2
Flange type
Flange type
696 mm (27.40 in)
63.5 mm (2.5 in)
Number of joints
Coupling method with front final drive
Coupling method with transfer
Shaft length (Spider to spider)
Shaft outer diameter
DLN
E
F
Propeller Shaft Runout
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Limit
Propeller shaft runout
G
0.6 mm (0.024 in)
Propeller Shaft Joint Flex Effort
N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Item
H
Limit
Propeller shaft joint flex effort
2.26 (0.23 , 20 ) or less
I
Journal Axial Play
Unit: mm (in)
Item
J
Limit
Journal axial play
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
Snap Ring
INFOID:0000000003937409
K
Model 2F1310 (4WD)
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Color
Part Number*
1.99 (0.0783)
White
37146-C9400
2.02 (0.0795)
Yellow
37147-C9400
2.05 (0.0807)
Red
37148-C9400
2.08 (0.0819)
Green
37149-C9400
2.11 (0.0831)
Blue
37150-C9400
2.14 (0.0843)
Light brown
37151-C9400
2.17 (0.0854)
Black
37152-C9400
2.20 (0.0866)
No paint
37153-C9400
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-313
L
M
N
O
P
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937410
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
PBIC0190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-314
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
Vibration
Differential
Axle
Suspension
Tires
Road wheel
Drive shaft
Brakes
Steering
Noise
Excessive run out
Possible cause and suspected parts
Rotation imbalance
×
×
Shake
×
DLN-315
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-307, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
FSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-336, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-370, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-402, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-321
DLN-316
DLN-316
Reference page
Uneven rotation torque
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
A
INFOID:0000000003937411
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
2009 Pathfinder
B
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
×: Applicable
K
L
M
N
O
P
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
PROPELLER SHAFT
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000003937412
APPEARANCE AND NOISE INSPECTION
• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
• Check the bearings for noise and damage. Repair or replace the bearings as necessary.
PROPELLER SHAFT VIBRATION
If a vibration is present at high speed, inspect the propeller shaft runout first.
1. Measure the runout of the propeller shaft tube at several points
by rotating the final drive companion flange with your hands.
Refer to DLN-321, "General Specification".
2. If the runout exceeds specifications, disconnect the propeller
shaft at the final drive companion flange; then rotate the companion flange 90°, 180° and 270° and reconnect the propeller
shaft.
LDIA0161E
3.
4.
Check the runout again. If the runout still exceeds specifications,
replace the propeller shaft assembly.
After installation, check for vibration by driving vehicle.
LDIA0121E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-316
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
A
PROPELLER SHAFT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937413
B
COMPONENTS
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
AWDIA0017ZZ
1.
Propeller shaft tube
2.
Snap ring
3.
Journal bearing
4.
Sleeve yoke
5.
Journal
6.
Flange yoke
K
⇐: Front
L
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Move the A/T select lever to the N position and release the parking brake.
Put matching marks on the rear propeller shaft flange yoke and
the rear final drive companion flange as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the rear propeller shaft flange yoke or the companion flange.
Remove the bolts, then remove the propeller shaft from the rear
final drive and A/T or transfer.
M
N
O
WDIA0049E
INSPECTION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-317
2009 Pathfinder
P
PROPELLER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
• Inspect the propeller shaft runout. If runout exceeds the limit,
replace the propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-321, "General
Specification".
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
LDIA0121E
• While holding the flange yoke on one side, check axial play of the
joint as shown. If the journal axial play exceeds the specification,
repair or replace the journal parts. Refer to DLN-321, "General
Specification".
• Check the propeller shaft tube for dents or cracks. If damage is
detected, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
LDIA0117E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After installation, check for vibration by driving the vehicle. Refer to DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart".
• If propeller shaft assembly or final drive assembly has been
replaced,connect them as follows:
- Face companion flange mark (A) of the final drive (1) upward. With
the mark (A) faced upward, couple the propeller shaft and the final
drive so that the matching mark (B) of the propeller shaft (2) can be
positioned as closest as possible with the matching mark (C) of the
final drive companion flange.
- Tighte propeller shaft and final drive bolts and nuts to specifications. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the bolts and nuts. Always install new ones.
PDIA0892J
Revision: October 2008
DLN-318
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
A
PROPELLER SHAFT
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937414
B
DISASSEMBLY
C
Journal
1.
Put matching marks on the rear propeller shaft and flange yoke
as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks use paint. Never damage the rear propeller shaft or flange yoke.
DLN
E
F
SPD128
2.
G
Remove the snap rings.
H
I
APD011
3.
Push out and remove the journal bearings by lightly tapping the
flange yoke with a hammer, taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
J
K
L
M
SPD732
4.
N
Push out and remove the remaining journal bearings at the
opposite side by lightly tapping the flange yoke with a hammer,
taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
O
P
SPD131
ASSEMBLY
Revision: October 2008
DLN-319
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Journal
1.
Assemble the journal bearings. Apply multipurpose grease on
the bearing inner surface.
NOTE:
During assembly, use caution so that the needle bearings do not
fall down.
WPD019
2.
Select new snap rings that will provide the specified play in an
axial direction of the journal, and install them. Refer to DLN-322,
"Snap Ring".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap rings
NOTE:
Select snap rings with a difference in thickness at both sides
within 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
APD012
3.
Adjust the thrust clearance between the bearing and snap ring
to zero by tapping the yoke.
SPD732
4.
Make sure that the journal moves smoothly and is below the
propeller joint flex effort specification. Refer to DLN-321, "General Specification".
LDIA0119E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-320
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937415
B
2WD models
2WD
Applied model
C
VQ40DE
A/T
Propeller shaft model
DLN
2S1330 (aluminum tube)
Number of joints
2
Coupling method with rear final drive
Flange type
Coupling method with transmission
Sleeve type
Shaft length (Spider to spider)
E
1395.2 mm (54.93 in)
Shaft outer diameter
127.6 mm (5.02 in)
F
Limit
G
Propeller Shaft Runout
Item
Propeller shaft runout
1.02 mm (0.0402 in) or less
Propeller Shaft Joint Flex Effort
H
Item
Limit
Propeller shaft joint flex effort
2.26 N·m (0.23 kg-m, 20 in-lb) or less
I
Journal Axial Play
Item
J
Limit
Journal axial play
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
K
4WD models
4WD
Part time
Applied model
Full time
L
VQ40DE
A/T
Propeller shaft model
M
2S1330 (steel tube)
Number of joints
2
Coupling method with front final drive
N
Flange type
Coupling method with transfer
Sleeve type
Shaft length (Spider to spider)
952.8 mm (37.51 in)
Shaft outer diameter
890.8 mm (35.07 in)
76.2 mm (3.00 in)
O
Propeller Shaft Runout
P
Item
Limit
Propeller shaft runout
0.6 mm (0.024 in) or less
Propeller Shaft Joint Flex Effort
Revision: October 2008
DLN-321
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Item
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1330]
Limit
Propeller shaft joint flex effort
2.26 N·m (0.23 kg-m, 20 in-lb) or less
Journal Axial Play
Item
Limit
Journal axial play
0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less
Snap Ring
INFOID:0000000003937416
Model 2S1330 (4WD)
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Color
Part Number*
1.99 (0.0783)
White
37146-C9400
2.02 (0.0795)
Yellow
37147-C9400
2.05 (0.0807)
Red
37148-C9400
2.08 (0.0819)
Green
37149-C9400
2.11 (0.0831)
Blue
37150-C9400
2.14 (0.0843)
Light brown
37151-C9400
2.17 (0.0854)
Black
37152-C9400
2.20 (0.0866)
No paint
37153-C9400
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Model 2S1330 (2WD)
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Color
Part Number*
1.600 - 1.638 (0.0630 - 0.0645)
Black
37146-EA500
1.549 - 1.588 (0.0610 - 0.0625)
Black
37147-EA500
1.524 - 1.562 (0.0600 - 0.0615)
Black
37148-EA500
1.499 - 1.537 (0.0590 - 0.0605)
Black
37149-EA500
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-322
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
A
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937417
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
B
C
DLN
E
PBIC0190E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-323
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Vibration
Revision: October 2008
DLN-325
DLN-330
DLN-336, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-370, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-402, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-439, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-307, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Excessive run out
Differential
Axle
Suspension
Tires
Road wheel
Drive shaft
Brakes
Steering
Noise
Rotation imbalance
Possible cause and suspected parts
DLN-325
Reference page
Uneven rotation torque
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION, AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000003937418
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
Shake
×
×
×
DLN-324
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×: Applicable
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
A
PROPELLER SHAFT
On-Vehicle Service
INFOID:0000000003937419
B
• Check the propeller shaft tube surface for dents or cracks. If damaged, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
• Check the bearings for noise and damage. Repair or replace the bearings as necessary.
C
APPEARANCE AND NOISE INSPECTION
PROPELLER SHAFT VIBRATION
If a vibration is present at high speed, inspect the propeller shaft runout first.
1. Measure the runout of the propeller shaft tube at several points
by rotating the final drive companion flange with your hands.
Refr to DLN-330, "General Specification".
2. If the runout exceeds specifications, disconnect the propeller
shaft at the final drive companion flange; then rotate the companion flange 90°, 180° and 270° and reconnect the propeller
shaft.
DLN
E
F
G
LDIA0161E
3.
4.
Check the runout again. If the runout still exceeds specifications,
replace the propeller shaft assembly.
After installation, check for vibration by driving vehicle.
H
I
J
LDIA0121E
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-325
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
PROPELLER SHAFT
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937420
COMPONENTS
AWDIA0017ZZ
1.
Propeller shaft tube
2.
Snap ring
3.
Journal bearing
4.
Sleeve yoke
5.
Journal
6.
Flange yoke
⇐: Front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
Move the A/T select lever to the N position and release the parking brake.
Put matching marks on the rear propeller shaft flange yoke and
the rear final drive companion flange as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the rear propeller shaft flange yoke or the companion flange.
Remove the bolts, then remove the propeller shaft from the rear
final drive and A/T or transfer.
WDIA0049E
INSPECTION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-326
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
• Inspect the propeller shaft runout. If runout exceeds the limit,
replace the propeller shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-330, "General
Specification".
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
A
B
C
LDIA0121E
DLN
• While holding the flange yoke on one side, check axial play of the
joint as shown. If the journal axial play exceeds the specification,
repair or replace the journal parts. Refer to DLN-330, "General
Specification".
• Check the propeller shaft tube for dents or cracks. If damage is
detected, replace the propeller shaft assembly.
E
F
G
LDIA0117E
H
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• After installation, check for vibration by driving the vehicle. Refer to DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart".
• If propeller shaft assembly of final drive assembly has been
replaced, connect them as follows:
- Face companion flange mark (A) of the final drive (1) upward. With
the mark (A) faced upward, couple the propeller shaft and the final
drive so that the matching mark (B) of the propeller shaft (2) can be
positioned as close as possible with the matching mark (C) of the
final drive companion flange.
- Tighten propeller shaft and final drive bolts and nuts of the to specification. Refer to DLN-326, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the bolts and nuts. Always install new ones.
PDIA0892J
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-327
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
PROPELLER SHAFT
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937421
DISASSEMBLY
Journal
1.
Put matching marks on the rear propeller shaft and flange yoke
as shown.
CAUTION:
For matching marks use paint. Never damage the rear propeller shaft or flange yoke.
SPD128
2.
Remove the snap rings.
APD011
3.
Push out and remove the journal bearings by lightly tapping the
flange yoke with a hammer, taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
SPD732
4.
Push out and remove the remaining journal bearings at the
opposite side by lightly tapping the flange yoke with a hammer,
taking care not to damage the journal or flange yoke hole.
NOTE:
Put marks on the disassembled parts so that they can be reinstalled in their original positions from which they were removed.
SPD131
ASSEMBLY
Revision: October 2008
DLN-328
2009 Pathfinder
PROPELLER SHAFT
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Journal
1.
A
Assemble the journal bearings. Apply multipurpose grease on
the bearing inner surface.
NOTE:
During assembly, use caution so that the needle bearings do not
fall down.
B
C
WPD019
2.
Select new snap rings that will provide the specified play in an
axial direction of the journal, and install them. Refer to DLN-330,
"Snap Ring".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse snap rings
NOTE:
Select snap rings with a difference in thickness at both sides
within 0.02 mm (0.0008 in).
DLN
E
F
G
APD012
H
3.
Adjust the thrust clearance between the bearing and snap ring
to zero by tapping the yoke.
I
J
K
SPD732
4.
Make sure that the journal moves smoothly and is below the
joint flex effort specification. Refer to DLN-330, "General Specification".
L
M
N
LDIA0119E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-329
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[PROPELLER SHAFT: 2S1350]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937422
4WD models
Unit: mm (in)
4WD
VK56DE
Applied model
A/T
Propeller shaft model
2S1350 (aluminum tube)
Number of joints
2
Coupling method with rear final drive
Flange type
Coupling method with transfer
Sleeve type
Shaft length (Spider to spider)
850.7 (33.49)
Shaft outer diameter
102.5 (4.04)
Propeller Shaft Runout
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Limit
Propeller shaft runout
0.6 (0.024) or less
Propeller Shaft Joint Flex Effort
Unit: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Item
Limit
Propeller shaft joint flex effort
2.26 (0.23, 20 ) or less
Journal Axial Play
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Limit
Journal axial play
0.02 (0.0008) or less
Snap Ring
INFOID:0000000003937423
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Color
Part Number*
1.99 (0.0783)
White
37146-C9400
2.02 (0.0795)
Yellow
37147-C9400
2.05 (0.0807)
Red
37148-C9400
2.08 (0.0819)
Green
37149-C9400
2.11 (0.0831)
Blue
37150-C9400
2.14 (0.0843)
Light brown
37151-C9400
2.17 (0.0854)
Black
37152-C9400
2.20 (0.0866)
No paint
37153-C9400
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-330
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Servicing Front Final Drive
INFOID:0000000003937424
B
• Before starting diagnosis of the vehicle, understand the symptoms well. Perform correct and systematic
operations.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. When matching marks are required, C
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, a dust proof area is recommended.
• Before disassembly, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from DLN
entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly.
• Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components.
• Avoid using cotton gloves or a shop cloth to prevent the entering of lint.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and abnormal wear. Replace them E
with new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the unit is disassembled.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow them dry.
F
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mating surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and
foreign materials from the application and mating surfaces.
• In principle, tighten nuts or bolts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If a G
tightening sequence is specified, observe it.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque.
• Add new differential gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-purpose grease, as specified.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-331
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937425
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV38108300
(J-44195)
Flange wrench
Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
NT771
Removing front oil seal
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
ZZA0601D
• Installing front oil seal
• Installing side oil seal
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
ZZA0811D
• Installing front oil seal
• Installing side oil seal
a: 74.5 mm (2.933 in) dia.
b: 62.5 mm (2.461 in) dia.
ST27863000
(
—
)
Drift
ZZA1003D
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1: GG91030000
(J-25765)
Torque wrench
2: HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (1/2″)
3: HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (3/8″)
Revision: October 2008
Measuring drive pinion bearing preload torque
and total preload torque
NT124
DLN-332
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
Removing carrier cover
A
B
C
S-NT046
ST3306S001
(
—
)
Differential side bearing puller set
1: ST33051001
(J-22888-20)
Puller
2: ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Base
Removing and installing side bearing inner
race
a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
DLN
E
F
NT072
Removing drive pinion rear bearing inner race
ST30031000
(J-22912-01)
Replacer
G
H
ZZA0700D
Installing side bearing adjusting washer
KV38100600
(J-25267)
Drift
I
J
K
SDIA0429J
Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer race
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 48 mm (1.89 in) dia.
ST30613000
(J-25742-3)
Drift
L
M
ZZA1000D
Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer race
(Use with ST30613000)
ST30611000
(J-25742-1)
Drift bar
N
O
S-NT090
Installing drive pinion front bearing outer race
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
KV38100200
(J-26233)
Drift
ZZA1143D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-333
2009 Pathfinder
P
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
Installing drive pinion rear bearing inner race
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
ZZA0978D
Installing drive pinion front bearing inner race
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia.
ST33200000
(J-26082)
Drift
ZZA1002D
Installing side bearing inner race
a: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia.
c: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia.
ST33230000
(J-35867)
Drift
ZZA1046D
Adjusting bearing preload and drive pinion
height
(
—
)
(J-34309)
Differential shim selector tool
NT134
Selecting drive pinion height adjusting washer
(
—
)
(J-25269-18)
Side bearing disc (2 Req'd)
NT135
Tightening bolts for drive gear
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
NT014
Commercial Service Tool
Revision: October 2008
INFOID:0000000003937426
DLN-334
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< PREPARATION >
Tool name
Description
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
A
B
C
PBIC0190E
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-335
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
DLN-345
DLN-345
DLN-345
DLN-338
FSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Tooth surfaces worn
Backlash incorrect
Companion flange excessive runout
Gear oil improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
FRONT AXLE
FRONT SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
DLN-336
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-345
Noise
Gear contact improper
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
DLN-345
Reference page
Gear tooth rough
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000003937427
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×: Applicable
2009 Pathfinder
DESCRIPTION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DESCRIPTION
A
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000003937428
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
PDIA0695E
1.
Differential side shaft
2.
Differential side shaft bearing
3.
Side gear
4.
Drive gear
5.
Pinion mate shaft
6.
Differential case
7.
Side bearing
8.
Pinion mate gear
9.
Drive pinion
10. Collapsible spacer
11. Companion flange
13. Drive pinion rear bearing
14. Housing spacer
J
12. Drive pinion front bearing
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-337
2009 Pathfinder
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
Changing Differential Gear Oil
INFOID:0000000003937429
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop the engine.
Remove the drain plug and gasket from the front final drive
assembly to drain the differential gear oil.
Install the drain plug with a new gasket to the front final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
LDIA0175E
FILLING
1.
2.
Remove the filler plug and gasket from the front final drive
assembly.
Fill the front final drive assembly with new differential gear oil
until the level reaches the specified level near the filler plug hole.
Differential gear oil
grade and capacity
3.
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids
and Lubricants".
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the front final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Checking Differential Gear Oil
LDIA0176E
INFOID:0000000003937430
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL LEAKAGE AND LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that differential gear oil is not leaking from the front final drive assembly or around it.
Check the differential gear oil level from the filler plug hole as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking differential gear oil level.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the front final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
LDIA0176E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-338
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
A
FRONT OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937431
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the drive shafts from the front final drive assembly. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
C
Remove the front propeller shaft from the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and
Installation".
DLN
Measure the total preload torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
NOTE:
Record the total preload torque measurement.
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
E
Tool number
5.
: KV38108300 (
—
)
F
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
G
BDIA0001E
6.
H
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
I
J
K
LDIA0171E
7.
L
Remove the front oil seal using Tool.
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
M
N
O
LDIA0172E
INSTALLATION
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-339
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new front oil seal. Then drive the new
front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tools.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new front oil seal.
2.
3.
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the total preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
A: KV38108300 ( — )
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
4.
5.
WDIA0147E
Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• The total preload torque should be within the total preload
torque specification. When not replacing the collapsible
spacer, it should also be equal to the measurement taken during removal plus an additional 0.56 N·m (0.06 Kg-m, 5 in-lb).
• If the total preload torque is low, tighten the drive pinion lock
nut in 6.8 N·m (0.69 Kg-m, 5ft-lb) increments until the total preload torque is met.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
WDIA0381E
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the total preload torque. If the drive pinion lock nut
torque or the total preload torque exceeds the specifications, replace the collapsible spacer and
tighten it again to adjust. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
Install new side oil seals into the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-341, "Removal and Installation".
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-338, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-340
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937432
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove the drive shafts from the front final drive assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "VQ40DE : Removal and
Installation".
Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the side oil seal.
C
DLN
E
LDIA0173E
F
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new
side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tools.
Tool number
H
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new side oil seal.
2.
G
I
PDIA0826E
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-338, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-341
2009 Pathfinder
CARRIER COVER
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
CARRIER COVER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937433
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-343, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
PDIA0699E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Apply a 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
PDIA0712E
Install the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-343,
"Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fill the front final drive assembly with recommended differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-338.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-342
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
A
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937434
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
AWDIA0018GB
1.
Breather hose
2.
Front final drive assembly
3.
Front crossmember
O
Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Drain the differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-338.
Remove the drive shafts from the front final drive assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "VQ40DE : Removal and
Installation".
Remove the front crossmember.
Remove the front propeller shaft from the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and
Installation".
Disconnect the vent hose from the front final drive assembly.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-343
2009 Pathfinder
P
FRONT FINAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
6. Support the front final drive assembly using a suitable jack.
7. Remove the front final drive assembly bolts, then remove the
front final drive assembly.
CAUTION:
Support the front final drive assembly while removing using
a suitable jack.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
WDIA0145E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Install new side oil seals into the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-341, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by folding or bending when installing it.
• Fill the front final drive assembly with differential gear oil after installation. Refer to DLN-338.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-344
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
A
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937435
B
COMPONENTS
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
WDIA0265E
O
1.
Drive pinion lock nut
2.
Companion flange
3.
Front oil seal
4.
Drive pinion front bearing
5.
Gear carrier
6.
Side oil seal
7.
Bushing
8.
Differential side shaft
9.
Differential side shaft bearing
10. Snap ring
11. Snap ring
12. Gasket
13. Drain plug
14. Collapsible spacer
15. Drive pinion rear bearing
16. Drive pinion height adjusting washer 17. Drive pinion
18. Side bearing adjusting washer
19. Side bearing
21. Side gear
20. Side gear thrust washer
22. Pinion mate shaft
23. Lock pin
24. Pinion mate gear
25. Pinion mate thrust washer
26. Drive gear
27. Differential case
Revision: October 2008
DLN-345
2009 Pathfinder
P
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
28. Housing spacer
29. Side bearing cap
30. Filler plug
31. Carrier cover
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
• Drain the differential gear oil before inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-338.
• Remove and install the carrier cover as necessary for inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-342.
Total Preload Torque
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the differential side shaft if necessary. Refer to DLN-341, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
The differential side shaft must be installed in order to measure total preload torque.
Rotate the drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction.
Rotate the drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearings.
Measure total preload torque using Tool.
Tool number
: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
1.67 - 2.74 N·m (0.17 - 0.27 kg-m, 15 - 24 in-lb)
NOTE:
Total preload torque = Drive pinion bearing preload torque +
Side bearing preload torque
PDIA0697E
• If the measured value is out of the specification, check and adjust each part. Adjust the drive pinion
bearing preload torque first, then adjust the side bearing preload torque.
If the total preload torque is greater than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer.
On side bearings:
Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the total preload torque is less than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut.
On side bearings:
Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually.
Drive Gear Runout
1.
2.
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face.
Rotate the drive gear to measure runout.
Runout limit:
0.08 mm (0.0031 in) or less
• If the runout is outside of the limit, check the condition of the drive
gear assembly. Foreign material may be caught between the drive
gear and differential case, or the differential case or drive gear may
be deformed.
CAUTION:
Replace drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
SPD886
Tooth Contact
Revision: October 2008
DLN-346
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Apply red lead to the drive gear.
NOTE:
Apply red lead to both faces of three to four gears, at four locations evenly spaced on the drive gear.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
B
C
SPD357
DLN
2.
Rotate the drive gear back and forth several times. Then check
for correct drive pinion to drive gear tooth contact as shown.
CAUTION:
Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side.
E
F
G
SDIA0570E
• If the tooth contact is improperly adjusted, adjust the drive pinion height (dimension X).
H
I
J
SDIA0517E
- If the tooth contact is near the face (face contact), or near the
heel (heel contact), use a thicker drive pinion height adjusting
washer to move drive pinion closer to the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
K
L
M
N
PDIA0440E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-347
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
- If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the
toe (toe contact), use a thinner drive pinion height adjusting
washer to move the drive pinion farther from the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
PDIA0441E
Backlash
1.
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash.
Backlash:
0.10 - 0.15 mm (0.0039 - 0.0059 in)
• If the backlash is outside of the specification, change the thickness of the side bearing adjusting washers.
If the backlash is greater than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thicker on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thinner on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the backlash is less than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thinner on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thicker on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
SPD513
CAUTION:
Do not change the total thickness of side bearing adjusting washers as it will change the side
bearing preload torque.
Companion Flange Runout
1.
Rotate companion flange and check for runout on the companion flange face (inner side of the bolt holes) and companion
flange inner side (socket diameter) using suitable tool.
Runout limit:
2.
a.
b.
c.
0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less
If the runout is outside the runout limit, follow the procedure
below to adjust.
Rotate the companion flange on the drive pinion by 90°, 180°
and 270° while checking for the position where the runout is
minimum.
SDIA2078E
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after the companion
flange has been rotated on the drive pinion, possible cause could be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and drive pinion bearing or a malfunctioning drive pinion bearing.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after repair of the assembly of drive pinion and drive pinion
bearing or drive pinion bearing, replace the companion flange.
DISASSEMBLY
Differential side shaft
1.
Drain the differential gear oil if necessary.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-348
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
B
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
C
PDIA0699E
DLN
3.
Remove side oil seal.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
E
F
G
PDIA0713E
4.
Remove snap ring (hole side) using suitable tool.
H
I
J
PDIA0714E
5.
6.
Remove differential side shaft assembly out of gear carrier using
suitable tool.
NOTE:
Tap on differential side shaft assembly from side gear side.
Remove snap ring (differential side shaft side).
K
L
M
N
PDIA0715E
7.
O
Press differential side shaft out of differential side shaft bearing.
CAUTION:
Do not drop differential side shaft.
P
PDIA0718E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-349
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Differential Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove differential side shaft assembly. Refer to DLN-341, "Removal and Installation".
Remove side seal from gear carrier using suitable tool.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one side of
the side bearing cap and gear carrier.
CAUTION:
• For matching marks, use paint. Do not damage side bearing cap or gear carrier.
• Side bearing caps are line-board during manufacture. The
matching marks are used to reinstall them in their original
positions.
PDIA0700E
4.
Remove the side bearing caps.
PDIA0701E
5.
Lift the differential case assembly out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
• Keep side bearing outer races together with side bearing
inner races. Do not mix them up.
• Keep side bearing adjusting washers together with side
bearings.
SPD919
6.
7.
Remove housing spacer.
Remove side bearing inner race using Tools as shown.
Tool number
A: ST33051001 (J-22888-20)
B: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
• Do not remove side bearing inner race unless it is being
replaced.
• Place copper plates between the vise and the side bearing
inner race and drive gear to prevent damage.
PDIA0827E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-350
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Keep side bearing outer races together with side bearing
inner races. Do not mix them up.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
B
C
SPD022
DLN
8.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on the differential
case and drive gear.
CAUTION:
Use paint for matching marks. Do not damage differential
case or drive gear.
9. Remove the drive gear bolts.
10. Tap the drive gear off the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending.
E
F
G
PDIA0496E
11. Remove the lock pin of the pinion mate shaft from the drive gear
side using suitable tool.
H
I
J
SPD025
K
12. Remove the pinion mate shaft.
L
M
N
SDIA0031J
O
13. Turn the pinion mate gear, then remove the pinion mate gear,
pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust
washer from the differential case.
P
SDIA0032J
Revision: October 2008
DLN-351
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
2.
Remove the differential assembly. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
3.
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
PDIA0702E
4.
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
PDIA0703E
5.
Press the drive pinion assembly (with rear inner bearing race
and collapsible spacer) out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not drop drive pinion assembly.
PDIA0704E
6.
Remove the drive pinion rear bearing inner race and drive pinion
height adjusting washer using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)
S-PD179
Revision: October 2008
DLN-352
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Remove the front oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
A
B
C
PDIA0716E
DLN
8.
9.
Remove the drive pinion front bearing inner race.
Remove the drive pinion front and rear bearing outer races by
tapping them uniformly using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
E
F
G
PDIA0705E
H
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Clean the disassembled parts. Then inspect the parts for wear or damage. If wear or damage are found, follow
the measures below.
Drive Pinion and Drive Gear
• If the drive pinion and drive gear teeth do not mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust,
repair, or replace as necessary.
• If the drive pinion or drive gear are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably,
replace with new drive pinion and drive gear.
• Drive pinion and drive gear are supplied in matched sets only. Matching numbers on both drive pinion and
drive gear are etched for verification. If a new drive pinion and drive gear set are being used, verify the numbers of each drive pinion and drive gear before proceeding with assembly.
Bearing
• If bearings are chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted, scratched, or unusual noise is coming from bearing,
replace with new bearing assembly (as a new set).
• Bearing must be replaced with a new one whenever disassembled.
Side Gear and Pinion Mate Gear
• If any cracks or damage are found on the surface of the teeth, replace with new one.
• If any worn or chipped marks are found on the side of the side gear and pinion mate gear which contact the
thrust washer, replace with new one.
• Replace both side gear and pinion mate gear as a set when replacing side gear or pinion mate gear.
Side Gear Thrust Washer and Pinion Mate Thrust Washer
• If any chips (by friction), damage, or unusual wear are found, replace with new one.
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
Gear Carrier
• If any wear or cracks are found on the contact sides of gear carrier, replace with new one.
Companion Flange
• If any chips (about 0.1mm, 0.004 in) or other damage on the companion flange surface which contacts the
front oil seal lips are found, replace with new one.
ADJUSTING AND SELECTING WASHERS
Side Gear Back Clearance
• Assemble the differential parts if they are disassembled. Refer to "DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-353
2009 Pathfinder
P
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Place the differential case straight up so that the side gear to be
measured is upward.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
PDIA0460E
2.
Using feeler gauges, measure the clearance between the side
gear back and differential case at three different points, while
rotating the side gear. Average the three readings to calculate
the clearance. (Measure the clearance of the other side as well.)
Side gear back clearance: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less.
• If the side gear back clearance is outside of the specification,
use a thicker or thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust.
Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the side gear back clearance is greater than
specification:
Use a thicker side gear thrust washer.
If the side gear back clearance is less than specification:
Use a thinner side gear thrust washer.
CAUTION:
• Insert feeler gauges with the same thickness on both
sides to prevent side gear from tilting.
• Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive
resistance during differential motion.
PDIA0576E
• Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually.
NOTE:
Side gear back clearance is clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear
backlash.
Drive Pinion Height
1.
2.
Make sure all parts are clean and that the bearings are well lubricated.
Assemble the drive pinion bearings onto the Tool.
Tool number
:
—
(J-34309)
SPD769
Revision: October 2008
DLN-354
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Drive pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 drive
pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the J-34309-7 drive pinion
front bearing pilot to secure the drive pinon front bearing in its
proper position.
• Drive pinion rear bearing; the J-34309-8 drive pinion rear
bearing pilot is used to center the drive pinion rear bearing
only. The J-34309-4 drive pinion rear bearing locking seat is
used to lock the drive pinion rear bearing to the assembly.
• Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable
2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and
J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must
be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in).
3. Install the drive pinion rear bearing inner race into the gear carrier. Then insert the drive pinion height adjusting washer selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
B
C
SPD197A
DLN
E
F
G
SPD893
4.
H
Assemble the drive pinion front bearing inner race and the J34309-2 gauge anvil. Assemble them together with the J-343091 gauge screw in the gear carrier. Make sure that the drive pinion height gauge plate, J-34309-16, will turn a full 360°. Tighten
the two sections together by hand.
I
J
K
SPD199A
5.
Turn the assembly several times to seat the drive pinon bearings.
L
M
N
SPD770
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-355
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
6. Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge
anvil using Tool.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
: ST3127S000 (J-25765- A)
Turning torque specification:
1.0 - 1.6 N·m (0.11 - 0.16 kg-m, 9 - 14 in-lb)
PDIA0566E
7.
Place the J-34309-10 “R180A” drive pinion height adapter onto
the gauge plate and tighten it by hand.
CAUTION:
Make sure all machined surfaces are clean.
SPD208A
8.
Position the side bearing discs, Tool, and arbor firmly into the
side bearing bores. Install the side bearing caps and tighten the
side bearing cap bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
Tool number
:
—
(J-25269-18)
SPD211A
9.
Select the correct standard drive pinion height adjusting washer
thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in)
and your J-34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance
between the J-34309-10 drive pinion height adapter, including
the standard gauge and the arbor.
SPD204A
10. Write down the exact measurement (the value of feeler gauge).
SPD775
Revision: October 2008
DLN-356
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
11. Correct the drive pinion height adjusting washer size by referring
to the drive pinion “head number”.
There are two numbers painted on the drive pinion. The first
one refers to the drive pinion and drive gear as a matched
set. This number should be the same as the number on the
drive gear. The second number is the drive pinion “head
number”. It refers to the ideal drive pinion height from standard for quietest operation. Use the following chart to
determine the correct drive pinion height adjusting washer.
Head number
Add or remove from the standard drive pinion
height adjusting washer thickness measurement
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
Add 0.06 mm (0.0024 in)
Add 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Add 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
Add 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Add 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
Add 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
Use the selected washer thickness
Subtract 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
Subtract 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
Subtract 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Subtract 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
Subtract 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Subtract 0.06 mm (0.0024 in)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
B
C
SPD542
DLN
E
F
G
12. Select the correct drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
13. Remove the Tool from the gear carrier and disassemble to
retrieve the drive pinion bearings.
H
I
Tool number
:
—
(J-34309)
J
K
SPD205A
ASSEMBLY
L
Drive Pinion Assembly
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-357
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Install drive pinion rear bearing outer race and drive pinion front
bearing outer race using Tools.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)
B: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)
C: KV38100200 (J-26233)
CAUTION:
• First tap the drive pinion bearing outer race until it
becomes flush with the gear carrier.
• Do not reuse drive pinion front and rear bearing outer
race.
PDIA0707E
2.
3.
Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Install the selected drive pinion height adjusting washer to the
drive pinion. Press the drive pinion rear bearing inner race to it
using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
CAUTION:
• Install the drive pinion height adjusting washer in the
proper direction as shown.
• Do not reuse drive pinion rear bearing inner race.
SDIA0048E
4.
5.
6.
Install the collapsible spacer to the drive pinion.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse collapsible spacer.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion rear bearing, and
install the drive pinion assembly to the gear carrier.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion front bearing, and
install the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion front bearing inner race.
PDIA0708E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-358
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Press the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
as far as drive pinion lock nut can be tightened using Tool.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
: ST33200000 (J-26082)
B
C
PDIA0709E
8.
DLN
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new front oil seal. Then drive the new
front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tools.
Tool number
E
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new front oil seal.
F
G
PDIA0717E
H
9. Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
10. Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the drive pinion bearing preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
I
J
A: KV38108300 (J-44195)
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
K
Drive pinion bearing preload torque:
1.08 - 1.66 N·m (0.11 - 0.16 kg-m, 10 - 14 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
• If the drive pinion bearing preload torque exceeds the
specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it
again to adjust. Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to
adjust the drive pinion bearing preload torque.
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3
times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
L
M
N
WDIA0382E
P
11. Check companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
12. Install the differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Differential Assembly
Revision: October 2008
DLN-359
O
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the
ones installed prior to disassembly, or reinstall the old ones on
the side gears.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
SDIA0193J
2.
3.
Install the side gears and side gear thrust washers into the differential case.
Install the pinion mate thrust washers to the two pinion mate
gears. Then install the pinion mate gears with the pinion mate
thrust washers by aligning them in diagonally opposite positions
and rotating them into the differential case.
SDIA2025E
4.
5.
Install the pinion mate shaft and align the lock pin hole on the
pinion mate shaft with the lock pin hole on the differential case.
Measure the side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washers. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
SDIA0195J
6.
Drive a new lock pin into the pinion mate shaft until it is flush
with the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse lock pin.
SPD030
7.
Align the matching mark of the differential case with the mark of
the drive gear, then place the drive gear onto the differential
case.
SDIA2593E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-360
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
8.
Apply thread locking sealant into the threaded holes of the drive
gear and install the new drive gear bolts.
• Use Genuine High Strength Thread Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and
Sealants".
CAUTION:
Make sure the drive gear back and threaded holes are
clean.
A
B
C
SDIA2594E
9.
Tighten the new drive gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly". After tightening the
new drive gear bolts to the specified torque, tighten an additional
34° to 39° using Tool.
Tool number
DLN
E
: KV10112100-A (BT-8653-A)
F
CAUTION:
• Always use Tool. Avoid tightening based on visual check
alone.
• Tighten new drive gear bolts in a crisscross pattern.
G
AWBIA0722ZZ
10. Press the new side bearing inner races to the differential case
using Tools.
Tool number
H
A: ST33230000 (J-35867)
B: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
I
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing inner races.
J
SPD353
11. Install housing spacer into gear carrier.
12. Apply differential gear oil to the side bearings, and install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer races into
the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing outer race when replacing side
bearing inner race (replace as a set).
K
L
M
N
SPD527
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-361
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
13. Insert left and right original side bearing adjusting washers in
place between side bearings and gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
: KV38100600 (J-25267)
PDIA0706E
14. Install the side bearing caps with the matching marks aligned
and tighten the side bearing cap bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
PDIA0700E
15. Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new
side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
PDIA0711E
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new side oil seal.
16. Check and adjust tooth contact, backlash, drive gear runout and total preload torque. Refer to DLN-364,
"Inspection and Adjustment".
Recheck above items.
17. Apply a 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
18. Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
PDIA0712E
Differential side shaft
Revision: October 2008
DLN-362
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Press differential side shaft bearing to differential side shaft.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse differential side shaft bearing.
2. Install snap ring (differential side shaft side).
3. Install differential side shaft assembly into gear carrier.
4. Install snap ring (hole side).
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
A
B
C
PDIA0719E
DLN
5.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new
side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tools.
Tool number
E
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: ST27863000 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new side oil seal.
F
G
PDIA0828E
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-363
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937436
Applied model
VQ40DE
Final drive model
R180A
Gear ratio
3.357
Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion)
47/14
Differential gear oil capacity (Approx.)
0.85
Number of pinion gears
(1-3/4 US pt, 1-1/2 lmp pt)
2
Drive pinion adjustment spacer type
Collapsible
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000003937437
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Runout limit
Drive gear back face
0.08 (0.0031) or less
SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Side gear back clearance (Clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear backlash)
0.1 (0.004) or less
(Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive resistance
during differential motion.)
PRELOAD TORQUE
Unit: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Item
Specification
Drive pinion bearing preload torque
1.08 - 1.66 (0.11 - 0.16, 10 - 14)
Side bearing preload torque
0.59 - 1.08 (0.06 - 0.11, 6 - 9)
Total preload torque
(Total preload torque = drive pinion bearing preload torque + side
bearing preload torque).
1.67 - 2.74 (0.17 - 0.27, 15 - 24)
BACKLASH
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Drive gear to drive pinion backlash
0.10 - 0.15 (0.0039 - 0.0059)
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Runout limit
Companion flange face
0.1 (0.004) or less
Companion flange inner side
0.1 (0.004) or less
SELECTIVE PARTS
Drive Pinion Height Adjusting Washer
Revision: October 2008
DLN-364
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: R180A]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
3.09 (0.1217)
3.12 (0.1228)
3.15 (0.1240)
3.18 (0.1252)
3.21 (0.1264)
3.24 (0.1276)
3.27 (0.1287)
3.30 (0.1299)
3.33 (0.1311)
3.36 (0.1323)
38154 EA000
38154 EA001
38154 EA002
38154 EA003
38154 EA004
38154 EA005
38154 EA006
38154 EA007
38154 EA008
38154 EA009
3.39 (0.1335)
3.42 (0.1346)
3.45 (0.1358)
3.48 (0.1370)
3.51 (0.1382)
3.54 (0.1394)
3.57 (0.1406)
3.60 (0.1417)
3.63 (0.1429)
3.66 (0.1441)
38154 EA010
38154 EA011
38154 EA012
38154 EA013
38154 EA014
38154 EA015
38154 EA016
38154 EA017
38154 EA018
38154 EA019
A
B
C
DLN
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Side Gear Thrust Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
0.75 (0.0295)
0.78 (0.0307)
0.81 (0.0319)
0.84 (0.0331)
38424 W2010
38424 W2011
38424 W2012
38424 W2013
0.87 (0.0343)
0.90 (0.0354)
0.93 (0.0366)
0.96 (0.0378)
38424 W2014
38424 W2015
38424 W2016
38424 W2017
E
F
G
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Side Bearing Adjusting Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
1.95 (0.0768)
2.00 (0.0787)
2.05 (0.0807)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.15 (0.0846)
2.20 (0.0866)
2.25 (0.0886)
2.30 (0.0906)
38453 EA000
38453 EA001
38453 EA002
38453 EA003
38453 EA004
38453 EA005
38453 EA006
38453 EA007
2.35 (0.0925)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.45 (0.0965)
2.50 (0.0984)
2.55 (0.1004)
2.60 (0.1024)
2.65 (0.1043)
38453 EA008
38453 EA009
38453 EA010
38453 EA011
38453 EA012
38453 EA013
38453 EA014
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-365
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Servicing Front Final Drive
INFOID:0000000003937438
• Before starting diagnosis of the vehicle, understand the symptoms well. Perform correct and systematic
operations.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. When matching marks are required,
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, a dust proof area is recommended.
• Before disassembly, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from
entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly.
• Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components.
• Avoid using cotton gloves or a shop cloth to prevent the entering of lint.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and abnormal wear. Replace them
with new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the unit is disassembled.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow them dry.
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mating surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and
foreign materials from the application and mating surfaces.
• In principle, tighten nuts or bolts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If a
tightening sequence is specified, observe it.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque.
• Add new differential gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-purpose grease, as specified.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-366
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937439
B
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST35271000
( — )
Drift
Installing drive pinion front bearing outer
race.
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
C
DLN
E
ZZA0702D
F
Removing carrier cover
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
G
H
NT046
Installing front oil seal.
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
KV38100500
(J-25273)
Drift
I
J
ZZA0811D
• Removing side bearing inner race.
• Removing drive pinion rear bearing inner
race.
ST30021000
( — )
Puller
K
L
ZZA0700D
M
Installing side bearing inner race.
a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.
b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
c: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
KV38100300
(J-25523)
Drift
N
O
ZZA1046D
Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer race.
A: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
B: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
C: 35.2 mm (1.39 in) dia.
ST30901000
( — )
Drift
SDIA0217J
Revision: October 2008
DLN-367
2009 Pathfinder
P
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40104810
( — )
Drift
Installing drive pinion front bearing outer
race.
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
b: 55 mm (2.17 in) dia.
ZZA1003D
Installing front oil seal.
a: 90 mm (3.54 in) dia.
b: 55.3 mm (2.18 in) dia.
KV38102200
( — )
Drift
NT660
Removing and installing side bearing inner
race.
a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia.
b: 33.5 mm (1.32 in) dia.
ST33081000
( — )
Adapter
ZZA1000D
Removing and installing drive pinion nut.
KV38108300
(J-44195)
Companion flange wrench
NT771
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1. GG91030000
(J-25765)
Torque wrench
2. HT62940000
( — )
Socket adapter (1/2″)
3. HT62900000
( — )
Socket adapter (3/8″)
Inspecting drive pinion bearing preload and
total preload
NT124
Installing drive pinion rear bearing inner race.
—
(C-4040)
Installer
SDIA2607E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-368
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40105230
( — )
Drift
Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer race.
a: 92 mm (3.62 in) dia.
A
B
C
ZZA0898D
• Removing drive pinion front bearing outer
race
• Removing drive pinion rear bearing outer
race
—
(C-4171)
Handle
DLN
E
F
LDIA0134E
Removing drive pinion front bearing outer
race
—
(D-103)
Remover
G
H
LDIA0135E
Removing drive pinion rear bearing outer
race
—
(C-4307)
Remover
I
J
LDIA0135E
K
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937440
L
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
(SP8P)
Slide hammer
• Removing front oil seal
• Removing side oil seal
M
N
O
LDIA0133E
Power tool
Loosening bolts and nuts
P
PBIC0190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-369
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
DLN-378
DLN-378
DLN-378
DLN-371
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
FAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
Tooth surfaces worn
Incorrect backlash
Companion flange excessive runout
Gear oil improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
FRONT AXLE
FRONT SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
STEERING
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
DLN-370
DLN-307, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-378
Noise
Gear contact improper
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
DLN-378
Reference page
Gear tooth rough
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000003937441
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×: Applicable
2009 Pathfinder
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
A
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
Changing Differential Gear Oil
INFOID:0000000003937442
B
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop the engine.
C
Remove the drain plug from the front final drive assembly to drain the differential gear oil.
Install the drain plug with sealant applied on the threads to the front final drive assembly. Tighten to the
DLN
specified torque. Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
E
FILLING
1.
2.
Remove the filler plug from the front final drive assembly.
Fill the front final drive assembly with new differential gear oil
until the level reaches the specified level near the filler plug hole.
Differential gear oil
grade and capacity
3.
F
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids
and Lubricants".
G
Install the filler plug with sealant applied on the threads to the
front final drive assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer
to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
H
LDIA0176E
I
Checking Differential Gear Oil
INFOID:0000000003937443
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL LEAKAGE AND LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
J
Make sure that differential gear oil is not leaking from the front final drive assembly or around it.
Check the differential gear oil level from the filler plug hole as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking differential gear oil level.
Install the filler plug with sealant applied on the threads to the
front final drive assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer
to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Use High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to
GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
K
L
M
LDIA0176E
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-371
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937444
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-376, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the differential side shaft and differential side flange
using suitable tool.
BDIA0006E
3.
Place a small hole in the side oil seal case using suitable tool.
LDIA0129E
4.
Remove the side oil seal using Tool as shown.
Tool number
: SP8P
LDIA0130E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new side oil seal in evenly to
the gear carrier using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-371.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-372
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
FRONT OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937445
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B
Remove the drive shafts from the front final drive assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "VQ40DE : Removal and
Installation".
Remove the front propeller shaft from the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and C
Installation".
Measure the total preload torque. Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
DLN
NOTE:
Record the total preload torque measurement.
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
E
Tool number
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
F
G
BDIA0001E
H
6.
Remove companion flange using suitable tool.
I
J
K
LDIA0171E
7.
Place a small hole in the front oil seal case using suitable tool.
L
M
N
LDIA0129E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-373
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
8. Remove the front oil seal using Tool as shown.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
: SP8P
LDIA0130E
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil seal.
Then drive the new front oil seal in evenly to the gear carrier
using Tool.
Tool number
: KV38100500 (J-25273)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil
seal.
BDIA0003E
2.
3.
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the total preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
A: KV38108300 (J-44195)
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
4.
Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• The total preload torque should be within the total preload
torque specification. When not replacing the collapsible
spacer, it should also be equal to the measurement taken during removal plus an additional 0.56 N·m (0.06 Kg-m, 5 in-lb).
• If the total preload torque is low, tighten the drive pinion lock
nut in 6.8 N·m (0.69 Kg-m, 5ft-lb) increments until the total preload torque is met.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
WDIA0381E
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the total preload torque. If the drive pinion lock nut
torque or the total preload torque exceeds the specifications, replace the collapsible spacer and
tighten it again to adjust. Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-371.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-374
2009 Pathfinder
CARRIER COVER
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
CARRIER COVER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937446
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-376, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
C
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
DLN
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
E
PDIA0699E
F
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Apply 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-378, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
SDIA3204E
Install the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-376,
"Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fill the front final drive assembly with recommended differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-371.
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-375
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937447
AWDIA0019GB
1.
Front final drive assembly
2.
Front cross member
Front
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Drain the differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-371.
Remove the drive shafts from the front final drive assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "VQ40DE : Removal and
Installation".
Remove the front cross member.
Remove the front propeller shaft from the front final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-309, "Removal and
Installation".
Disconnect the vent hose from the front final drive assembly.
Support the front final drive assembly using a suitable jack.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-376
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
7. Remove the front final drive assembly bolts, then remove the
front final drive assembly.
CAUTION:
Support the front final drive assembly while removing using
a suitable jack.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
A
B
C
BDIA0008E
DLN
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose caused by folding or bending when installing it.
• Fill the front final drive assembly with differential gear oil after installation. Refer to DLN-371.
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-377
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937448
COMPONENTS
AWDIA0020GB
1.
Side bearing adjuster
2.
Side bearing
3.
Side gear thrust washer
4.
Side gear
5.
Lock pin
6.
Pinion mate thrust washer
7.
Pinion mate gear
8.
Pinion mate shaft
9.
Drive pinion
10. Drive pinion height adjusting
washer
11. Drive pinion rear bearing
12. Collapsible spacer
13. Breather tube
14. Differential side flange
15. Dust shield
16. Circular clip
17. Side oil seal
18. Drive pinion front bearing
19. Front oil seal
20. Companion flange
21. Drive pinion lock nut
22. Drain plug
23. Differential side shaft
24. Differential side shaft bearing
25. Extension tube
26. O-ring
27. Gear carrier
Revision: October 2008
DLN-378
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
28. Plate
29. Differential case
30. Drive gear
31. Side bearing cap
32. Filler plug
33. Carrier cover
34. Bushing
35. Bearing
36
37
A
Screw
Dowel pin
B
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
• Drain the differential gear oil before inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-371.
• Remove and install the carrier cover as necessary for inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-375.
C
Total Preload Torque
1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the differential side shaft and differential side flange if necessary.
CAUTION:
DLN
The differential side shaft and differential side flange must be installed in order to measure total
preload torque.
Rotate the drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction.
E
Rotate the drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearings.
Measure total preload torque using Tool.
F
Tool number
: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
2.98 - 4.76 N·m (0.31 - 0.48 kg-m, 27 - 42 in-lb)
G
NOTE:
Total preload torque = Drive pinion bearing preload torque +
Side bearing preload torque
H
PDIA0697E
I
• If the measured value is out of the specification, check and adjust each part. Adjust the drive pinion
bearing preload torque first, then adjust the side bearing preload torque.
J
If the total preload torque is greater than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer.
On side bearings:
Loosen the side bearing adjuster by the same amount on each
side.
If the total preload torque is less than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut.
On side bearings:
Tighten the side bearing adjuster by the same amount on each
side.
K
L
M
Drive Gear Runout
1.
2.
N
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face.
Rotate the drive gear to measure runout.
Runout limit:
O
0.08 mm (0.0031 in) or less
• If the runout is outside of the limit, check the condition of the drive
gear assembly. Foreign material may be caught between the drive
gear and differential case, or the differential case or drive gear may
be deformed.
CAUTION:
Replace drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
P
SPD886
Tooth Contact
Revision: October 2008
DLN-379
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Apply red lead to the drive gear.
NOTE:
Apply red lead to both faces of three to four gears, at four locations evenly spaced on the drive gear.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
SPD357
2.
Rotate the drive gear back and forth several times. Then check
for correct drive pinion to drive gear tooth contact as shown.
CAUTION:
Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side.
SDIA0570E
3.
If the tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure
below to adjust the drive pinion height (dimension X).
SDIA0517E
• If the tooth contact is near the face (face contact), or near the heel
(heel contact), use a thicker drive pinion height adjusting washer to
move drive pinion closer to the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-395, "Inspection and Adjustment".
PDIA0440E
• If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the toe
(toe contact), use a thinner drive pinion height adjusting washer to
move the drive pinion farther from the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-395, "Inspection and Adjustment".
PDIA0441E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-380
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Backlash
1.
A
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash.
Backlash:
0.13 - 0.18 mm (0.0051 - 0.0071 in)
B
C
SPD513
• If the backlash is outside of the specification, adjust each side
bearing adjuster.
E
If the backlash is greater than specification:
Loosen side bearing adjuster A and tighten side bearing adjuster B by the same amount.
If the backlash is less than specification:
Loosen side bearing adjuster B and tighten side bearing adjuster A by the same amount.
CAUTION:
Do not change the side bearing adjusters by different
amounts as it will change the side bearing preload torque.
F
G
SDIA2262E
H
Companion Flange Runout
1.
I
Rotate companion flange and check for runout on the companion flange face (inner side of the bolt holes) and companion
flange inner side (socket diameter) using suitable tool.
J
Runout limit
Companion flange face:
0.10 mm (0.0039 in)
Companion flange inner side: 0.13 mm (0.0051 in)
2.
a.
b.
c.
DLN
K
If the runout is outside the runout limit, follow the procedure
below to adjust.
SDIA2078E
Rotate the companion flange on the drive pinion by 90°, 180°
and 270° while checking for the position where the runout is minimum.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after the companion flange has been rotated on the drive pinion, possible cause could be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and drive pinion bearing or a malfunctioning drive pinion bearing.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after repair of the assembly of drive pinion and drive pinion
bearing or drive pinion bearing, replace the companion flange.
L
M
N
DISASSEMBLY
O
Differential Assembly
1.
Drain the differential gear oil if necessary.
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-381
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Remove the differential side shaft and differential side flange
using suitable tool.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
BDIA0006E
3.
Remove the extension tube and O-ring from the gear carrier.
SDIA3205E
4.
Place a small hole in the side oil seal case using suitable tool.
LDIA0129E
5.
Remove the side oil seal using Tool as shown.
Tool number
:
—
SP8P
LDIA0130E
6.
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
PDIA0699E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-382
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one side of
the side bearing cap and gear carrier.
CAUTION:
• For matching marks, use paint. Do not damage side bearing cap or gear carrier.
• Side bearing caps are line-board during manufacture. The
matching marks are used to reinstall them in their original
positions.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
A
B
C
PDIA0700E
DLN
8.
Remove the side bearing caps.
E
F
G
PDIA0701E
9.
Remove the side bearing adjuster.
H
I
J
SDIA2230E
10. Lift the differential case assembly out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Keep side bearing outer races together with side bearing
inner races. Do not mix them up.
K
L
M
N
SPD527
O
11. Remove side bearing inner race using Tools as shown.
Tool number
A: ST33081000 ( —
B: ST30021000 ( —
)
)
CAUTION:
• Do not remove side bearing inner race unless it is being
replaced.
• Place copper plates between the vise and the side bearing
inner race and drive gear to prevent damage.
• Engage puller jaws in groove to prevent damage to bearing.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-383
P
SDIA2237E
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Keep side bearing outer races together with side bearing
inner races. Do not mix them up.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
SPD022
12. For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on the differential
case and drive gear.
CAUTION:
Use paint for matching marks. Do not damage differential
case or drive gear.
13. Remove the drive gear bolts.
14. Tap the drive gear off the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending.
PDIA0496E
15. Remove the lock pin of the pinion mate shaft from the drive gear
side using suitable tool.
SPD025
16. Remove the pinion mate shaft.
SDIA0031J
17. Turn the pinion mate gear, then remove the pinion mate gear,
pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust
washer from the differential case.
SDIA0032J
Revision: October 2008
DLN-384
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
2.
Tool number
3.
A
Remove the differential assembly. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
B
: KV38108300 (J-44195)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
C
DLN
PDIA0702E
4.
E
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
F
G
PDIA0703E
5.
Press the drive pinion assembly (with rear inner bearing race
and collapsible spacer) out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not drop drive pinion assembly.
H
I
J
K
SDIA2234E
6.
L
Remove the drive pinion rear bearing inner race and drive pinion
height adjusting washer using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30021000 (
—
M
)
N
O
S-PD179
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-385
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Place a small hole in the front oil seal case using suitable tool.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
LDIA0129E
8.
Remove the front oil seal using Tool as shown.
Tool number
:
—
SP8P
LDIA0130E
9. Remove the drive pinion front bearing inner race.
10. Remove the drive pinion front bearing outer race using Tool as
shown. Locate the driver on the back edge of the drive pinion
front bearing outer race, then drive the drive pinion front bearing
outer race out.
Tool number
A:
B:
—
—
C-4171
D-103
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
LDIA0131E
11. Remove the drive pinion rear bearing outer race using Tool as
shown. Locate the driver on the back edge of the drive pinion
rear bearing outer race, then drive the drive pinion rear bearing
outer race out.
Tool number
A:
B:
—
—
C-4171
C-4307
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
LDIA0132E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Clean the disassembled parts. Then inspect the parts for wear or damage. If wear or damage are found, follow
the measures below.
Drive Pinion and Drive Gear
• If the drive pinion and drive gear teeth do not mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust,
repair, or replace as necessary.
• If the drive pinion or drive gear are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably,
replace with new drive pinion and drive gear.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-386
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Drive pinion and drive gear are supplied in matched sets only. Matching numbers on both drive pinion and
drive gear are etched for verification. If a new drive pinion and drive gear set are being used, verify the numbers of each drive pinion and drive gear before proceeding with assembly.
Bearing
• If bearings are chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted, scratched, or unusual noise is coming from bearing,
replace with new bearing assembly (as a new set).
• Bearing must be replaced with a new one whenever disassembled.
A
B
C
Side Gear and Pinion Mate Gear
• If any cracks or damage are found on the surface of the teeth, replace with new one.
• If any worn or chipped marks are found on the side of the side gear and pinion mate gear which contact the
thrust washer, replace with new one.
DLN
• Replace both side gear and pinion mate gear as a set when replacing side gear or pinion mate gear.
Side Gear Thrust Washer and Pinion Mate Thrust Washer
• If any chips (by friction), damage, or unusual wear are found, replace with new one.
E
Gear Carrier
• If any wear or cracks are found on the contact sides of gear carrier, replace with new one.
Companion Flange
• If any chips (about 0.1mm, 0.004 in) or other damage on the companion flange surface which contacts the
front oil seal lips are found, replace with new one.
F
G
ADJUSTING AND SELECTING WASHERS
Side Gear Back Clearance
• Assemble the differential parts if they are disassembled. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly"
1. Place the differential case straight up so that the side gear to be
measured is upward.
H
I
J
K
PDIA0460E
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-387
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Using feeler gauges, measure the clearance between the side
gear back and differential case at three different points, while
rotating the side gear. Average the three readings to calculate
the clearance. (Measure the clearance of the other side as well.)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
Side gear back clearance: 0.20 mm (0.0079 in) or less
• If the side gear back clearance is outside of the specification,
use a thicker or thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust.
Refer to DLN-395, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the side gear back clearance is greater than
specification:
Use a thicker side gear thrust washer.
If the side gear back clearance is less than specification:
Use a thinner side gear thrust washer.
CAUTION:
• Insert feeler gauges with the same thickness on both
sides to prevent side gear from tilting.
• Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive
resistance during differential motion.
PDIA0576E
• Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually.
NOTE:
Side gear back clearance is clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear
backlash.
Drive Pinion Height
• Drive gear and drive pinion are supplied in matched sets only.
Matching numbers on both drive pinion and drive gear are etched
for verification. If a new gear set is being used, verify the numbers
of each drive pinion and drive gear before proceeding with assembly.
SDIA2241E
• The mounting distance from the centerline of the drive gear to the back face of the drive pinion for the M205
final drive assembly is 103.5 mm (4.0748 inches).
On the button end of each drive pinion, there is etched a plus (+) number, a minus (-) number, or a zero (0),
which indicates the best running position for each particular gear set. This dimension is controlled by a
selective drive pinion height adjusting washer between the drive pinion rear bearing inner race and drive pinion.
For example: If a drive pinion is etched m+8 (+3), it would require 0.08 mm (0.003 inch) less drive pinion
height adjusting washer than a drive pinion etched “0”. This means decreasing drive pinion height adjusting
washer thickness; increases the mounting distance of the drive pinion to 103.6 mm (4.0778 inches). If a
drive pinion is etched m-8 (-3), it would require adding 0.08mm (0.003 inch) more to the drive pinion height
adjusting washer than would be required if the drive pinion were etched “0”. By adding 0.08 mm (0.003 inch),
the mounting distance of the drive pinion was decreased to 103.4 mm (4.0718 inches) which is just what a
m-8 (-3) etching indicated.
• To change the drive pinion height, use different drive pinion height adjusting washers which come in different
thickness.
• Use the following tables as a guide for selecting the correct drive pinion height adjusting washer thickness to
add or subtract from the old drive pinion height adjusting washer.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-388
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
OLD DRIVE
PINION
MARKING
NEW DRIVE PINION MARKING mm (in)
A
-10 (-4)
-8 (-3)
-5 (-2)
-3 (-1)
0 (0)
+3 (+1)
+5 (+2)
+8 (+3)
+10 (+4)
+10 (+4)
+0.20
(+0.008)
+0.18
(+0.007)
+0.15
(+0.006)
+0.13
(+0.005)
+0.10
(+0.004)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
+8 (+3)
+0.18
(+0.007)
+0.15
(+0.006)
+0.13
(+0.005)
+0.10
(+0.004)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
+5 (+2)
+0.15
(+0.006)
+0.13
(+0.005)
+0.10
(+0.004)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
+3 (+1)
+0.13
(+0.005)
+0.10
(+0.004)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
0 (0)
+0.10
(+0.004)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
-0.10
(-0.004)
-3 (-1)
+0.08
(+0.003)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
-0.10
(-0.004)
-0.13
(-0.005)
-5 (-2)
+0.05
(+0.002)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
-0.10
(-0.004)
-0.13
(-0.005)
-0.15
(-0.006)
-8 (-3)
+0.02
(+0.001)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
-0.10
(-0.004)
-0.13
(-0.005)
-0.15
(-0.006)
-0.18
(-0.007)
-10 (-4)
0
(0)
-0.02
(-0.001)
-0.05
(-0.002)
-0.08
(-0.003)
-0.10
(-0.004)
-0.13
(-0.005)
-0.15
(-0.006)
-0.18
(-0.007)
-0.20
(-0.008)
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
ASSEMBLY
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
Install drive pinion rear bearing outer race using Tools.
Tool number
I
A: ST30901000 ( — )
B: KV40105230 ( — )
J
K
SDIA2251E
2.
L
Install drive pinion front bearing outer race using Tools.
Tool number
M
A: ST35271000 ( — )
B: KV40104810 ( — )
N
O
SDIA2252E
3.
Select drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-389
2009 Pathfinder
P
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Install the selected drive pinion height adjusting washer to the
drive pinion. Press the drive pinion rear bearing inner race to it
using Tool.
Tool number
:
—
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
C-4040
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion rear bearing inner race.
SDIA2253E
5.
6.
7.
Install the collapsible spacer to the drive pinion.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse collapsible spacer.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion rear bearing, and
install the drive pinion assembly to the gear carrier.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion front bearing, and
install the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion front bearing inner race.
PDIA0708E
8.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil seal.
Then drive the new front oil seal in evenly using Tools.
Tool number
A: KV38100500 (J-25273)
B: KV38102200 ( — )
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil
seal.
9.
PDIA0717E
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the
matching marks. Tap the companion flange until fully seated
using suitable tool.
SDIA2266E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-390
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the drive pinion bearing preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
A
B
A: KV38108300 (J-44195)
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
C
Drive pinion bearing preload torque:
2.3 - 3.4 N·m (24 - 34 kg-cm, 21 - 30 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
• If the drive pinion bearing preload torque exceeds the
specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it
again to adjust. Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to
adjust the drive pinion bearing preload torque.
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3
times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
DLN
E
F
G
WDIA0382E
H
11. Check companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection and Adjustment".
12. Install the differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
I
Differential Assembly
1.
Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the
ones installed prior to disassembly, or reinstall the old ones on
the side gears.
J
K
L
SDIA0193J
2.
3.
M
Install the side gears and side gear thrust washers into the differential case.
Install the pinion mate thrust washers to the two pinion mate
gears. Then install the pinion mate gears with the pinion mate
thrust washers by aligning them in diagonally opposite positions
and rotating them into the differential case.
N
O
P
SDIA2025E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-391
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Install the pinion mate shaft and align the lock pin hole on the
pinion mate shaft with the lock pin hole on the differential case.
5. Measure the side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washers. Refer to DLN-364, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
SDIA0195J
6.
Drive a new lock pin into the pinion mate shaft until it is flush
with the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse lock pin.
SPD030
7.
Align the matching mark of the differential case with the mark of
the drive gear, then place the drive gear onto the differential
case.
SDIA2593E
8.
Install and tighten the new drive gear bolts to the specified
torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
• Make sure the drive gear back and threaded holes are
clean.
• Do not reuse drive gear bolts.
• Tighten new drive gear bolts in a crisscross pattern.
SDIA2239E
9.
Press the new side bearing inner races to the differential case
using Tools.
Tool number
A: KV38100300 (J-25523)
B: ST33081000 ( — )
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing inner races.
SPD353
Revision: October 2008
DLN-392
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Install side bearing adjusters into gear carrier.
11. Apply differential gear oil to the side bearings, and install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer races into
the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing outer race when replacing side
bearing inner race (replace as a set).
A
B
C
DLN
SPD527
12. Install the side bearing caps with the matching marks aligned.
NOTE:
Do not tighten at this step. This allows further tightening of side
bearing adjusters.
E
F
G
PDIA0700E
H
13. Tighten each side bearing adjuster alternately turning drive gear.
I
J
K
SDIA2265E
14. Check and adjust tooth contact, backlash, drive gear runout and total preload torque. Refer to DLN-364,
"Inspection and Adjustment".
Recheck above items.
• After adjusting tooth contact and backlash secure side bearing
adjuster with screws and tighten side bearing cap bolt to the
specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and Assembly".
L
M
N
O
SDIA2263E
P
15. Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new side oil seal in evenly to
the gear carrier using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-393
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
16. Install the extension tube with a new O-ring.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse O-ring.
• If the extension tube is being replaced, install a new axle
shaft bearing.
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
SDIA3205E
17. Apply 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
18. Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-345, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
19. Install side shaft and side flange.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-394
SDIA3204E
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937449
Applied model
VK56DE
Final drive model
M205
Gear ratio
2.937
Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion)
47/16
Differential gear oil capacity (Approx.)
1.6
Number of pinion gears
C
DLN
(3 3/8 US pt, 2 7/8 Imp pt)
2
Drive pinion adjustment spacer type
B
E
Collapsible
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000003937450
F
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
G
Runout limit
Drive gear back face
0.08 (0.0031) or less
SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
H
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Side gear back clearance (Clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear backlash)
0.20 (0.0079) or less
(Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive resistance
during differential motion.)
I
J
PRELOAD TORQUE
Unit: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Item
Specification
Drive pinion bearing preload torque
K
2.3 - 3.4 (0.23 - 0.35, 21 - 31)
Total preload torque
(Total preload torque = drive pinion bearing preload torque + side
bearing preload torque).
2.98 - 4.76 (0.31 - 0.48, 27 - 42)
L
BACKLASH
Unit: mm (in)
Item
M
Specification
Drive gear to drive pinion backlash
0.13 - 0.18 (0.0051 - 0.0071)
N
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
O
Runout limit
Companion flange face
0.10 (0.0039) or less
Companion flange inner side
0.13 (0.0051) or less
P
SELECTIVE PARTS
Drive Pinion Height Adjusting Washer
Revision: October 2008
DLN-395
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[FRONT FINAL DRIVE: M205]
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Package part number*
1.22 (0.048)
1.24 (0.049)
1.27 (0.050)
1.30 (0.051)
1.32 (0.052)
38154 8S111
1.35 (0.053)
1.37 (0.054)
1.40 (0.055)
1.42 (0.056)
1.45 (0.057)
38154 8S112
1.47 (0.058)
1.50 (0.059)
1.52 (0.060)
1.55 (0.061)
1.57 (0.062)
38154 8S113
1.60 (0.063)
1.63 (0.064)
1.65 (0.065)
1.68 (0.066)
1.70 (0.067)
38154 8S114
1.73 (0.068)
1.75 (0.069)
1.78 (0.070)
1.80 (0.071)
1.83 (0.072)
38154 8S115
*Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Side Gear Thrust Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Package part number*
0.76 (0.030)
0.79 (0.031)
0.81 (0.032)
0.84 (0.033)
0.87 (0.034)
38424 8S111
0.89 (0.035)
0.91 (0.036)
0.94 (0.037)
0.97 (0.038)
0.99 (0.039)
38424 8S112
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-396
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Servicing Rear Final Drive
INFOID:0000000003937451
B
• Before starting diagnosis of the vehicle, understand the symptoms well. Perform correct and systematic
operations.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. When matching marks are required, C
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, a dust proof area is recommended.
• Before disassembly, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from DLN
entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly.
• Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components.
• Avoid using cotton gloves or a shop cloth to prevent the entering of lint.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and abnormal wear. Replace them E
with new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the unit is disassembled.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow them dry.
F
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mating surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and
foreign materials from the application and mating surfaces.
• In principle, tighten nuts or bolts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If a G
tightening sequence is specified, observe it.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque.
• Add new differential gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-purpose grease, as specified.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-397
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937452
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40104000
(
—
)
Flange wrench
Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
a: 85 mm (3.35 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
NT659
Removing front oil seal
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
ZZA0601D
• Installing front oil seal
• Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer
race
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia.
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia.
ST30720000
(J-25405)
Drift
ZZA0811D
Removing side flange
ST36230000
(J-25840-A)
Sliding hammer
ZZA0803D
Removing side flange
KV40104100
(
—
)
Attachment
ZZA0804D
Installing side oil seal
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
KV38100200
(J-26233)
Drift
ZZA1143D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-398
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV38107900
(J-39352)
Protector
Installing side flange
A
B
C
S-NT129
DLN
Securing unit assembly
a: 541 mm (21.30 in)
b: 200 mm (7.87 in)
KV38100800
(J-25604-01)
Attachment
E
F
SDIA0267E
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1: GG91030000
(J-25765)
Torque wrench
2: HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (1/2″)
3: HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (3/8″)
Measuring drive pinion bearing preload torque
and total preload torque
G
H
NT124
I
Removing carrier cover
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
J
K
S-NT046
ST3306S001
(
—
)
Differential side bearing puller set
1: ST33051001
(J-22888-20)
Puller
2: ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Base
Removing and installing side bearing inner
race
a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
L
M
N
NT072
Removing drive pinion rear bearing inner race
ST30031000
(J-22912-01)
Puller
O
P
ZZA0700D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-399
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40105230
(
—
)
Drift
Installing drive pinion rear bearing outer race
a: 92 mm (3.62 in) dia.
b: 86 mm (3.39 in) dia.
c: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
PDIA0591E
Installing drive pinion front bearing outer race
(Use with ST30613000)
ST30611000
(J-25742-1)
Drift bar
S-NT090
Installing drive pinion front bearing outer race
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 48 mm (1.89 in) dia.
ST30613000
(J-25742-3)
Drift
ZZA1000D
Installing side bearing inner race
a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.
b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
c: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
KV38100300
(J-25523)
Drift
ZZA1046D
Installing drive pinion rear bearing inner race
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
ST30901000
(J-26010-01)
Drift
ZZA0978D
Removing differential case assembly
HT72400000
( — )
Slide hammer
S-NT125
Measuring turning torque
—
(J-8129)
Spring gauge
NT127
Revision: October 2008
DLN-400
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-34309)
Differential shim selector tool
Adjusting drive pinion bearing preload and
drive pinion height
A
B
C
NT134
Selecting drive pinion height adjusting washer
—
(J-25269-4)
Side bearing disc (2 Req'd)
DLN
E
F
NT136
Tightening bolts for drive gear
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
G
H
NT014
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937453
Tool name
Description
Spacer
Installing drive pinion front bearing inner race
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
c: 30 mm (1.18 in)
I
J
K
L
ZZA1133D
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
M
N
PBIC0190E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-401
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
DLN-413
DLN-413
DLN-432
Tooth surfaces worn
Backlash incorrect
Companion flange excessive runout
Gear oil improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
DLN-402
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
REAR SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
STEERING
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
REAR AXLE
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
MA-12
DLN-413
Noise
Gear contact improper
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
DLN-413
Reference page
Gear tooth rough
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
INFOID:0000000003937454
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
×: Applicable
×
×
×
×
×
×
2009 Pathfinder
DESCRIPTION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DESCRIPTION
A
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000003937455
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
WDIA0119E
1.
Side flange
2.
Pinion mate gear
3.
Drive gear
4.
Pinion mate shaft
5.
Differential case
6.
Side bearing
7.
Drive pinion
8.
Drive pinion front bearing
9.
Companion flange
10. Collapsible spacer
11. Drive pinion rear bearing
J
12. Side gear
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-403
2009 Pathfinder
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
Changing Differential Gear Oil
INFOID:0000000003937456
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop the engine.
Remove the drain plug and gasket from the rear final drive
assembly to drain the differential gear oil.
Install the drain plug with a new gasket to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
LDIA0162E
FILLING
1.
2.
Remove the filler plug and gasket from the rear final drive assmebly.
Fill the rear final drive assembly with new differential gear oil
until the level reaches the specified level near the filler plug hole.
Differential gear oil
grade and capacity
3.
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and
Lubricants".
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Checking Differential Gear Oil
LDIA0163E
INFOID:0000000003937457
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
Make sure that differential gear oil is not leaking from the rear final drive assembly or around it.
Check the differential gear oil level from the filler plug hole as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking differential gear oil level.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
LDIA0163E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-404
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
A
FRONT OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937458
B
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the drive shafts from the rear final drive assembly. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
C
Remove the side flanges and side oil seals. Refer to DLN-407, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation" (2S1330) or DLN-326,
DLN
"Removal and Installation" (2S1350).
Measure the total preload torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
NOTE:
Record the total preload torque measurement.
E
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
6.
: KV40104000 (
—
)
F
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
G
H
SDIA1142E
7.
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
I
J
K
SDIA1054E
8.
L
Remove the front oil seal using Tool.
Tool number
M
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
N
O
SDIA0485E
INSTALLATION
Revision: October 2008
P
DLN-405
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new front oil seal. Then drive the new
front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tool.
Tool number
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new front oil seal.
2.
3.
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the total preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
A: KV40104000 ( — )
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
4.
PDIA0565E
Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
• The total preload torque should be within the total preload
torque specification. When not replacing the collapsible
spacer, it should also be equal to the measurement taken during removal plus an additional 0.56 N·m (0.06 Kg-m, 5 in-lb).
• If the total preload torque is low, tighten the drive pinion lock
nut in 6.8 N·m (0.69 Kg-m, 5ft-lb) increments until the total preload torque is met.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
WDIA0380E
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the total preload torque. If the total preload torque
exceeds the specifications, replace the collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Refer to
DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-404, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-406
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
SIDE OIL SEAL
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937459
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
B
Remove the rear wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-129, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive shaft from the rear final drive assembly. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the side flange using Tools.
Tool numbers
A: KV40104100 ( — )
B: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)
C
DLN
NOTE:
Circular clip installation position: Rear final drive side
E
F
WDIA0115E
4.
Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage gear carrier.
G
H
I
SDIA0495E
J
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new
side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tool.
Tool number
K
L
: KV38100200 (J-26233)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new side oil seal.
M
SDIA0496E
N
2.
a.
Install the side flange using Tool.
Install the Tool to the side oil seal as shown.
O
Tool number
b.
c.
3.
: KV38107900 (J-39352)
Insert the side flange until the serrated part of the side flange
has engaged the serrated part of the side gear and remove the
Tool.
Drive in the side flange using suitable tool.
NOTE:
Installation is completed when the driving sound of the side
flange turns into a sound which seems to affect the whole rear
final drive assembly.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-407
P
SDIA0822E
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-404, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-408
2009 Pathfinder
CARRIER COVER
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
CARRIER COVER
A
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937460
REMOVAL
1.
2.
B
Remove the rear final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-410, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
C
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
DLN
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
E
WDIA0123E
F
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Apply a 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
WDIA0282E
Install the rear final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-410, "Removal
and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fill the rear final drive assembly with recommended differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-404,
"Changing Differential Gear Oil".
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-409
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
REAR FINAL DRIVE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937461
COMPONENTS
Rear Final Drive
WDIA0383E
1.
Rear final drive assembly
2.
4.
Lower stopper
⇐: Front
Revision: October 2008
Upper stopper
DLN-410
3.
Washer
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
Rear Final Drive Breather Hose
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
LDIA0166E
1.
Breather hose
2.
Plastic connectors
4.
Metal connector
5.
Paint mark
3.
Rear final drive assembly
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
P
Remove the spare tire.
Drain the differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-404, "Changing Differential Gear Oil".
Remove the rear stabilizer bar. Refer to RSU-22, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-411
O
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
5. Remove the rear drive shafts from the rear final drive assembly
and support them using suitable wire. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal
and Installation".
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
LDIA0164E
6.
7.
Disconnect the breather hose from the rear final drive assembly.
Remove the rear wheel sensors. Refer to BRC-129, "Removal and Installation".
8.
Place a suitable jack under the rear final drive assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not place the jack on the carrier cover.
Remove the nuts and bolts and remove the rear final drive
assembly.
CAUTION:
Secure rear final drive assembly to the jack while removing
it.
9.
WDIA0117E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When installing the breather hose make sure the painted marking on the metal end of breather hose
is to the front of the vehicle and there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose
caused by folding or bending when installing it.
• Make sure the breather hose plastic connectors are in the appropriate holes.
• Fill the front final drive assembly with differential gear oil after installation. Refer to DLN-404,
"Changing Differential Gear Oil".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-412
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
A
REAR FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937462
B
COMPONENTS
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
WDIA0295E
O
1.
Drive pinion lock nut
2.
Companion flange
3.
Front oil seal
4.
Drive pinion front bearing
5.
Gear carrier
6.
Side oil seal
7.
Side flange
8.
Collapsible spacer
9.
Drive pinion rear bearing
10. Drive pinion height adjusting
washer
11. Drive pinion
12. Side bearing adjusting washer
13. Side bearing
14. Side gear thrust washer
15. Circular clip
16. Side gear
17. Lock pin
18. Pinion mate gear
19. Pinion mate thrust washer
20. Pinion mate shaft
21. Drive gear
22. Differential case
23. Side bearing cap
24. Filler plug
25. Gasket
26. Carrier cover
27. Drain plug
Revision: October 2008
DLN-413
2009 Pathfinder
P
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
• Drain the differential gear oil before inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-404, "Changing Differential
Gear Oil".
• Remove and install the carrier cover as necessary for inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-409,
"Removal and Installation".
Total Preload Torque
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the side flanges if necessary. Refer to DLN-407, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
The side flanges shaft must removed in order to measure total preload torque.
Rotate the drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction.
Rotate the drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearings.
Measure total preload torque using Tool.
Tool number
: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Total preload torque:
2.84 - 3.75 N·m (0.29 - 0.38 kg-m, 26 - 33 in-lb)
NOTE:
Total preload torque = Drive pinion bearing preload torque +
Side bearing preload torque
SPD884
• If the measured value is out of the specification, check and adjust each part. Adjust the drive pinion
bearing preload torque first, then adjust the side bearing preload torque.
If the total preload torque is greater than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer.
On side bearings:
Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the total preload torque is less than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut.
On side bearings:
Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually.
Drive Gear Runout
1.
2.
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face.
Rotate the drive gear to measure runout.
Runout limit
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
• If the runout is outside of the limit, check the condition of the drive
gear assembly. Foreign material may be caught between the drive
gear and differential case, or the differential case or drive gear may
be deformed.
CAUTION:
Replace drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
SPD886
Tooth Contact
Revision: October 2008
DLN-414
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Apply red lead to the drive gear.
NOTE:
Apply red lead to both faces of three to four gears, at four locations evenly spaced on the drive gear.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
B
C
SPD357
DLN
2.
Rotate the drive gear back and forth several times. Then check
for correct drive pinion to drive gear tooth contact as shown.
CAUTION:
Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side.
E
F
G
SDIA0570E
3.
If the tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure
below to adjust the pinion height (dimension X).
H
I
J
SDIA0517E
• If the tooth contact is near the face (face contact), or near the heel
(heel contact), use a thicker drive pinion height adjusting washers
to move the drive pinion closer to the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
K
L
M
N
PDIA0440E
O
• If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the toe
(toe contact), use a thinner drive pinion height adjusting washers to
move the drive pinion farther from the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
P
PDIA0441E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-415
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Backlash
1.
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash.
Backlash:
0.10 - 0.15 mm (0.0039 - 0.0059 in)
• If the backlash is outside of the specification, change the thickness
of the side bearing adjusting washers.
If the backlash is greater than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thicker on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thinner on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
If the backlash is less than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thinner on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thicker on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
SPD513
CAUTION:
Do not change the total thickness of side bearing adjusting washers as it will change the side bearing
preload torque.
Companion Flange Runout
1.
Rotate companion flange and check for runout on the outer face
of the companion flange using suitable tool.
Runout limit
2.
a.
b.
c.
: 0.08 mm (0.0031 in) or less
If the runout is outside of the runout limit, follow the procedure
below to adjust.
Rotate the companion flange on the drive pinion by 90°, 180°
and 270° while checking for the position where the runout is
minimum.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after the companion
WDIA0231E
flange has been rotated on the drive pinion, possible cause
could be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and drive pinion bearing or a malfunctioning drive pinion
bearing.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after repair of the assembly of drive pinion and drive pinion
bearing or drive pinion bearing, replace the companion flange.
DISASSEMBLY
Side Flange
1.
2.
Drain the differential gear oil if necessary.
Remove the side flange using Tools.
Tool numbers
A: KV40104100 ( — )
B: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)
NOTE:
Circular clip installation position: Rear final drive side
WDIA0115E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-416
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
3. Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage gear carrier.
A
B
C
SDIA0495E
DLN
Differential Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove the side flanges. Refer to DLN-407, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts.
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
E
F
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
G
H
WDIA0123E
4.
Mount the carrier on the Tool using two 45 mm (1.77 in) spacers.
Tool number
I
: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)
J
K
SPD888
5.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one side of
the side bearing cap and gear carrier.
CAUTION:
• For matching marks, use paint. Do not damage side bearing cap or gear carrier.
• Side bearing caps are line-board during manufacture. The
matching marks are used to reinstall them in their original
positions.
L
M
N
O
SDIA1795E
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-417
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
6. Remove the side bearing caps.
S-PD343
7.
Lift the differential case assembly out using Tool.
Tool number
: HT72400000 (
—
)
S-PD344
CAUTION:
• Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race.
Do not mix them up.
• Keep side bearing adjusting washers together with side
bearings.
SPD919
Revision: October 2008
DLN-418
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
8. Remove the side bearing inner races using Tools.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
Tool number
A: ST33051001 (J-22888-20)
B: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
B
CAUTION:
• Engage Tool jaws in bearing groove to prevent damage.
• Place copper plates between the side bearing and drive
gear and the vise to prevent damage.
• Do not remove side bearing inner race unless it is being
replaced.
C
DLN
E
F
G
SPD920
9.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on the differential
case and drive gear.
CAUTION:
Use paint for matching marks. Do not damage differential
case or drive gear.
10. Remove the drive gear bolts.
11. Tap the drive gear off the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending.
H
I
J
PDIA0496E
K
12. Remove the lock pin of the pinion mate shaft from the drive gear
side using suitable tool.
L
M
N
WDIA0132E
13. Remove the pinion mate shaft.
O
P
SDIA0031J
Revision: October 2008
DLN-419
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
14. Turn the pinion mate gear, then remove the pinion mate gear,
pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust
washer from the differential case.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SDIA0032J
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
2.
Remove the differential assembly. Refer to DLN-410, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
3.
: KV40104000 (
—
)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
SDIA1144E
4.
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
SDIA1132E
5.
6.
7.
Press the drive pinion assembly (with rear inner bearing race
and collapsible spacer) out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not drop drive pinion assembly.
Remove the front oil seal.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
Remove the drive pinion front bearing inner race.
SPD892
Revision: October 2008
DLN-420
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
8. Remove the drive pinion rear bearing inner race and drive pinion
height adjusting washer using Tool.
Tool number
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)
B
C
S-PD179
9.
DLN
Remove the drive pinion front and rear bearing outer races by
tapping them uniformly using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
E
F
G
SDIA0817E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Clean the disassembled parts. Then inspect the parts for wear or damage. If wear or damage are found, follow
the measures below.
Drive Pinion and Drive Gear
• If the drive pinion and drive gear teeth do not mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust,
repair, or replace as necessary.
• If the drive pinion or drive gear are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably,
replace with new drive pinion and drive gear.
• Drive pinion and drive gear are supplied in matched sets only. Matching numbers on both drive pinion and
drive gear are etched for verification. If a new drive pinion and drive gear set are being used, verify the numbers of each drive pinion and drive gear before proceeding with assembly.
Bearing
• If bearings are chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted, scratched, or unusual noise is coming from bearing,
replace with new bearing assembly (as a new set).
• Bearing must be replaced with a new one whenever disassembled.
Side Gear and Pinion Mate Gear
• If any cracks or damage are found on the surface of the teeth, replace with new one.
• If any worn or chipped marks are found on the side of the side gear and pinion mate gear which contact the
thrust washer, replace with new one.
• Replace both side gear and pinion mate gear as a set when replacing side gear or pinion mate gear.
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
Side Gear Thrust Washer and Pinion Mate Thrust Washer
• If any chips (by friction), damage, or unusual wear are found, replace with new one.
Gear Carrier
• If any wear or cracks are found on the contact sides of gear carrier, replace with new one.
O
Companion Flange
• If any chips (about 0.1mm, 0.004 in) or other damage on the companion flange surface which contacts the
front oil seal lips are found, replace with new one.
P
ADJUSTING AND SELECTING WASHERS
Side Gear Back Clearance
• Assemble the differential parts if they are disassembled. Refer toDLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly"".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-421
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Place the differential case straight up so that the side gear to be
measured is upward.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
PDIA0460E
2.
Using feeler gauges, measure the clearance between the side
gear back and differential case at three different points, while
rotating the side gear. Average the three readings to calculate
the clearance. (Measure the clearance of the other side as well.)
Side gear back clearance: 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less.
• If the side gear back clearance is outside of the specification,
use a thicker or thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust.
Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the side gear back clearance is greater than
specification:
Use a thicker side gear thrust washer.
If the side gear back clearance is less than specification:
Use a thinner side gear thrust washer.
CAUTION:
• Insert feeler gauges with the same thickness on both
sides to prevent side gear from tilting.
• Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive
resistance during differential motion.
PDIA0576E
• Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually.
NOTE:
Side gear back clearance is clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear
backlash.
Side Bearing Preload Torque
• A selection of side bearing adjusting washers is required for successful completion of this procedure.
1. Apply differential gear oil to the side bearings, and install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer races into
the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing outer race when replacing side
bearing inner race (replace as a set).
SPD527
Revision: October 2008
DLN-422
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
2. Insert the left and right original side bearing adjusting washers in
place between side bearings and gear carrier.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
B
C
SPD924
DLN
3.
4.
5.
Align the matching mark on the side bearing cap with the matching mark on the gear carrier.
Install the side bearing caps and tighten the side bearing cap
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
Turn the differential assembly several times to seat the side
bearings.
E
F
G
SDIA1795E
6.
To determine side bearing preload torque, measure the pulling
force of the differential assembly at the drive gear bolt using
Tool.
—
H
I
Tool number
:
(J-8129)
Specification
: 34.2 - 39.2 N (3.5 - 4.0 kg, 7.7 - 8.8 lb)
of pulling force at the drive gear bolt
J
NOTE:
If pulling force of the differential assembly at the drive gear bolt
is within specification, side bearing preload torque will also be
within specification. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
7.
SPD194A
If the pulling force is outside the specification, use a thicker or
thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust. Refer to DLN432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
L
M
If the pulling force is less than the specification:
Use a thicker side bearing adjusting washer.
If the pulling force is greater than the specification:
Use a thinner side bearing adjusting washer.
8.
N
CAUTION:
Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left
individually.
Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct side bearing preload torque.
SPD772
O
P
Drive Pinion Height
Revision: October 2008
K
DLN-423
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Make sure all parts are clean and that the bearings are well
lubricated.
2. Assemble the drive pinion bearings onto the Tool.
Tool number
:
—
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
(J-34309)
SPD769
3.
• Drive pinion front bearing; make sure the J-34309-3 drive
pinion front bearing seat is secured tightly against the J34309-2 gauge anvil. Then turn the J-34309-5 drive pinion
front bearing pilot to secure the drive pinion bearing in its
proper position.
• Drive pinion rear bearing; the J-34309-8 drive pinion rear
bearing pilot is used to center the drive pinion rear bearing
only. The J-34309-4 drive pinion rear bearing locking seat is
used to lock the drive pinion rear bearing to the assembly.
• Installation of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16; place a suitable
2.5 mm (0.098 in) thick plain washer between J-34309-9 and
J-34309-16. Both surfaces of J-34309-9 and J-34309-16 must
be parallel with a clearance of 2.5 mm (0.098 in).
Install the drive pinion rear bearing inner race into the gear carrier. Then insert the drive pinion height adjusting washer selector tool, J-34309-1, gauge screw assembly.
SPD197A
SPD893
4.
Assemble the drive pinion front bearing inner race and the J34309-2 gauge anvil. Assemble them together with the J-343091 gauge screw in the gear carrier. Make sure that the drive pinion height gauge plate, J-34309-16, will turn a full 360°. Tighten
the two sections together by hand.
SPD199A
Revision: October 2008
DLN-424
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5. Turn the assembly several times to seat the drive pinion bearings.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
B
C
SPD770
DLN
6.
Measure the turning torque at the end of the J-34309-2 gauge
anvil using Tool.
Tool number
: ST3127S000 (J-25765- A)
Turning torque:
1.0 - 1.3 N·m (0.11 - 0.13 kg-m,
9 - 11 in-lb)
E
F
G
PDIA0566E
7.
Place the J-34309-11 “R200A” drive pinion height adapter onto
the gauge plate and tighten it by hand.
CAUTION:
Make sure all machined surfaces are clean.
H
I
J
SPD208A
8.
Position the side bearing discs, Tool, and arbor firmly into the
side bearing bores. Install the side bearing caps and tighten the
side bearing cap bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
Tool number
:
—
K
L
(J-25269-4)
M
N
SPD211A
9.
Select the correct standard drive pinion height adjusting washer
thickness. Select by using a standard gauge of 3 mm (0.12 in)
and your J-34309-101 feeler gauge. Measure the distance
between the J-34309-11 drive pinion height adapter, including
the standard gauge and the arbor.
O
P
SPD204A
Revision: October 2008
DLN-425
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Write down the exact measurement (the value of feeler gauge).
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD775
11. Correct the drive pinion height adjusting washer size by referring
to the drive pinion “head number”.
There are two numbers painted on the drive pinion. The first
one refers to the drive pinion and drive gear as a matched
set. This number should be the same as the number on the
drive gear. The second number is the drive pinion “head
number”. It refers to the ideal drive pinion height from standard for quietest operation. Use the following chart to
determine the correct drive pinion height adjusting washer.
Head number
Add or remove from the standard drive pinion
height adjusting washer thickness measurement
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
0
+1
+2
+3
+4
+5
+6
Add 0.06 mm (0.0024 in)
Add 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Add 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
Add 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Add 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
Add 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
Use the selected washer thickness
Subtract 0.01 mm (0.0004 in)
Subtract 0.02 mm (0.0008 in)
Subtract 0.03 mm (0.0012 in)
Subtract 0.04 mm (0.0016 in)
Subtract 0.05 mm (0.0020 in)
Subtract 0.06 mm (0.0024 in)
SPD542
12. Select the correct drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment".
13. Remove the Tool from the gear carrier and disassemble to
retrieve the drive pinion bearings.
Tool number
:
—
(J-34309)
SPD205A
ASSEMBLY
Drive Pinion Assembly
Revision: October 2008
DLN-426
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Install the drive pinion front and rear bearing outer races using
Tools.
Tool number
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
A: ST30720000 (J-25405)
B: KV40105230 ( — )
C: ST30611000 (J-25742-1)
D: ST30613000 (J-25742-3)
B
C
CAUTION:
• First tap the drive pinion bearing outer race until it
becomes flush with the gear carrier.
• Do not reuse drive pinion front and rear bearing outer
race.
DLN
E
F
G
PDIA0562E
2.
3.
Select a drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Install the selected drive pinion height adjusting washer to the
drive pinion. Press the drive pinion rear bearing inner race to it
using Tool.
H
I
Tool number
: ST30901000 (J-26010-01)
CAUTION:
• Install the drive pinion height adjusting washer in the
proper direction as shown.
• Do not reuse drive pinion rear bearing inner race.
J
K
SDIA0048E
4.
5.
6.
Assemble the collapsible spacer to the drive pinion.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse collapsible spacer.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion rear bearing, and
install the drive pinion assembly to the gear carrier.
Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion front bearing, and
install the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion front bearing inner race.
L
M
N
PDIA0492E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-427
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. Press the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
as far as drive pinion lock nut can be tightened using suitable
spacer.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
SPD896
8.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new front oil seal. Then drive the new
front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30720000 (J-25405)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new front oil seal.
PDIA0563E
9. Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
10. Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the drive pinion bearing preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
A: KV40104000 ( — )
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
Drive pinion bearing preload torque:
2.65 - 3.23 N·m (0.27 - 0.32 kg-m, 24 - 28 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
• If the drive pinion bearing preload torque exceeds the
specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it
again to adjust. Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to
adjust the drive pinion bearing preload torque.
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3
times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
11. Check companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
12. Install the differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-410, "Removal and Installation".
WDIA0379E
Differential Assembly
Revision: October 2008
DLN-428
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the
ones installed prior to disassembly, or reinstall the old ones on
the side gears.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
A
B
C
SDIA0193J
DLN
2.
3.
Install the side gears and side gear thrust washers into the differential case.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gears.
Install the pinion mate thrust washers to the two pinion mate
gears. Then install the pinion mate gears with the pinion mate
thrust washers by aligning them in diagonally opposite positions
and rotating them into the differential case.
E
F
G
SDIA2025E
4.
5.
Align the lock pin hole on the differential case with the lock pin
hole on the pinion mate shaft, and install the pinion mate shaft.
Measure the side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washers. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
H
I
J
SDIA0195J
6.
Drive a new lock pin into the pinion mate shaft until it is flush
with the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse lock pin.
K
L
M
N
WDIA0131E
7.
O
Align the matching mark of the differential case with the mark of
the drive gear, then place the drive gear onto the differential
case.
P
SDIA2593E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-429
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
8.
Apply thread locking sealant into the threaded holes of the drive
gear and install the bolts.
• Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or
equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Make sure the drive gear back and threaded holes are
clean.
SDIA2594E
9.
Tighten the drive gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly". After tightening the
drive gear bolts to the specified torque, tighten an additional 31°
to 36° using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10112100-A (BT-8653-A)
CAUTION:
• Always use Tool. Avoid tightening based on visual check
alone.
• Tighten drive gear bolts in a crisscross pattern.
AWBIA0722ZZ
10. Press the side bearing inner races into the differential case
using Tools.
Tool number
A: KV38100300 (J-25523)
B: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing inner race.
SPD353
11. Install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer
races into the gear carrier.
12. Measure the side bearing preload torque. If necessary, select
the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
SPD919
13. Insert the selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers
in place between the side bearings and gear carrier.
SPD924
Revision: October 2008
DLN-430
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
14. Install the side bearing caps with the matching marks aligned
and tighten the side bearing cap bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
A
B
C
SPD889
15. Check and adjust the drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN-432, "Inspection and Adjustment"
Recheck the above items.
16. Install the side flanges. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and Assembly".
17. Apply a 3.2mm (0.126 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface
of the carrier cover.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
18. Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
WDIA0282E
19. Install the side flange. Refer to DLN-413, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
Side Flange
1.
Tool number
c.
L
M
SPD560
Install the side flange using Tool.
Install the Tool to the side oil seal as shown.
Tool number
b.
K
: KV38100200 (J-26233)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential
gear oil to the circumference of the new side oil seal.
2.
a.
J
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips and differential gear oil to
the circumference of the new side oil seal. Then drive the new
side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush with the gear carrier
using Tool.
N
: KV38107900 (J-39352)
Insert the side flange until the serrated part of the side flange
has engaged the serrated part of the side gear and remove the
Tool.
Drive in the side flange using suitable tool.
NOTE:
Installation is completed when the driving sound of the side
flange turns into a sound which seems to affect the whole rear
final drive assembly.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-431
O
P
SDIA0822E
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937463
VQ40DE
Applied model
2WD
4WD
Final drive model
R200
Gear ratio
3.133
3.357
Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion)
47/15
47/14
Oil capacity (Approx.)
1.4
Number of pinion gears
(3 US pt, 2-1/2 lmp pt)
2
Drive pinion adjustment spacer type
Collapsible
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000003937464
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Runout limit
Drive gear back face
0.05 (0.0020) or less
SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Side gear back clearance
(Clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting
side gear backlash)
0.2 (0.008) or less
(Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive resistance
during differential motion.)
PRELOAD TORQUE
Item
Specification
Drive pinion bearing preload torque
2.65 - 3.23 N·m (0.27 - 0.32 kg−m, 24 - 28 in-lb)
Side bearing preload torque (reference value determined by drive
gear bolt pulling force)
0.20 - 0.52 N·m (0.02 - 0.05 kg−m, 2 - 4 in-lb)
34.2 − 39.2 N (3.5 − 4 kg, 7.7 − 8.8 lb)
Drive gear bolt pulling force (by spring gauge)
Total preload torque
(Total preload torque = drive pinion bearing preload torque + Side
bearing preload torque)
2.84 - 3.75 N·m (0.29 - 0.38 kg−m, 26 - 33 in-lb)
BACKLASH
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Drive gear to drive pinion gear
0.10 - 0.15 (0.0039 - 0.0059)
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Runout limit
Outer side of the companion flange
0.08 (0.0031) or less
SELECTIVE PARTS
Side Gear Thrust Washer
Revision: October 2008
DLN-432
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R200]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
A
0.75 (0.0295)
0.78 (0.0307)
0.81 (0.0319)
0.84 (0.0331)
38424 0C000
38424 0C001
38424 0C002
38424 0C003
0.87 (0.0343)
0.90 (0.0350)
0.93 (0.0366)
38424 0C004
38424 0C005
38424 0C006
B
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
C
Drive Pinion Height Adjusting Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
3.05 (0.1201)
3.08 (0.1213)
3.11 (0.1224)
3.14 (0.1236)
38154 0C000
38154 0C001
38154 0C002
38154 0C003
3.17 (0.1248)
3.20 (0.1260)
3.23 (0.1272)
3.26 (0.1283)
38154 0C004
38154 0C005
38154 0C006
38154 0C007
DLN
E
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Side Bearing Adjusting Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
2.00 (0.0787)
2.05 (0.0807)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.15 (0.0846)
2.20 (0.0866)
2.25 (0.0886)
2.30 (0.0906)
38453 N3100
38453 N3101
38453 N3102
38453 N3103
38453 N3104
38453 N3105
38453 N3106
2.35 (0.0925)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.45 (0.0965)
2.50 (0.0984)
2.55 (0.1004)
2.60 (0.1024)
2.65 (0.1043)
38453 N3107
38453 N3108
38453 N3109
38453 N3110
38453 N3111
38453 N3112
38453 N3113
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-433
2009 Pathfinder
PRECAUTIONS
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< PRECAUTION >
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Servicing Rear Final Drive
INFOID:0000000003937465
• Before starting diagnosis of the vehicle, understand the symptoms well. Perform correct and systematic
operations.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. When matching marks are required,
be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to.
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, a dust proof area is recommended.
• Before disassembly, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of the unit, preventing them from
entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly.
• Always use shop paper for cleaning the inside of components.
• Avoid using cotton gloves or a shop cloth to prevent the entering of lint.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and abnormal wear. Replace them
with new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the unit is disassembled.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow them dry.
• Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mating surface; then remove any moisture, oil, and
foreign materials from the application and mating surfaces.
• In principle, tighten nuts or bolts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If a
tightening sequence is specified, observe it.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque.
• Add new differential gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-purpose grease, as specified.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-434
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< PREPARATION >
PREPARATION
A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937466
B
The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here.
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV40104000
(
—
)
Flange wrench
Removing and installing drive pinion lock nut
a: 85 mm (3.35 in) dia.
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
C
DLN
E
NT659
F
Removing front oil seal
KV381054S0
(J-34286)
Puller
G
H
ZZA0601D
Installing oil seal
a: 84 mm (3.31 in) dia.
b: 96 mm (3.78 in) dia.
c: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia.
d: 20 mm (0.79 in)
ST15310000
(J-25640-B)
Drift
I
J
NT607
Removing side flange
ST36230000
(J-25840-A)
Sliding hammer
K
L
ZZA0803D
M
Removing side flange
KV40104100
(
—
)
Attachment
N
O
ZZA0804D
Installing side oil seal
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia.
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia.
KV38100200
(J-26233)
Drift
P
ZZA1143D
Revision: October 2008
DLN-435
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
KV38107900
(J-39352)
Protector
Installing side flange
S-NT129
Installing drive pinion outer race
ST35325000
( — )
Drift bar
ZZA1140D
Installing drive pinion outer race
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia.
b: 59 mm (2.32 in) dia.
ST30621000
(J-25742-5)
Drift
NT073
Installing side bearing race
a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia.
b: 33.5 mm (1.319 in) dia.
SR33081000
( — )
Adapter
NT431
Installing drive pinion inner race
a: 110 mm (4.33 in) dia.
b: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia.
ST30022000
( — )
Inserter
ZZA0920D
Securing unit assembly
a: 541 mm (21.30 in)
b: 200 mm (7.87 in)
KV38100800
(J-25604-01)
Attachment
SDIA0267E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-436
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
ST3127S000
(J-25765-A)
Preload gauge
1: GG91030000
(J-25765)
Torque wrench
2: HT62940000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (1/2″)
3: HT62900000
(
—
)
Socket adapter (3/8″)
Measuring drive pinion bearing preload torque
and total preload torque
A
B
C
DLN
NT124
Removing carrier cover
KV10111100
(J-37228)
Seal cutter
E
F
G
S-NT046
ST3306S001
(
—
)
Differential side bearing puller set
1: ST33051001
(J-22888-20)
Puller
2: ST33061000
(J-8107-2)
Base
Removing and installing side bearing inner
race
a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
H
I
NT072
Removing drive pinion rear bearing inner race
ST30031000
(J-22912-01)
Puller
J
K
ZZA0700D
L
Installing oil seal
a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia.
b: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia.
ST35271000
( — )
Drift
M
N
ZZA0837D
Removing differential case assembly
HT72400000
( — )
Slide hammer
O
P
S-NT125
Revision: October 2008
DLN-437
2009 Pathfinder
PREPARATION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< PREPARATION >
Tool number
(Kent-Moore No.)
Tool name
Description
—
(J-8129)
Spring gauge
Measuring turning torque
NT127
Tightening bolts for drive gear
KV10112100
(BT-8653-A)
Angle wrench
NT014
Commercial Service Tool
INFOID:0000000003937467
Tool name
Description
Spacer
Installing drive pinion front bearing inner race
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia.
c: 30 mm (1.18 in)
ZZA1133D
Power tool
Loosening nuts and bolts
PBIC0190E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-438
2009 Pathfinder
Symptom
Revision: October 2008
Companion flange excessive runout
DLN-439
Gear oil improper
PROPELLER SHAFT
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
REAR SUSPENSION
TIRES
ROAD WHEEL
DRIVE SHAFT
BRAKES
STEERING
ST-9, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
BR-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
NVH Troubleshooting Chart
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
WT-45, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
RAX-4, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-315, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
DLN-324, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart"
MA-12, "Fluids and Lubricants"
DLN-467
DLN-450
DLN-450
DLN-450
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
REAR AXLE
Backlash incorrect
Noise
Tooth surfaces worn
Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS
Gear contact improper
DLN-450
Reference page
Gear tooth rough
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
A
INFOID:0000000003937468
×: Applicable
×
×
×
×
×
×
2009 Pathfinder
B
Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts.
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
DESCRIPTION
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS >
DESCRIPTION
Cross-Sectional View
INFOID:0000000003937469
WDIA0119E
1.
Side flange
4.
Pinion mate shaft
5.
Differential case
6.
Side bearing
7.
Drive pinion
8.
Drive pinion front bearing
9.
Companion flange
10. Collapsible spacer
Revision: October 2008
2.
Pinion mate gear
11. Drive pinion rear bearing
DLN-440
3.
Drive gear
12. Side gear
2009 Pathfinder
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE >
ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE
A
DIFFERENTIAL GEAR OIL
Changing Differential Gear Oil
INFOID:0000000003937470
B
DRAINING
1.
2.
3.
Stop the engine.
Remove the drain plug and gasket from the rear final drive
assembly to drain the differential gear oil.
Install the drain plug with a new gasket to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
C
DLN
E
F
LLIA0068E
FILLING
1.
2.
Differential gear oil
grade and capacity
3.
G
Remove the filler plug and gasket from the rear final drive
assembly.
Fill the rear final drive assembly with new differential gear oil
until the level reaches the specified level near the filler plug hole.
H
: Refer to MA-12, "Fluids and
Lubricants".
I
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
Checking Differential Gear Oil
J
LLIA0068E
K
INFOID:0000000003937471
OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL
1.
2.
3.
L
Make sure that differential gear oil is not leaking from the rear final drive assembly or around it.
Check the differential gear oil level from the filler plug hole as
shown.
CAUTION:
Do not start engine while checking differential gear oil level.
Install the filler plug with a new gasket on it to the rear final drive
assembly. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450,
"Disassembly and Assembly".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse gasket.
M
N
O
LLIA0068E
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-441
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
FRONT OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937472
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the drive shafts from the rear final drive assembly. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the side flanges and side oil seals. Refer to DLN-444, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-326, "Removal and Installation".
Measure the total preload torque. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
NOTE:
Record the total preload torque measurement.
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
Tool number
6.
: KV40104000 (
—
)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
SDIA1142E
7.
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
SDIA1054E
8.
Remove the front oil seal using Tool.
Tool number
: KV381054S0 (J-34286)
SDIA0485E
INSTALLATION
Revision: October 2008
DLN-442
2009 Pathfinder
FRONT OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
1. Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil seal.
Then drive the new front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush
with the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: ST15310000 (
—
)
A
B
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil
seal.
C
PDIA0565E
DLN
2.
3.
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the total preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
E
F
A: KV40104000 ( — )
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
G
Total preload torque: Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
4.
• The total preload torque should be within the total preload
torque specification. When not replacing the collapsible
spacer, it should also be equal to the measurement taken during removal plus an additional 0.56 N·m (0.06 Kg-m, 5 in-lb).
• If the total preload torque is low, tighten the drive pinion lock
nut in 6.8 N·m (0.69 Kg-m, 5ft-lb) increments until the total preload torque is met.
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
WDIA0380E
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to adjust the total preload torque. If the total preload torque
exceeds the specifications, replace the collapsible spacer and tighten it again to adjust. Refer to
DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly".
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-441, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-443
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
SIDE OIL SEAL
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937473
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the drive shaft from the rear final drive assembly. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the side flange using Tools.
Tool numbers
A: KV40104100 ( — )
B: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)
WDIA0115E
3.
Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage gear carrier.
LDIA0109E
INSTALLATION
1.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal.
Then drive the new side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush
with the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: ST35271000 (J-26091)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil
seal.
LDIA0111E
2.
a.
Install the side flange using Tool.
Install the Tool to the side oil seal as shown.
Tool number
b.
c.
3.
: KV38107900 (J-39352)
Insert the side flange until the serrated part of the side flange
has engaged the serrated part of the side gear and remove the
Tool.
Drive in the side flange using suitable tool.
NOTE:
Installation is completed when the driving sound of the side
flange turns into a sound which seems to affect the whole rear
final drive assembly.
Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
Revision: October 2008
DLN-444
SDIA0822E
2009 Pathfinder
SIDE OIL SEAL
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
Check the differential gear oil level after installation. Refer to DLN-441, "Checking Differential Gear
Oil".
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-445
2009 Pathfinder
CARRIER COVER
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR >
CARRIER COVER
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937474
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the rear final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-447, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
WDIA0123E
INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
Apply a 3 mm (0.12 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface of
the carrier cover as shown.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
Install the rear final drive assembly. Refer to DLN-447, "Removal
and Installation".
CAUTION:
Fill the rear final drive assembly with recommended differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-441.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-446
WDIA0282E
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
A
REAR FINAL DRIVE
Removal and Installation
INFOID:0000000003937475
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
WDIA0383E
1.
Rear final drive assembly
4.
Lower stopper
2.
Upper stopper
3.
Washer
Vehicle front
K
REMOVAL
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the spare tire.
Drain the differential gear oil. Refer to DLN-441, "Changing Differential Gear Oil".
Remove the rear stabilizer bar. Refer to RSU-22, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the rear propeller shaft. Refer to DLN-317, "Removal and Installation" (2S1330) or DLN-326,
"Removal and Installation" (2S1350).
Remove the rear drive shafts from the rear final drive assembly
and support them using suitable wire. Refer to RAX-9, "Removal
and Installation".
L
M
N
O
P
LDIA0164E
6.
Disconnect the breather hose from the rear final drive assembly.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-447
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
7. Place a suitable jack under the rear final drive assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not place the jack on the carrier cover.
8. Remove the nuts and bolts and remove the rear final drive
assembly.
CAUTION:
Secure rear final drive assembly to the jack while removing
it.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
WDIA0117E
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• When installing the breather hose make sure the painted marking on the metal end of breather hose
is to the front of the vehicle and there are no pinched or restricted areas on the breather hose
caused by folding or bending when installing it.
• When installing the breather hose insert the plastic end of the breather hose into the hole in the suspension member.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-448
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION >
REAR FINAL DRIVE BREATHER
A
B
C
DLN
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
LDIA0166E
1.
Breather hose
2.
Plastic connector
4.
Metal connector
5.
Paint mark
3.
M
Rear final drive assembly
• Fill the rear final drive assembly with differential gear oil after installation. Refer to DLN-441, "Changing Differential Gear Oil".
N
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-449
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
REAR FINAL DRIVE
Disassembly and Assembly
INFOID:0000000003937476
COMPONENTS
WDIA0191E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-450
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1.
Drive pinion lock nut
2.
Companion flange
3.
Front oil seal
4.
Drive pinion front bearing
5.
Collapsible spacer
6.
Drive pinion rear bearing
7.
Drive pinion height adjusting
washer
8.
Drive pinion
9.
Gear carrier
A
B
10. Drive gear
11. Pinion mate shaft
12. Lock pin
13. Pinion mate gear
14. Pinion mate thrust washer
15. Side gear
16. Side gear thrust washer
17. Differential case
18. Side bearing
19. Side bearing adjusting washer 20. Bearing cap
21. Carrier cover
22. Filler plug
24. Side oil seal
23. Drain plug
C
DLN
ASSEMBLY INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
• Drain the differential gear oil before inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-441.
• Remove and install the carrier cover as necessary for inspection and adjustment. Refer to DLN-446.
E
Total Preload Torque
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the side flanges if necessary. Refer to DLN-444, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
The side flanges shaft must removed in order to measure total preload torque.
Rotate the drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3 times to check for unusual noise and rotation malfunction.
Rotate the drive pinion at least 20 times to check for smooth operation of the bearings.
Measure the total preload torque using Tool.
Tool number
: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
F
G
H
Total preload torque:
2.05 - 4.11 N·m (0.21 - 0.42 kg-m, 19 - 36 in-lb)
I
NOTE:
Total preload torque = Drive pinion bearing preload torque +
Side bearing preload torque
J
SPD884
• If the measured value is out of the specification, check and adjust each part. Adjust the drive pinion
bearing preload torque first, then adjust the side bearing preload torque.
If the total preload torque is greater than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Replace the collapsible spacer.
On side bearings:
Use thinner side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the total preload torque is less than specification
On drive pinion bearings: Tighten the drive pinion lock nut.
On side bearings:
Use thicker side bearing adjusting washers by the same
amount on each side. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left individually.
DLN-451
L
M
N
O
P
Drive Gear Runout
Revision: October 2008
K
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear back face.
2. Rotate the drive gear to measure runout.
Runout limit
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
: 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) or less
• If the runout is outside of the limit, check the condition of the drive
gear assembly. Foreign material may be caught between the drive
gear and differential case, or the differential case or drive gear may
be deformed.
CAUTION:
Replace drive gear and drive pinion as a set.
SPD886
Tooth Contact
1.
Apply red lead to the drive gear.
NOTE:
Apply red lead to both faces of three to four gears, at four locations evenly spaced on the drive gear.
SPD357
2.
Rotate the drive gear back and forth several times. Then check
for correct drive pinion to drive gear tooth contact as shown.
CAUTION:
Check tooth contact on drive side and reverse side.
SDIA0570E
3.
If the tooth contact is improperly adjusted, follow the procedure
below to adjust the pinion height (dimension X).
SDIA0517E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-452
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• If the tooth contact is near the face (face contact), or near the heel
(heel contact), use a thicker drive pinion height adjusting washers
to move the drive pinion closer to the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
A
B
C
PDIA0440E
DLN
• If the tooth contact is near the flank (flank contact), or near the toe
(toe contact), use a thinner drive pinion height adjusting washers to
move the drive pinion farther from the drive gear.
Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
E
F
G
PDIA0441E
Backlash
1.
H
Fit a dial indicator to the drive gear face to measure the backlash.
Backlash
I
: 0.13 - 0.18 mm (0.0051 - 0.0070 in)
• If the backlash is outside of the specification, change the thickness
of the side bearing adjusting washers.
If the backlash is greater than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thicker on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thinner on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the backlash is less than specification:
Make side bearing adjusting washer thinner on drive
gear back side, and side bearing adjusting washer
thicker on drive gear tooth side by the same amount.
Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
J
K
SPD513
L
M
CAUTION:
Do not change the total thickness of side bearing adjusting washers as it will change the side bearing
preload torque.
N
Companion Flange Runout
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-453
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Rotate companion flange and check for runout on the outer face
of the companion flange using suitable tool.
Runout limit
2.
a.
b.
c.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
: 0.08 mm (0.0031 in) or less
If the runout is outside of the runout limit, follow the procedure
below to adjust.
Rotate the companion flange on the drive pinion by 90°, 180°
and 270° while checking for the position where the runout is
minimum.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after the companion
WDIA0231E
flange has been rotated on the drive pinion, possible cause
could be an assembly malfunction of drive pinion and drive pinion bearing or a malfunctioning drive pinion
bearing.
If the runout is still outside of the runout limit after repair of the assembly of drive pinion and drive pinion
bearing or drive pinion bearing, replace the companion flange.
DISASSEMBLY
Side Flange
1.
2.
Drain the differential gear oil if necessary.
Remove the side flange using Tools.
Tool numbers
A: KV40104100 ( — )
B: ST36230000 (J-25840-A)
WDIA0115E
3.
Remove the side oil seal using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not to damage gear carrier.
SDIA0495E
Differential Assembly
1.
2.
3.
Remove the side flanges. Refer to DLN-444, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the carrier cover bolts.
Remove the carrier cover bolts and separate the carrier cover
from the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10111100 (J-37228)
CAUTION:
• Do not damage the mating surface.
• Do not insert flat-bladed screwdriver, this will damage the
mating surface.
WDIA0123E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-454
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4.
Mount the carrier on the Tool using two 45 mm (1.77 in) spacers.
A
Tool number
: KV38100800 (J-25604-01)
B
C
SPD888
5.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on one side of
the side bearing cap and gear carrier.
CAUTION:
• For matching marks, use paint. Do not damage side bearing cap or gear carrier.
• Side bearing caps are line-board during manufacture. The
matching marks are used to reinstall them in their original
positions.
DLN
E
F
G
SDIA1795E
6.
Remove the side bearing caps.
H
I
J
S-PD343
7.
K
Lift the differential case assembly out using Tool.
Tool number
: HT72400000 (
—
L
)
M
N
S-PD344
O
CAUTION:
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-455
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
• Keep side bearing outer races together with inner race.
Do not mix them up.
• Keep side bearing adjusting washers together with side
bearings.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
SPD919
8.
Remove the side bearing inner races using Tools.
Tool number
A: ST3306S001 ( — )
B: ST33061000 (J-8107-2)
CAUTION:
• Engage Tool jaws in bearing groove to prevent damage.
• Place copper plates between the side bearing and drive
gear and the vise to prevent damage.
• Do not remove side bearing inner race unless it is being
replaced.
SPD920
9.
For proper reinstallation, paint matching marks on the differential
case and drive gear.
CAUTION:
Use paint for matching marks. Do not damage differential
case or drive gear.
10. Remove the drive gear bolts.
11. Tap the drive gear off the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Tap evenly all around to keep drive gear from bending.
PDIA0496E
12. Remove the lock pin of the pinion mate shaft from the drive gear
side using suitable tool.
WDIA0132E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-456
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
13. Remove the pinion mate shaft.
A
B
C
SDIA0031J
DLN
14. Turn the pinion mate gear, then remove the pinion mate gear,
pinion mate thrust washer, side gear and side gear thrust
washer from the differential case.
E
F
G
SDIA0032J
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
2.
Tool number
3.
H
Remove the differential assembly. Refer to DLN-447, "Removal and Installation".
Remove the drive pinion lock nut using Tool.
: KV40104000 (
—
I
)
Put matching marks on the companion flange and drive pinion
using paint.
CAUTION:
Use paint to make the matching marks. Do not damage the
companion flange or drive pinion.
J
K
SDIA1144E
4.
L
Remove the companion flange using suitable tool.
M
N
SDIA1132E
O
P
Revision: October 2008
DLN-457
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
5. Press the drive pinion assembly (with rear inner bearing race
and collapsible spacer) out of the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not drop drive pinion assembly.
6. Remove the front oil seal.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
7. Remove the drive pinion front bearing inner race.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
SPD892
8.
Remove the drive pinion rear bearing inner race and drive pinion
height adjusting washer using Tool.
Tool number:
: ST30031000 (J-22912-01)
S-PD179
9.
Remove the drive pinion front and rear bearing outer races by
tapping them uniformly using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not damage gear carrier.
SDIA0817E
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY
Clean the disassembled parts. Then inspect the parts for wear or damage. If wear or damage are found, follow
the measures below.
Drive Pinion and Drive Gear
• If the drive pinion and drive gear teeth do not mesh or line-up correctly, determine the cause and adjust,
repair, or replace as necessary.
• If the drive pinion or drive gear are worn, cracked, damaged, pitted or chipped (by friction) noticeably,
replace with new drive pinion and drive gear.
• Drive pinion and drive gear are supplied in matched sets only. Matching numbers on both drive pinion and
drive gear are etched for verification. If a new drive pinion and drive gear set are being used, verify the numbers of each drive pinion and drive gear before proceeding with assembly.
Bearing
• If bearings are chipped (by friction), pitted, worn, rusted, scratched, or unusual noise is coming from bearing,
replace with new bearing assembly (as a new set).
• Bearing must be replaced with a new one whenever disassembled.
Side Gear and Pinion Mate Gear
• If any cracks or damage are found on the surface of the teeth, replace with new one.
• If any worn or chipped marks are found on the side of the side gear and pinion mate gear which contact the
thrust washer, replace with new one.
• Replace both side gear and pinion mate gear as a set when replacing side gear or pinion mate gear.
Side Gear Thrust Washer and Pinion Mate Thrust Washer
• If any chips (by friction), damage, or unusual wear are found, replace with new one.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-458
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
Gear Carrier
• If any wear or cracks are found on the contact sides of gear carrier, replace with new one.
A
Companion Flange
• If any chips (about 0.1mm, 0.004 in) or other damage on the companion flange surface which contacts the
front oil seal lips are found, replace with new one.
B
ADJUSTING AND SELECTING WASHERS
Side Gear Back Clearance
• Assemble the differential parts if they are disassembled. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly".
1. Place the differential case straight up so that the side gear to be
measured is upward.
C
DLN
E
F
PDIA0460E
2.
G
Using feeler gauges, measure the clearance between the side
gear back and differential case at three different points, while
rotating the side gear. Average the three readings to calculate
the clearance. (Measure the clearance of the other side as well.)
Side gear back clearance:
H
0.20 mm (0.0079 in) or less.
I
• If the side gear back clearance is outside of the specification,
use a thicker or thinner side gear thrust washer to adjust.
Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
J
If the side gear back clearance is greater than
specification:
Use a thicker side gear thrust washer.
If the side gear back clearance is less than specification:
Use a thinner side gear thrust washer.
K
L
CAUTION:
• Insert feeler gauges with the same thickness on both
sides to prevent side gear from tilting.
• Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive
resistance during differential motion.
PDIA0576E
• Select a side gear thrust washer for right and left individually.
NOTE:
Side gear back clearance is clearance between side gear and differential case for adjusting side gear
backlash.
Side Bearing Preload Torque
• A selection of side bearing adjusting washers is required for successful completion of this procedure.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-459
2009 Pathfinder
M
N
O
P
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
1. Apply differential gear oil to the side bearings, and install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer races into
the gear carrier.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing outer race when replacing side
bearing inner race (replace as a set).
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
SPD527
2.
Insert the left and right original side bearing adjusting washers in
place between side bearings and gear carrier.
SPD924
3.
4.
5.
Align the matching mark on the side bearing cap with the matching mark on the gear carrier.
Install the side bearing caps and tighten the side bearing cap
bolts to the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly
and Assembly".
Turn the differential assembly several times to seat the side
bearings.
SDIA1795E
6.
To determine side bearing preload torque, measure the pulling
force of the differential assembly at the drive gear bolt using
Tool.
Tool number
:
—
(J-8129)
Specification
: 34.2 - 39.2 N (3.5 - 4.0 kg, 7.7 - 8.8 lb)
of pulling force at the drive gear bolt
NOTE:
If pulling force of the differential assembly at the drive gear bolt
is within specification, side bearing preload torque will also be
within specification. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-460
SPD194A
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
7. If the pulling force is outside the specification, use a thicker or
thinner side bearing adjusting washer to adjust. Refer to DLN467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
If the pulling force is less than the specification:
Use a thicker side bearing adjusting washer.
If the pulling force is greater than the specification:
Use a thinner side bearing adjusting washer.
8.
A
B
C
CAUTION:
Select a side bearing adjusting washer for right and left
individually.
Record the total amount of washer thickness required for the correct side bearing preload torque.
SPD772
DLN
ASSEMBLY
E
Drive Pinion Assembly
1.
Install the drive pinion front and rear bearing outer races using
Tools.
Tool number
F
A: ST15310000 ( — )
B: ST35325000 ( — )
C: ST30621000 (J-25742-5)
G
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion front and rear bearing outer race.
H
I
J
K
L
SPD992
2.
3.
Select a drive pinion height adjusting washer. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Install the selected drive pinion height adjusting washer to the
drive pinion. Press the drive pinion rear bearing inner race to it
using Tool.
Tool number
: ST30022000 (
—
M
N
)
CAUTION:
• Install the drive pinion height adjusting washer in the
proper direction as shown.
• Do not reuse drive pinion rear bearing inner race.
O
P
SPD377
Revision: October 2008
DLN-461
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Assemble the collapsible spacer to the drive pinion.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse collapsible spacer.
5. Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion rear bearing, and
install the drive pinion assembly to the gear carrier.
6. Apply differential gear oil to the drive pinion front bearing, and
install the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
assembly.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse drive pinion front bearing inner race.
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
PDIA0492E
7.
Press the drive pinion front bearing inner race to the drive pinion
as far as drive pinion lock nut can be tightened using suitable
spacer.
SPD896
8.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil seal.
Then drive the new front oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush
with the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: ST15310000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse front oil seal.
• Do not incline the new front oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new front oil
seal.
PDIA0563E
9.
Install the companion flange to the drive pinion while aligning the matching marks.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-462
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion and the
seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut. Then adjust the
drive pinion lock nut tightening torque using Tool A, and check
the drive pinion bearing preload torque using Tool B.
Tool number
A
B
A: KV40104000 ( — )
B: ST3127S000 (J-25765-A)
C
Drive pinion bearing preload torque:
1.77 - 2.64 N·m (0.18 - 0.26 kg-m, 16 - 23 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse drive pinion lock nut.
• Apply anti-corrosive oil to the threads of the drive pinion
and the seating surface of the new drive pinion lock nut.
• Adjust the drive pinion lock nut tightening torque to the
lower limit first. Do not exceed the drive pinion lock nut
specified torque. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
• If the drive pinion bearing preload torque exceeds the
specified value, replace collapsible spacer and tighten it
again to adjust. Do not loosen drive pinion lock nut to
adjust the drive pinion bearing preload torque.
• After adjustment, rotate drive pinion back and forth 2 to 3
times to check for unusual noise, rotation malfunction, and other malfunctions.
11. Check companion flange runout. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
12. Install the differential case assembly. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly".
DLN
E
F
G
WDIA0379E
H
I
Differential Assembly
1.
Install side gear thrust washers with the same thickness as the
ones installed prior to disassembly, or reinstall the old ones on
the side gears.
J
K
L
SDIA0193J
2.
3.
M
Install the side gears and side gear thrust washers into the differential case.
CAUTION:
Make sure that the circular clip is installed to side gears.
Install the pinion mate thrust washers to the two pinion mate
gears. Then install the pinion mate gears with the pinion mate
thrust washers by aligning them in diagonally opposite positions
and rotating them into the differential case.
N
O
SDIA2025E
Revision: October 2008
DLN-463
2009 Pathfinder
P
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
4. Align the lock pin hole on the differential case with the lock pin
hole on the pinion mate shaft, and install the pinion mate shaft.
5. Measure the side gear end play. If necessary, select the appropriate side gear thrust washers. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection
and Adjustment".
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
SDIA0195J
6.
Drive a new lock pin into the pinion mate shaft until it is flush
with the differential case using suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse lock pin.
WDIA0131E
7.
Align the matching mark of the differential case with the mark of
the drive gear, then place the drive gear onto the differential
case.
SDIA2593E
8.
Apply thread locking sealant into the threaded holes of the drive
gear and install the bolts.
• Use Genuine Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant or
equivalent. Refer to GI-26, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Make sure the drive gear back and threaded holes are
clean.
SDIA2594E
9.
Tighten the drive gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to
DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly". After tightening the
drive gear bolts to the specified torque, tighten an additional 34°
using Tool.
Tool number
: KV10112100-A (BT-8653-A)
CAUTION:
• Always use Tool. Avoid tightening based on visual check
alone.
• Tighten drive gear bolts in a crisscross pattern.
AWBIA0722ZZ
Revision: October 2008
DLN-464
2009 Pathfinder
REAR FINAL DRIVE
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
10. Press the side bearing inner races into the differential case
using Tools.
Tool number
A
A: KV38100200 (J-26233)
B: ST33081000 ( — )
B
CAUTION:
Do not reuse side bearing inner race.
C
SPD353
11. Install the differential case assembly with the side bearing outer
races into the gear carrier.
12. Measure the side bearing preload torque. If necessary, select
the appropriate side bearing adjusting washers. Refer to DLN467, "Inspection and Adjustment""Side Bearing Preload
Torque".
DLN
E
F
G
SPD919
13. Insert the selected left and right side bearing adjusting washers
in place between the side bearings and gear carrier.
H
I
J
SPD924
14. Install the side bearing caps with the matching marks aligned
and tighten the side bearing cap bolts to the specified torque.
Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and Assembly".
K
L
M
N
SPD889
15. Check and adjust the drive gear runout, tooth contact, drive gear to drive pinion backlash, and total preload torque. Refer to DLN-467, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Recheck the above items.
16. Install the side flanges. Refer to DLN-444, "Removal and Installation".
Revision: October 2008
DLN-465
2009 Pathfinder
O
P
REAR FINAL DRIVE
< DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY >
17. Apply a 3.2mm (0.126 in) bead of sealant to the mating surface
of the carrier cover.
• Use Genuine Silicone RTV or equivalent. Refer to GI-26,
"Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants".
CAUTION:
Remove any old sealant adhering to the mating surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering
to the application and mating surfaces.
18. Install the carrier cover to the gear carrier. Tighten the bolts to
the specified torque. Refer to DLN-450, "Disassembly and
Assembly".
19. Install the side flange. Refer to DLN-444, "Removal and Installation"
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
WDIA0282E
Side Flange
1.
Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil seal.
Then drive the new side oil seal in evenly until it becomes flush
with the gear carrier using Tool.
Tool number
: ST35271000 (
—
)
CAUTION:
• Do not reuse side oil seal.
• Do not incline the new side oil seal when installing.
• Apply multi-purpose grease to the lips of the new side oil
seal.
SPD560
2.
a.
Install the side flange using Tool.
Install the Tool to the side oil seal as shown.
Tool number
b.
c.
: KV38107900 (J-39352)
Insert the side flange until the serrated part of the side flange
has engaged the serrated part of the side gear and remove the
Tool.
Drive in the side flange using suitable tool.
NOTE:
Installation is completed when the driving sound of the side
flange turns into a sound which seems to affect the whole rear
final drive assembly.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-466
SDIA0822E
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
General Specification
INFOID:0000000003937477
Applied model
VK56DE
Final drive model
R230
Gear ratio
2.937
Number of teeth (Drive gear/Drive pinion)
47 / 16
Oil capacity (Approx.)
1.75
Number of pinion gears
C
DLN
(3 3/4 US pt, 3 1/8 Imp pt)
2
Drive pinion adjustment spacer type
B
E
Collapsible
Inspection and Adjustment
INFOID:0000000003937478
F
DRIVE GEAR RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
G
Runout limit
Drive gear back face
0.05 (0.0020) or less
SIDE GEAR CLEARANCE
H
Unit: mm (in)
Item
Specification
Side gear back clearance
(Clearance limit between side gear and differential case for adjusting
side gear backlash)
0.20 (0.0079) or less
(Each gear should rotate smoothly without excessive resistance during differential motion.)
I
J
PRELOAD TORQUE
Unit: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Item
Specification
K
1.77 − 2.64 N·m (0.18 − 0.26 kg−m, 16 − 23 in-lb)
Drive pinion bearing preload torque
Side bearing preload torque (reference value determined by drive
gear bolt pulling force)
0.20 − 0.52 N·m (0.02 − 0.05 kg−m, 2 − 4 in-lb)
L
34.2 − 39.2 N (3.5 − 4 kg, 7.7 − 8.8 lb)
Drive gear bolt pulling force (by spring gauge)
Total preload torque
(Total preload torque = drive pinion bearing preload torque + Side
bearing preload torque)
2.05 − 4.11 N·m (0.21 − 0.42 kg−m, 19 − 36 in-lb)
M
BACKLASH
Unit: mm (in)
Item
N
Specification
0.13 − 0.18 (0.0051 − 0.0070)
Drive gear to drive pinion gear
O
COMPANION FLANGE RUNOUT
Unit: mm (in)
Item
P
Runout limit
Outer side of the companion flange
0.08 (0.0031) or less
SELECTIVE PARTS
Side Gear Thrust Washer
Revision: October 2008
DLN-467
2009 Pathfinder
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
[REAR FINAL DRIVE: R230 (4WD)]
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
1.75 (0.0688)
1.80 (0.0708)
1.85 (0.0728)
38424 7S000
38424 7S001
38424 7S002
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Drive Pinion Height Adjusting Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
2.59 (0.1020)
2.61 (0.1028)
2.63 (0.1035)
2.65 (0.1043)
2.67 (0.1051)
2.69 (0.1059)
2.71 (0.1067)
2.73 (0.1075)
2.75 (0.1083)
2.77 (0.1091)
38154 40P00
38154 40P01
38154 40P02
38154 40P03
38154 40P04
38154 40P05
38154 40P06
38154 40P07
38154 40P08
38154 40P09
2.79 (0.1098)
2.81 (0.1106)
2.83 (0.1114)
2.85 (0.1122)
2.87 (0.1130)
2.89 (0.1138)
2.91 (0.1146)
2.93 (0.1154)
2.95 (0.1161)
2.97 (0.1169)
38154 40P10
38154 40P11
38154 40P12
38154 40P13
38154 40P14
38154 40P15
38154 40P16
38154 40P17
38154 40P18
38154 40P19
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Side Bearing Adjusting Washer
Unit: mm (in)
Thickness
Part number*
Thickness
Part number*
2.00 (0.0787)
2.05 (0.0807)
2.10 (0.0827)
2.15 (0.0846)
2.20 (0.0866)
2.25 (0.0886)
2.30 (0.0906)
38453 40P00
38453 40P01
38453 40P02
38453 40P03
38453 40P04
38453 40P05
38453 40P06
2.35 (0.0925)
2.40 (0.0945)
2.45 (0.0965)
2.50 (0.0984)
2.55 (0.1004)
2.60 (0.1024)
38453 40P07
38453 40P08
38453 40P09
38453 40P10
38453 40P11
38453 40P12
*: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information.
Revision: October 2008
DLN-468
2009 Pathfinder
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.4 Linearized : Yes Modify Date : 2008:10:14 14:37:08-03:00 Create Date : 2008:10:13 18:53:48Z Page Count : 468 Page Mode : UseOutlines About : uuid:014d497c-f45b-4a08-b0e0-3cd7d594077d Producer : Acrobat Distiller 6.0.1 (Windows) Creation Date : 2008:10:13 18:53:48Z Mod Date : 2008:10:14 14:37:08-03:00 Author : mfrink Creator Tool : FrameMaker 7.1 Metadata Date : 2008:10:14 14:37:08-03:00 Document ID : uuid:e5ddcc5c-7c18-4984-8767-88f16f6e1399 Format : application/pdf Title : r51(DLN.fm) Creator : mfrink Has XFA : No Page Layout : OneColumnEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools